Non-Discrimination Statement

Huntingdon College is committed to a policy against legally impermissible, arbitrary, or unreasonable discriminatory practices. Therefore, Huntingdon College, in accordance with Title IX and Section 106.8 of the 2020 Final Rule under Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, other applicable federal and state law, and stated College policy, prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex. Furthermore, Huntingdon College, in accordance with applicable federal and state law and stated College policy, prohibits discrimination on the basis of actual or perceived gender, gender identity, race, color, ethnicity, sexual orientation, disability, religion, age and/or national origin in its education program or activity, including admission and employment.

Huntingdon College also prohibits retaliation against any person opposing discrimination or participating in any discrimination investigation or complaint process internal or external to the institution. Sexual harassment, sexual assault, dating and domestic violence, and stalking are forms of sex discrimination, which are prohibited under Title IX by policy.

Any person may report discrimination (whether or not the person reporting is the person alleged to have experienced the conduct), and may do so in person, by mail, by telephone or by email using the contact information below.

• Inquiries and/or complaints that are not related to disability discrimination can be addressed to: Huntingdon College Title IX Coordinator

  Eric A. Kidwell Library

  1500 East Fairview Ave.

  Montgomery, AL 36106

  Email: TitleIXCoordinator@hawks.tou18.com

  Telephone: 334-833-4420 (This number is for discrimination-based reporting.)Huntingdon’s full policy and process, including an online reporting form, may be found at: http://05ub.tou18.com/misconduct

• Inquiries and/or complaints may also be addressed to (though it is advised the College’s process be first utilized):

  Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights

  Office for Civil Rights (OCR), National Headquarters

  U.S. Department of Education

  Lyndon Baines Johnson Dept. of Education Building

  400 Maryland Avenue, SW

  Washington, D.C. 20202-1100

  Telephone: (800) 421-3481

  Fax: (202) 453-6012;

  TDD:(800) 877-8339

  Email: OCR@ed.gov

  Web: http://www.ed.gov/ocr

• Disability Services Within any resolution process related to this policy, Huntingdon College provides reasonable accommodations to persons with disabilities when that accommodation is consistent with state and federal law. For disability-related inquiries or complaints:

  Huntingdon College Director of Disability Services/504 Coordinator

  Dr. Lisa O. Dorman

  1500 East Fairview Ave. Montgomery, AL 36106

  Email: ldorman@hawks.tou18.com

  Telephone: 334-833-4465 (This number is for requesting disability accommodations.)

Part I. Institutional Overview

About Huntingdon College

Purpose

Vision:

Huntingdon College is an institution with a rich liberal arts tradition that is grounded in the Judeo-Christian heritage of the United Methodist Church. The college embraces the development and growth of its students in faith, wisdom, and service, providing a solid foundation that will enable them to respond to the needs of today’s global and complex world.

Mission:

Huntingdon College, through the use of traditional and non-traditional teaching and learning environments, provides a foundational education in the liberal arts disciplines and professional academic studies across multiple degree levels for students from diverse backgrounds.

Goals:

Huntingdon College, to fulfill its mission, is committed to ensuring that each student will:

• study a core curriculum that develops the student’s ability to comprehend new ideas, to examine concepts critically, and to communicate clearly;
• explore in depth one or more fields of knowledge;
• be provided an environment conducive to learning, growth, and maturity;
• be encouraged to develop a sense of vocation by examining career options and postgraduate opportunities;
• be supported and challenged in ethical, spiritual, and religious development;
• be provided opportunities to apply understanding and skills in the service of others.

Accreditation and Memberships

Institutional Accreditation

Huntingdon College is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges (SACSCOC) to award baccalaureate and masters degrees. Huntingdon College also may offer credentials such as certificates and diplomas at approved degree levels. Questions about the accreditation of Huntingdon College may be directed in writing to the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, GA 30033-4097, by calling (404) 679-4500, or by using information available on SACSCOC’s website (www.sacscoc.org).

Program Specific Accreditation

Athletic Training

The Huntingdon College Master of Athletic Training Program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education (CAATE).

Educator Preparation Programs (EPP)

The Huntingdon College Educator Preparation Program is accredited by the Alabama State Department of Education. Additionally, Huntingdon College’s Educator Preparation Programs, housed in the Department of Teacher Education, have earned national accreditation by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).

Other Accreditations and Memberships

The Music program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). The Biochemistry program is accredited by the American Society for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology.

Huntingdon College also holds membership in the National Association of Schools and Colleges of the United Methodist Church, the National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities, the Alabama Association of Independent Colleges and Universities, the Council of Independent Colleges Tuition Exchange, The Tuition Exchange Incorporated, the Marine Environmental Sciences Consortium, and has membership in the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division III. Huntingdon is also on the approved lists of the University Senate of the United Methodist Church, the American Association of University Women, and the Alabama State Department of Education.

Academic Structure

Huntingdon College is composed of two distinct programs.

• The undergraduate program serves traditional undergraduate residential and commuter student populations and awards the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Information related to the departments and academic majors available for this program can be found in the section titled Academic Departments and Opportunities (page 47) of this document.
• The James E. Samford Graduate School currently awards the Master of Athletic Training. Information about the graduate program is available in a subsequent portion of this document (see “Part III. Graduate Programs” on page 175).

Huntingdon Yesterday and Today

“Enter to Grow in Wisdom; Go Forth to Apply Wisdom in Service.” The inscription engraved in stone over the entrance to Flowers Hall is a tangible reminder of the mission of Huntingdon College, a historic landmark in central Alabama. For more than 170 years, Huntingdon has upheld a mission of faith, wisdom, and service as it has created pathways to fulfilling lives for thousands of alumni.

History

The charter of Huntingdon College was signed by Alabama Governor John Winston on February 2, 1854. Chartered as Tuskegee Female College, this was the first of four names under which the College has operated.

The cornerstone on the Tuskegee campus was laid April 9, 1855. On February 11, 1856, the doors of Tuskegee Female College were officially opened under the leadership of Dr. Andrew Adgate Lipscomb, the first president of what would eventually be known as Huntingdon College. There were four students in the first graduating class in 1856, but by September 1859 the College’s enrollment had risen to an average of 216, with 29 women graduating that year.

In 1872, Alabama Conference of The Methodist Episcopal Church, South, assumed full management and control of the College. The re-incorporation created the present governing body - a board of trustees - and a change in name to Alabama Conference Female College.

In 1906 Dr. John Massey, who had assumed the presidency in 1876, led the plans to move the College to Montgomery. Several citizens had initiated negotiations with landowners in the area in an effort to persuade a donation of land, but these negotiations were unsuccessful. As a result, Dr. John Sellers, C.G. Zirkle, and William Moore approached J.G. Thomas, who agreed to sell to the men 50 acres in the Cloverdale section of Montgomery. This land was then donated to the College.

On August 24, 1909, furniture, equipment and all official College records covering a period of more than half a century were moved into a rented building in Montgomery, which was to house the College until the first building on the new campus was completed. That night, the rented building burned, destroying its contents. Other housing arrangements were made, however, and in the fall of 1910 the new campus opened under the name Woman’s College of Alabama. Since the move to Montgomery had occurred the previous year, 1909 remains the recognized founding date of the Montgomery campus. The College’s beautiful campus was designed in 1908 by Frederick Law Olmsted, Jr., son of the designer of New York’s Central Park. Olmsted, Jr. had planned the landscapes for such constructions as the Boston Park System and the Biltmore Estate in Asheville, N.C. Flowers Hall, the first building on campus, set the architectural style for the campus and was designed in the Collegiate Gothic tradition by H. Langsford Warren of England, a former professor of architecture at Harvard. Warren’s plan was meant to reflect the Gothic buildings of Cambridge and Oxford and used the Chapel of St. James College at Cambridge as the model for the building’s chapel, now known as Ligon Chapel.

Since its move to Montgomery, many changes have taken place for the College. In 1934, the first male student was graduated, but it was not until 20 years later – in 1954 – that full-time male resident students would be admitted. Once the College became a coeducational institution, the name Woman’s College of Alabama was no longer suitable. In 1935, in recognition of its affiliation with the United Methodist Church, the name Huntingdon College was selected to honor Selina, Countess of Huntingdon, a woman who had been one of the first and most influential persons associated with the Wesleyan movement in England. The College celebrated its 100th year in Montgomery in 2009.

Presidents of the College

President’s Name	Years of Service
A. A. Lipscomb	1856 – 1859
G. W. F. Price	1859 – 1863 and 1865 – 1872
Jesse Wood	1863 – 1864
C. D. Elliot	1864 – 1865
H. D. Moore	1872 – 1875
E. L. Loveless	1875 – 1876
John Massey	1876 – 1909
W. E. Martin	1909 – 1915
M. W. Swartz	1915 – 1922
W. D. Agnew	1922 – 1938
Hubert Searcy	1938 – 1968
Allen K. Jackson	1968 – 1993
Wanda Durrett Bigham	1993 – 2003
J. Cameron West	2003 – 2424
Anthony J. Leigh	2024 – present

The Main Campus

Bordered by one of Montgomery’s most beautiful neighborhoods, the Old Cloverdale Historic District, students find a ready home away from home at Huntingdon College. Just a short walk away are favorite restaurants, boutiques, and an independent theater.

The 58-acre main campus is a naturally picturesque park featuring 17 buildings of Collegiate Gothic architecture surrounding a semicircular ridge overlooking the Green, a lush wooded area and natural amphitheater. The campus is bordered on one side by the Montgomery Country Club and on three sides by charming and safe residential neighborhoods. Just across East Fairview Avenue is the College’s Cloverdale Campus, home of Hawks’ football, the Sport Science and Physical Education Department, and the Teacher Education Department.

Buildings and Facilities

John Jefferson Flowers Memorial Hall (1909), John Jefferson Flowers Memorial Hall (1909), the first building on the Montgomery campus, was built of rough-faced brick made especially for the purpose and trimmed in limestone with heavy reveals and classic carvings. Today, it is the College’s main administration building, housing the Offices of the President, the Chief Academic Officer, Admission, among others, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Designer H. Lanford Warren of England used the Collegiate Gothic architecture of Cambridge and Oxford as his model for the building, which is topped by a steeple graced with gargoyles. The foyer leads into Leon and Myra Allman Ligon Chapel, where the 114-rank pipe organ was designed by Professor of Music Emeritus Harald Rohlig. Directly above the foyer is the Jean Rodgers Chapel, for small services of 12 or fewer, named in honor of Ms. Rodgers who served as the College’s registrar for nearly four decades starting in 1950. On either side of the Chapel are open-air cloisters with limestone tracery windows and brick floors. Flowers Hall underwent an extensive renovation in 1998.

The Hut (1922), constructed as the YWCA building, houses the Office of Campus Activities and the Office of Health and Wellness. The Hut was built through generous contributions by students, matched dollar for dollar by the College treasury.

The Wanda A. Howard Black Student Union Center is housed on the lower level of The Hut was dedicated in October of 2020 in honor of Wanda A. Howard, Class of 1981. The Wanda A. Howard Black Student Union is the epicenter for involvement of African American Students and provides a space for all to gather for understanding and support.

Miriam Jackson Home (1924) was the gift of Dr. and Mrs. Fred M. Jackson of Birmingham, Alabama. Originally used as an infirmary, it now houses offices for the Office of College and Alumni Relations, the Office of Communications, the Center for Career and Vocation, and the Phyllis Gunter Snyder Center for Campus Ministries.

Seay Twins Art Gallery (1927), originally named the “Toy Theatre,” provided amenities for modern theatre productions of that era. In 1972 it was renovated to be used for exhibiting students’ and visiting artists’ art work. The gallery was renovated and rededicated as the Seay Twins Art Gallery in August 2007 in memory of the late Noble Seay Jones and the late Pegge Seay Compton, both members of the Class of 1949. The renovation was made possible by a generous donation from Montgomery architect Renis Jones, husband of Noble Seay Jones.

Bellingrath Hall (1928) was built as the science hall and named in appreciation for a generous gift from Mrs. W. A. Bellingrath of Montgomery. A renovation and expansion in 2008 modernized the facility and added laboratories and classrooms. The building houses natural and physical science classrooms and faculty offices.

Houghton Memorial Library (1929) was made possible by a gift from the heirs of Mr. Mitchell B. Houghton, a founding member of the College’s Board of Trustees who served until his death in 1925. This beautiful facility is conducive to both study and recreational reading, by individuals and groups, and for simple relaxation and de-stressing from college life. The Library houses a wide range of resources, including the archives of Huntingdon and the Alabama-West Florida Conference of the United Methodist Church and the College’s permanent art collection. Through the generosity of the Dixon family, the construction of the Charles and Thelma Dixon Wing was completed in 1989. In 2019, the Library opened the Caroline Slawson Commons, which comprises the first and second floors of the original 1929 building. The Slawson Commons offers 24-hour studying and gathering spaces and houses the Staton Center for Learning Enrichment. The Slawson Commons was made possible by a generous gift from the Slawson family.

John E. Trimble Memorial Building (1936) was made possible by a gift from the estate of Mr. Trimble, a native of Alabama and a longtime resident of Montgomery. The building houses chapter space for two male Greek organizations on campus.

Ligon Memorial Hall (1947) is named in honor of the late Robert Fulwood Ligon and his son. This residence hall, renovated extensively in 2009, houses women in double rooms.

Delchamps Residence (1949) serves as the home of the president and his or her family. Facing the the W. James Samford Jr. Soccer and Softball Complex, the backyard of the residence overlooks the Green. Occasionally, the home is used for College receptions and gatherings. The home was given to the College by Mr. and Mrs. A.F. Delchamps, Mr. and Mrs. Ollie Delchamps, and Miss Annie Delchamps of Mobile. It was dedicated in 1950 to “the glory of God and the service of the institution.”

Catherine Dixon Roland Student Center (1958) is a multipurpose facility that includes the Catherine Dixon Roland Arena, home of Hawks and Lady Hawks basketball and volleyball; offices for a number of coaches and teams; Charles Tomberlin Fitness Center; locker rooms; the Athletic Hall of Fame; The Hawk’s Nest; and the Print and Mail Services Center.

Julia Walker Russell Dining Hall (1963) is the first building on campus to be named for an alumna of the College. The building houses the College’s main dining room with seating for up to 500, and the Mary Elizabeth Stallworth Dining Room, which accommodates smaller groups. The facility received a major face-lift in 2013.

Hubert F. Searcy Hall (1970) is named in honor of a former Huntingdon College president in recognition of 30 years of dedicated service to the College. This residential facility houses men in double rooms.

Bowman Ecological Study Center (1981) is a protected area in Prattville, Alabama that provides space for students to collect and study samples of plants, trees, and aquatic life. The Center includes a cabin, pond, and grassy areas. The Center and an endowment for the continued maintenance of the facility were a gift from Dorothy Bowman of Prattville.

Sybil Smith Hall (1985) is a fully-equipped music facility housing the Lucile Crowell Delchamps Recital Hall, the Julia Lightfoot Sellers Reception Hall, faculty offices and studios, rehearsal rooms, and classrooms.

James W. Wilson Center (1987) was the gift of trustee James W. Wilson, Jr., as a lasting tribute to his father. This facility includes the James J. Durr Amphitheatre and the Robert Bothfeld Jr. Lounge, as well as classrooms, faculty offices, and comfortable and quiet study areas. Academic programs of study in Accounting, Business Administration, and Mathematics are housed in this building, as are the Offices of Student Financial Services, Business and Finance, the Registrar, Technology Services, and Campus Security.

Willard D. Top Stage (1993), located on the Green, is named in honor of the late Dean Willard D. Top, who served as Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College from 1971 to 1995. Top Stage is used for outdoor gatherings and performances, including the annual Commencement ceremonies, weather permitting.

Neal Posey Field (1994) is named in honor of Neal N. Posey, who served as head men’s basketball coach from 1957 to 1979 and as athletic director until 1985. The field was made possible through the generosity of George S. Gibbs and the late Mary M. Gibbs, Huntingdon Class of 1985, and members of the Huntingdon Athletic Hall of Fame. The baseball facility includes a raised spectator area, bleachers, and a field house that includes concessions, restrooms, and an integrated press box.

Carolyn and Wynton Blount Hall (1995) is a modern coeducational residential facility housing 284 students in two-person”hotel” rooms, four-person “suites,” or six-person “clusters.” Each room offers a kitchen sink, individual climate control, and a microwave/refrigerator unit. Hotel-style housing consists of a double bedroom and private bath; suites offer a large living room, two double bedrooms, and two bathrooms; and clusters offer a living room, three double bedrooms and two and one half bathrooms. This beautiful facility was made possible in part by a gift from the late Carolyn Blount, former trustee and alumna of Huntingdon College, and her husband, the late Wynton M. “Red” Blount.

Massey Court (2009) is an outdoor area constructed at the site of the former Massey Memorial Hall.

George S. Gibbs Tennis Center (2012) is located off of the Narrow Lane Road entrance to the Huntingdon campus. Framed by a beautiful arched entrance, the George S. Gibbs Tennis Center includes eight tennis courts with the Mary Dell Matthews Gibbs Championship Court serving as the central court.

Band Rehearsal Room (2017) was renovated in 2017 and is the hub for all of Huntingdon’s instrumental music programs including the Huntingdon Scarlet and Grey Marching Band, the BallHawks Pep Band, and the Huntingdon Jazz Band.

W. James Samford, Jr. Soccer and Softball Complex (2018) was dedicated in 2018 and serves as the home of Huntingdon men’s and women’s soccer and the Lady Hawks softball team. The complex includes a press box, rest rooms, spectator seating, dedicated scoreboards for both fields, and lights to accommodate evening practices and games.

Lucinda Samford Cannon Softball Field (2018) was dedicated on March 24, 2018 in honor of long-time trustee and current emeritus trustee Lucinda Samford Cannon whose family ties to the College go back to its early days and whose generous support has provided funding for a number of athletic facilities.

Memorable Buildings

Although no longer standing on the original campus, the following buildings were a significant and memorable part of the lives of many Huntingdon students.

Julia A. Pratt Hall (1912-2024) was named for Ms. Julia A. Pratt, of Prattville, Alabama, whose loyal friendship and generosity the College enjoyed from its beginning. The brick and stone structure was originally built as a residence for the president, his family, and faculty and students

Massey Memorial Hall (1916-2009) corresponded to architectural style with Pratt Hall. This building was named after Dr. John Massy, the former president whose life and labors contributed to the successful relocation of Huntingdon College from Tuskegee to Montgomery.

Weenona Hanson Hall (1924-2024), a residential facility that bore the name of the spouse of Mr. Victor H. Hanson. This residence hall was constructed through contributions by Mr. Hanson together with a subscription fund provided by the citizens of Montgomery.

The Cloverdale Campus (2002)

The Cloverdale Campus is a 12-acre expansion located across East Fairview Avenue from the College’s main campus and was acquired in 2002 from the Montgomery County School System.

Cloverdale Administrative Building (1922), the main facility on the Cloverdale Campus, opened in 1922 as Cloverdale School, which later became Cloverdale Junior High School. This facility houses the Ability First Resource, the P.O.D. Express, faculty offices, classrooms, the Leo J. Drum, Jr. Theater, and the Laurie Jean Weil Center for Teacher Education and Human Performance.

Leo J. Drum, Jr. Theater (2011) was formerly the Cloverdale School Auditorium until a $1 million gift from Mr. Drum in 2011 led to the facility’s complete renovation. The theater includes 246 retractable seats to allow for a variety of productions and community gatherings.

Laurie Jean Weil Center for Teacher Education and Human Performance (2004) was made possible by gifts from the Weil family in honor of Dr. Laurie Jean Weil, who served as the chairman of the College’s Board of Trustees for three consecutive terms.

Charles Lee Field (2003) was named in honor of Charles Lee, a 1962 Huntingdon graduate who became a Hall of Fame football coach with Jefferson Davis High School in Montgomery and who served as the director of Jackson Hospital Sports Medicine. The field, comprised of synthetic turf, is the site of Hawks’ football games.

W. James Samford, Jr. Stadium (2006), the home of Huntingdon Hawks football, was made possible in part by a gift from the W. James Samford, Jr. Foundation in memory of long-time Montgomery resident and attorney W. James “Jimmy” Samford. The stadium accommodates 3,000 fans with seating, concessions, and restroom facilities. After the addition of media facilities, Samford Stadium was dedicated in 2006.

Will and Kelly Wilson Community and Athletic Center, renamed in 2007 in honor of Montgomery businessman Will Wilson, Class of 1990, and his wife, Kelly, provides state-of-the-art weight training facilities for student-athletes and houses coaches’ offices, locker rooms, and the James W. Wilson, Jr. Gymnasium, the home of Hawks’ volleyball games.

Buzz Phillips Field House provides locker rooms for the Hawks and visiting teams during football games.

Hawks Wrestling Facility is the result of renovations to part of the former Cloverdale School complex into the home of Hawks wrestling which were completed during the 2014 – 2015 academic year. The facility houses the College’s athletic training and sport medicine equipment as well as the wrestling room and coaches’ offices.

Alice Reynolds Outdoor Volleyball Court was dedicated March 17, 2017, in memory of Ms. Reynolds, a long-time neighbor and trustee of the College, who was an advocate for the community until her death in 2014. This court is the home of practice and intercollegiate competitions for Huntingdon’s women’s beach volleyball team.

The Neighborhood Campus

The College Neighborhood Campus is made up of 30 residential, and a number of retail properties, purchased over the last decade to support enrollment growth and to provide students with a progression to independence.

Phyllis and Eugene Stanaland Building and the Scarlet & Grey Shop, commonly called the Scarlet & Grey Shop, serves as the College’s bookstore. This facility opened in fall 2019 in the former Capitol Book & News Building, acquired and completely renovated by the College during the 2018 – 2019 academic year. The building, dedicated September 7, 2019, is named in honor of long-time trustee Eugene Stanaland, Class of 1960, whose service on the College’s board of trustees beginning in 1991 prompted the board to grant him Trustee Emeritus status in 2019, and his wife, Phyllis.

Leura Garrett Canary House, located at 1569 College Court was dedicated in 2023 in honor of Leura Garrett Canary, Class of 1978, who serves as a member of the Huntingdon College Board of Trustees and is a founding member of the Huntingdon College chapter of Chi Omega.

Diane Smith Wendland House, located at 3013 Woodley Terrace was dedicated in 2023 in honor of Diane Smith Wendland, Class of 1953, who served many years as a member of the Huntingdon College Board of Trustees.

Hobbs-Reid House, located at 3005 Woodley Terrace is named in honor of Truman and Joyce Hobbs, and in honor of Bruce and Emily Reid, all who have given their time, wisdom, and resources to support Huntingdon College.

Montgomery

Montgomery, Alabama, is the perfect blend of a charming southern town and a vibrant new south city. Visitors to Montgomery appreciate the history of this capital city. From the Civil War to the Civil Rights Movement, many of the events that shaped American culture happened in and around Montgomery. When the South seceded from the Union states, Montgomery became the capital of the Confederacy. At the turn of the century, when the Wright Brothers set up a flying school, Montgomery was the school’s winter home. In the 1960s, Montgomerians Martin Luther King, Jr. and Rosa Parks, among others, led the drive for racial equality that would later become known as the Civil Rights Movement.

Today, Montgomery is in the heart of the progressive, vibrant, and culturally alive New South. On campus, students are minutes away from a variety of cultural and educational attractions, including the Alabama Shakespeare Festival, the Montgomery Museum of Fine Arts, the Montgomery Zoo, Riverwalk Stadium (home of Montgomery Biscuits baseball), Riverwalk Amphitheater, the state archives and legislature, ballet and symphony performances, international business centers and offices, numerous historic landmarks, and new downtown areas dedicated to dining, relaxing, and gathering with friends. Just a block away from campus are the quaint shops and restaurants of the Old Cloverdale Business District.

Montgomery is within easy driving distance of Birmingham (90 miles), Atlanta (170 miles), the Gulf of Mexico (160 miles) and New Orleans (300 miles).

Part II. Undergraduate Programs

Admission

Huntingdon College welcomes applications from goal-centered students who embrace the challenge to learn and to serve others. The admission process focuses on each applicant’s interests, goals, academic readiness for college-level work, and college expectations.

Admission counselors are available to talk with students and families about the admission process and requirements, financial aid and scholarships, and arranging a campus visit. The Office of Admission will also provide admission and financial aid publications and other pertinent information, as well as the appropriate application packet upon request.

Prospective students are strongly encouraged to visit the campus and to interview with an admission counselor. Campus visits and interviews may be scheduled by visiting the College’s website at http:05ub.tou18.com/visit.

Admission as a New Freshman

The admission process to Huntingdon College operates on a rolling basis for the Fall and Spring semesters. Prospective students are encouraged to apply as early as possible after completion of the junior year of high school. Huntingdon College does not have an early admission policy.

Basis of Selection

Huntingdon College operates under a traditional selection process. Admission decisions are based on consideration of a variety of factors, including a strong secondary school preparation demonstrated by course selection and grades, college entrance examination scores, individual achievements and interests, and other indications of ability to benefit from the college experience.

College Entrance Examinations

College admissions standardized tests (ACT or SAT) are not required for admission purposes; however, students who have earned ACT/SAT scores may present those scores for scholarship award consideration. A student should include the Huntingdon College code when requesting test results to be sent to the College. The Huntingdon College ACT code number is 0018; the SAT code number is 1303.

Freshman Application Procedures

Upon completion of the application sequence described below, a student’s credentials will be evaluated, and a decision will be communicated to the applicant as quickly as possible. A student should submit the following items:

1. A completed application for admission which is available online;
2. Two transcripts, one transcript to be sent at the time of application, which should include the student’s grades through the end of the junior year, or with a partial senior year class schedule, and an official transcript sent upon completion of the student’s senior year certifying graduation. Applicants who have the General Educational Development (GED) diploma must submit an official score report in addition to the high school transcript;
3. Official standardized test scores (either SAT or ACT) sent directly to the Office of Admission from the agency unless the student’s scores are presented on the official high school transcript are optional, but encouraged;
4. A resumé of the student’s activities, positions of leadership, and service projects is optional, but encouraged;
5. A campus visit and interview are strongly recommended.

Specific details related to Admission criteria are available at the following link on the College’s website: http://05ub.tou18.com/admission-aid/traditional-admission.

A limited number of students who do not meet the criteria for regular admission may be admitted on conditional status. Conditional students will be enrolled in targeted sections of required academic courses and will participate in academic support services on campus. and are eligible to receive financial aid. Admission applications that do not meet the criteria for regular admission are considered in relation to all admission criteria and enrollment trends.

Enrollment Verification Procedures—Freshmen

An accepted freshman must acknowledge his/her decision to enroll at Huntingdon by submitting an Enrollment Deposit in the amount of $250 if the student will be a campus resident, or $200 if the student will commute from home. Huntingdon College observes the National Candidates Reply Date Agreement by not requiring verification of enrollment or acceptance of financial aid prior to the date established by the National Association for College Admission Counseling (NACAC). Deposits are refundable if requested in writing before May 1st for the Fall semester, and before December 1st for the Spring semester. Freshman applicants should notify the Office of Admission as soon as a firm decision to enroll has been reached. Additional financial aid, housing information, and course registration information will follow after the Office of Admission has been notified of the student’s decision to enroll.

Prior to registration, new students must submit the completed Enrollment Information Packet to the Office of Admission, including the record of immunization. Immunizations must be up to date as outlined on the Health Form. A physical examination is not required.

Financial Aid and Scholarship processes should also be completed in a timely manner. Please refer to the section titled Financing a Huntingdon Education in this catalog for specific information. Huntingdon is a residential campus. Policies and procedures relating to living on campus and options to live off campus can be found on the College’s website at the following link: http://05ub.tou18.com/campus-life/. It is very important that the completed Housing Forms and the Enrollment Deposit be sent as soon as a decision is made to enroll.

Admission as a Transfer Student

Huntingdon welcomes applications from qualified students who wish to transfer from other regionally accredited colleges and universities. Applications for admission are reviewed on a rolling basis and admission decisions are reached upon receipt of all official documents and transcripts.

Basis of Selection

For the purpose of admission only, a transfer student is defined as one who has successfully completed at least 24 semester hours of non-remedial academic1 courses at a regionally accredited college or university. Applicants who do not meet this definition must meet the same admission criteria as all other freshmen. A transfer student must be in good academic standing at all previously attended institutions. Transfer applicants under academic or disciplinary suspension or dismissal from a previous institution cannot be admitted to Huntingdon until such sanctions are lifted. Transfer applicants not meeting the requirements listed above will be reviewed by committee.

(1) “Academic” courses do not include technical/vocational oriented courses (e.g., welding).

Transfer Application Procedures

To apply for admission as a transfer student, a student should submit the following:

1. A completed application for admission which is available online;
2. An official transcript from each of the colleges or universities attended. Note should be taken that an official transcript is one that is sent, either by mail or approved electronic means, directly from the corresponding institution to Huntingdon College; no “student issued” or hand-carried transcripts will be accepted. If currently enrolled, a second transcript will be required indicating completion of the semester and eligibility to return to the institution;
3. An official final high school transcript demonstrating completion of the student’s senior year and certifying graduation. Applicants who have the General Educational Development (GED) diploma must submit an official score report in addition to the high school transcript;
4. Official standardized test scores, if available, (either SAT or ACT) sent directly to the Office of Admission from the agency unless the student’s scores are presented on the official high school transcript.

   Note: The document listed in item (4) is only required for transfer students who completed fewer than 24 semester hours of non-remedial academic (1) courses at a regionally accredited college or university.

   1 “Academic” courses do not include technical/vocational oriented courses (e.g., welding).

Enrollment Verification Procedures – Transfers

An accepted transfer student must acknowledge the decision to enroll by submitting an Enrollment Deposit of $250 if the student will be a campus resident, or $200 if the student will be a commuter. Policies and procedures relating to living on campus and options to live off campus can be found on the College’s website at the following link: http://05ub.tou18.com/campus-life/. It is very important that the completed Enrollment Information Packet and the Enrollment Deposit be sent as soon as a decision is made to enroll.

Prior to registration new transfer students must submit the completed Enrollment Information Packet to the Office of Admission, including the record of immunization. Immunizations must be up to date as outlined on the Health Form. A physical examination is not required.

During the New Student Orientation session(s), each student will meet with an academic advisor to discuss the remaining College’s General Education Core requirements, the curriculum, and course selections for the semester. If all official Advanced Placement, College Level Examination Program, International Baccalaureate, and final college and university transcripts have not been received and evaluated by the College, a student’s first semester of enrollment may be affected.

Before classes begin, transfer students must finalize their financial arrangements with the Office of Student Financial Services in regard to tuition, room and board, and other fees.

Readmission To Huntingdon College

Former students of Huntingdon College who wish to return to Huntingdon must submit an application for readmission to the Office of Admission. If the student has attended other institutions during the absence from Huntingdon, he/she must have official transcripts sent from each institution directly to the Office of Admission. An interview with the Vice President for Admissions and/or the Chief Academic Officer may be required as part of the readmission process. Students who are readmitted by the Vice President for Admissions or the Chief Academic Officer, must receive clearance from the Office of the Senior Vice President for Institutional Development and Dean of Students, and the Office of Student Financial Services before they may register and attend classes. An accepted Readmit must acknowledge the decision to re-enroll at Huntingdon by submitting an Enrollment Deposit in the amount of $50. Please refer to the section titled Academic Policies and Procedures in this Catalog for possible changes in degree requirements.

Admission Requirements for Non-Degree Seeking Students

Special Student Enrollment (Non-Degree Seeking)

All non-degree seeking students, designated as special students, may register for regular courses through the Office of the Registrar after being admitted through the Office of Admission. Registration is subject to the following restrictions:

1. All prospective special students must affirm completion of high school or the GED and provide all official college/university transcripts, or be approved by the Chief Academic Officer.
2. An individual denied admission to Huntingdon College as a degree-seeking student is not eligible to register as a special student.
3. Special students may enroll in specific classes with the approval of the Chief Academic Officer or his/her designee.
4. After completing four courses as a special student, a person must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher to continue as a special student.
5. All payment arrangements for special students must be made in accordance with the policies set forth for regular students as defined in this document (see Financing a Huntingdon Education – Undergraduate Programs, page 17).
6. All special students will be charged at the same rate per credit hour as regular students (see Financing a Huntingdon Education – Undergraduate Programs, page 17).
7. Special students are not eligible to live in the residence halls or to participate in intercollegiate co-curricular activities.
8. Special students are not eligible for any Huntingdon College scholarships, Title IV Federal funds, or Veterans’ Affairs (VA) benefits.
9. Should a special student subsequently meet regular admission requirements and choose to become a degree seeking student, official transcripts from high school, and previous colleges and universities will be evaluated.
10. Any credits earned while designated as a special student are applicable toward a degree sought at Huntingdon College.
11. All special students will have to adhere to the same institutional policies (except as noted above) as regular students.

For further information on special student applications, contact the Office of Admission. All admission for special non-degree seeking student status is approved by committee.

Transient Status

Transient status is available to students regularly enrolled and in good standing at another college or university who desire to attend Huntingdon College. A transient student must submit a letter of good standing or a transient form indicating good standing and pre-approved courses from his/her home institution. This information, and valid photograph identification, must be presented to the Office of the Registrar at Huntingdon College at the time of enrollment.

Academic Credit Policies – Incoming Students

Advanced Placement Program (AP)

Huntingdon College participates in the Advanced Placement (AP) Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. Students who have taken college-level courses and who would like to apply for academic credit at Huntingdon should take the appropriate AP Examination and have the official score report sent to the Office of the Registrar (http://www.collegeboard.com). The College reviews and evaluates AP courses on an individual basis in the context of a student’s proposed area of study. Credit is awarded at the discretion of the College, and students should not assume that credit will be awarded automatically. Three to eight (3 – 8) semester hours of credit are granted for each AP Examination passed in courses comparable to Huntingdon College courses with the amount of credit awarded being dependent on the student’s score. The minimum score for the number of hours granted is determined by the corresponding academic program. Information regarding specific AP credit granted is available on the College’s website. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

College Level Examination Program (CLEP)

Huntingdon College awards up to 30 semester hours of credit for satisfactory performance (50th percentile or higher) on the tests of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) provided that the examination area is comparable to a course offered for credit at Huntingdon College. Although students who wish to receive credit granted on this basis are encouraged to take Subject Examinations, the 30 hours permitted may be in Subject Examinations, General Examinations, or both. However, no credit will be granted on the basis of General Examinations taken after the student has begun his/her post-secondary studies. Students wishing to receive credit based on CLEP scores should request the College Entrance Examination Board to send an official score report directly to the Office of the Registrar. Information regarding specific CLEP credit granted is available on the College’s website. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

International Baccalaureate Program (IB)

Huntingdon College recognizes the successful achievement of students participating in the curriculum of the International Baccalaureate (IB) Program. Students are encouraged to submit their IB examination scores for review. Credit is only awarded for the IB Higher Level Examinations (not the IB Subsidiary Examinations) provided that the examination area is comparable to a course offered for credit at Huntingdon College and that a minimum score of five is earned on the examination. Credit is awarded at the discretion of the College, and students should not assume that credit will be awarded automatically. An official IB transcript should be sent to the Office of the Registrar for evaluation. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support (DANTES)

Huntingdon College recognizes the successful achievement of students participating in the curriculum of DANTES. Students are encouraged to have their official DANTES transcripts submitted to the Office of the Registrar for review. Credit is awarded for courses in which the content is comparable to a course offered for credit at Huntingdon College. Credit is awarded at the discretion of the College, and students should not assume that credit will be awarded automatically. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

Cambridge International Examinations (CIE)

Huntingdon College may award credit for students who participate in the Cambridge International Examination (CIE) program of Cambridge University. Students who have taken college-level courses and who would like to apply for academic credit at Huntingdon should take the appropriate Cambridge International Examination and have the official score report sent to the Office of the Registrar (http://www.cambridgeinternational.org) The College reviews and evaluates each CIE examination and score on an individual basis in the context of a student’s proposed area of study. Credit is awarded at the discretion of the College, and students should not assume that credit will be awarded automatically. The number of hours granted, as well as course equivalency, is determined by the corresponding academic program. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

Transfer of Credit from Other Institutions

Transfer credit is granted for any course taken at a regionally accredited college or university in which the student has earned a grade of “D” or better, or in the case of a course taken on a “Pass/Fail” basis, a grade of “P,” provided that the course is deemed comparable to a course offered for academic credit at Huntingdon College or is of such a nature that it would carry academic credit if it were offered by the College. A course that does not have an equivalent at Huntingdon College and is of such a nature that it would carry academic credit if it were offered by the College will receive an appropriate prefix and be numbered “000.” In some cases, following the appropriate prefix, the course level will be represented by the first digit with “xx” to follow (e.g. 1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx). In either case, courses granted as elective transfer credit will count toward the total number of academic credits required for the degree, but in most cases are not applicable toward the General Education Core Curriculum, major or minor requirements. A grade of “C” or higher is required for courses fulfilling a major or minor requirement, except where a required course is offered only on a P/NC basis, in which case a “P” is required.

Transfer credit will not be granted for courses which belong in one or more of the following categories: (a) courses in professional, vocational or sectarian religious study, or (b) courses below the level of introductory courses at Huntingdon College. The College does not grant credit for attendance in service schools or training programs in the Armed Forces unless it can be demonstrated that such attendance is the equivalent of a course or courses offered at Huntingdon College. Academic courses taken while on military service at accredited colleges, universities or language institutes may be transferred in the normal manner. Based on a review of an official transcript, credit may be awarded for general military training. Academic credit will not be granted for work done while a student was placed on academic suspension or the equivalent at a previous institution.

Evaluations of credits earned from other institutions are made after a student has been selected for admission and has indicated an intention to enroll. No student may assume that credit will be given for work at other institutions until a written statement of credit accepted from the Office of the Registrar is received. Grades and credits from other institutions are not included in the student’s grade point average at Huntingdon. The only grade point average recorded on the student’s permanent record is that which he/she earns at Huntingdon College.

A maximum of 64 semester hours earned at two-year institutions may be credited toward the 120 hour degree requirement.

A maximum of 90 semester hours of transfer work may be credited toward the 120 hour degree requirement. Courses used to meet teacher certification requirements must have been completed at a regionally accredited institution.

Note should be taken that an official transcript is one that is sent, either by mail or electronically, directly from the corresponding institution to Huntingdon College; no “student issued” or hand-carried transcripts will be accepted.

Initial transcript evaluations are subject to change for students who do not matriculate within the academic year of admission to the College.

Financing a Huntingdon Education

Expenses

A quality college education is one of the most important investments a student can make. Recognizing that a college education is one of the largest single expenses a family may incur, Huntingdon College through our Financial Aid program, provides a variety of options to assist students and families in meeting their financial obligations to the College.

New Student Deposits and Fees

Following acceptance to Huntingdon College, each student should submit a deposit. This is due May 1st for the Fall semester enrollment, or December 1st for the Spring semester enrollment, or 30 days after the date of acceptance if the acceptance was issued after April 1st or November 1st, respectively. Deposits are refundable if requested in writing before the May 1st and December 1st deadlines, respectively. Orientation fees are charged to all students registered for an orientation and are non-refundable.

• Deposit for Residents $250
• Deposit for Commuters $200
• Orientation Fee $150

Tuition

The following charges are made each semester unless otherwise noted.

• 12 or more hours $13,785
• Fewer than 12 hours (per hour) $1,149

Annual, Semester, and Course Fees

Annual and Semester Fees

• Annual Huntingdon Plan Fee* $1,500
• Annual Commuter Fee* $1,000
• Audit (per hour) $1,149
• Overload Fee (per hour over 18 hours) $1,149

  * (payable during first semester of attendance each academic year)

The Annual Huntingdon Plan Fee is paid once during the academic year by every full-time student and by any part-time student who previously participated in the Annual Huntingdon Plan to receive the benefits of the Plan. A student who is charged the annual Huntingdon Plan Fee during their final term of attendance may have their Huntingdon Plan Fee pro-rated if the student is less than full-time during their final term of attendance and has already paid four consecutive Huntingdon Plan Fees at Huntingdon College. The Huntingdon Plan Fee provides the funding for the annual Student Government Association budget, a laptop computer issued to each student, technology infrastructure and support, publications, lectures, performances, and the basic information resources required for students to succeed in the classroom environment. Ownership of the provided laptop computer passes to the student upon graduation.

The cost of a replacement computer of the same type that a student received when he/she entered Huntingdon College will be charged to the student’s account if that original computer is lost, damaged or stolen. A student who leaves Huntingdon College prior to graduation will be charged for a replacement computer or a fee should he/she not return the computer with all components issued in satisfactory condition.

The Annual Commuter Fee is paid once during the academic year by those students not being charged room and board. This annual fee includes one Block 30 commuter meal plan and other services such as Wi-Fi and limited designated commuter parking.

Academic overload and part-time students will be charged at current year tuition rates.

Note: Students who exceed 18 semester hours of enrollment will not be charged an overload fee for the following courses if they place a student in an overload situation:

• COLL100, College Readiness and Vocation (required course);
• MATH154L, Corequisite Support for College Algebra;
• courses with MUAP prefix (e.g., MUAP115, Concert Choir);
• SCHL100, Presidential Scholars Success Seminar; and
• studio instruction courses (e.g., CLAR, FLUT, VOIC).

Huntingdon College scholarships do not cover any academic course overload or summer semester charges. The exception to this policy is the Huntingdon College Chapter 33 Post 9/11 scholarship and matching waiver.

Course Fees

Music Courses

• Studio Instruction Non-Specialist (1 credit hour) $500
• Studio Instruction (Specialist) (1 credit hour) $600-$625
  • Studio Instruction $500
  • Accompanist Fee $100-125
    • Instrumental students $100
    • Voice students $125
• Recital Fee in Music (MUAP499-I, P, V) $25

Sport Studies Courses

• SSPE207 Emergency Care and Injury Prevention $30
• SSPE309 Outdoor Recreation $30
• SSPE312 School Health Education $30

Teacher Education Courses

• EDUC235 Human Growth, Development, and Learning $160
• EDUC321 General Secondary Methods $140
• EDUC348 Reading II $150
• EDUC436 Practicum in Elem. Educ./Collab. Spec. Educ. $140
• EDUC437 Practicum in K-12 $140
• EDUC439 Practicum in Collaborative Spec. Educ. 6-12 $140
• EDUC488 Internship in Collaborative Spec. Educ. (6-12) $300
• EDUC490 Internship in Elem. Educ./Collab. Spec. Educ. (K-6) $300
• EDUC497 Internship in Secondary Education $300
• EDUC498 Internship in K-12 $300
• MUSC321 Music in the Elementary School $140
• MUSC498 Internship in P-12 Music $300
• SSPE431 Methods of Teaching Physical Educ. in Sec. Schools $140
• SSPE498 Internship in Physical Education P-12 $300

Room and Board

Room

In recognition of the various needs of the individual student, Huntingdon College offers a variety of room options. The double occupancy rate for all housing options is $5,461 each semester. Single occupancy rates for all housing options are $7,750 each semester and are subject to availability and approval from the Student Financial Services Office.

Board Options

Huntingdon College’s dining facility serves 19 meals a week. The 19 meals served in the dining hall each week include breakfast, lunch, and dinner Monday through Friday and brunch and dinner on Saturday and Sunday and on In-Service Days. The board charges include 10% state, county, and city sales tax on food.

Residential Students

Residential Students have three board options to choose from:

• 19 Meal Plan – 19 meals a week and $150 in Flex-Points
• 15 Meal Plan – allows 15 of the 19 Meals served weekly and $200 in Flex-Points
• 10 Meal Plan – allows 10 of the 19 Meals served weekly and $250 in Flex-Points

All students are defaulted to the 15 Meal Plan and have until Friday at 4 pm of the first week of classes to change it via the Huntingdon College Service Request System (Cayzu). Flex-Points may be used in any of the Aramark dining or snack facilities (Coffee House, the POD, Dining Hall, Hawk Trailer, Scarlet and Grey Shop, etc). Unused portions of the above residential meal plans do not rollover from one semester to the next. Food Service and Residence Halls are closed during holidays.

Commuter Students

Commuter Students charged the commuter fee are provided one Block 30 Meal plan annually. The Block 30 Meal Plan provide for 30 meals in the Dining Hall and $300 in Flex-Points.

Both Residential and Commuter Students may choose to purchase additional Flex-Points throughout the year. Purchased Flex-Points will rollover from the fall to the spring semester.

Special Fees

Administrative Fees

• AP, CIE, CLEP, IB, and DANTES
  • Recording Fee (per awarded credit hour) $25
• Deferred Payment Plan Administrative Fee $250
  • (charged during first semester of attendance each academic year for those who participate as described below)
• Late Payment Fee $30
• Late Commuter Application Fee $500
• Returned Check Fee $50
• Purchase of Cap, Gown, Hood and Invitations cost of item(s)

Replacement Fees:

• Car Registration and Parking Decal $10
  • (per decal after first complimentary decal)
• Residence Hall Key(s) $50 minimum
• House Key(s) cost of re-keying the house
  • (including replacing keys for all residents of the house)
• Campus Mailbox Key $50
• Student ID Card $10
• Biology and Chemistry lab equipment cost of item(s)

Residential Fines and Fees:

• Residential students should refer to the housing contract for information on specific fines and fees.

Health Insurance

Pertaining to health insurance, all students are responsible for being in compliance with the mandatory coverage provisions of the Affordable Care Act.

Books and Related Supplies

Huntingdon College Faculty have worked to make required information resources accessible for all students. Pursuant to the effort of enhancing accessibility, the Huntingdon College curriculum is delivered to students in a variety of ways, including but not limited to open source content, retail and/or proprietary computer and/or web-based modules, supporting course-specific library resources, published articles, the use of traditional teaching aids (such as calculators), and/or the use of traditional textbooks.

Incoming students for academic years 2016-17 through 2024-2025 are issued books under the information resource agreement and are not required to purchase textbooks. These resources are to be returned by the published deadline each semester.

The cost of information resources to students who matriculated prior to the 2016-17 academic year is variable and is based on the course selections of the student. A student with a credit balance may be permitted to request a Book Stipend from the Office of Student Financial Services to purchase his/her books or supplies. Students are expected to purchase all “required” textbooks.

Financial Terms

Billing Procedures

Prior to the beginning of each semester, all students and deposited freshmen will receive an academic year bill. These bills are based on preregistration information only and are subject to change. Final charges and aid are posted after the second week of classes. Statements reflecting actual activity are available via the students online account billing statement (a component of the College’s Student Information System – Campus Café). Students will be sent a monthly email notification as a reminder that billing statements are available for viewing.

Payment Policy

Each student must sign a Huntingdon College Master Promissory Note (MPN) prior to enrollment for classes, which acknowledges their understanding of his/her responsibility to pay all charges incurred during their course of study at Huntingdon College.

Tuition and fees are payable by the first day of class. Preregistered students should pay according to the bill enclosed with the financial aid offer and payment option page. Registration is not complete until tuition, fees, room, board, and any applicable fines have been paid or until satisfactory arrangements through approved scholarships, financial aid, or the Student Financial Services Office have been made.

Bills are prepared based on information available at the time of preparation. Final charges may vary from the billing due to, but not limited to, circumstances that alter residency, number of hours taken, financial aid eligibility, etc. It is the responsibility of each student to pay all charges incurred during an academic year, whether reflected on bills or not.

Students are not permitted to attend classes until their financial affairs are satisfactorily arranged. If a student’s account becomes delinquent, the College reserves the right to preclude the student from attending classes. A pre-registered student whose account is not current by the established deadline, may have his/her registration purged and therefore will not be permitted to attend classes. Students may register for classes once their accounts are brought current.

There are two payment options:

1. Pay the semester balance in full by the stated deadline on the College’s calendar;
2. Enroll in the College’s Deferred Payment Plan.

The Huntingdon College Deferred Payment Plan is available for students and parents desiring to pay educational expenses in monthly installments. The Deferred Payment Plan is administered by the Student Financial Services Office, and a non-refundable administrative fee of $250 is charged for participation in the program. Students who do not enroll in the Deferred Payment Plan, but who do not pay the semester balance in full by the published deadline are charged the $250 Plan fee and administratively enrolled in the Deferred Payment Plan. Students who attend only one semester during an academic year are charged the full $250 Plan fee.

Students enrolled in the Huntingdon College Deferred Payment Plan will receive a payment schedule with their award offer form. Failure to remit payment(s) in accordance with the provided statement schedule will result in a late payment fee of $30 being charged to the student’s account. A late payment fee is charged for each delinquent payment.

Statement of Liability

Should a student leave Huntingdon College owing on his/her account, he/she will be liable for all collection agency fees, which may be based on a percentage at a maximum of 33.3% of the debt, and all attorney’s fees and other reasonable fees and charges necessary for the collection of any amount not paid when due. Students will not be permitted to receive reports or transcripts of their work until all College bills are paid, including, but not limited to, library fines, traffic fines, insurance policy assessments, and disciplinary fines. Students agree and give express consent that Huntingdon College or anyone working on their behalf, including third party vendors, may contact them at the number provided by manually dialing the number or by using automated dialing technology. This agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted under, and in accordance with, the laws of the State of Alabama.

Refund Policy and Information

Federal Aid

If a student voluntarily withdraws from Huntingdon College during a semester, the College will follow Federal guidelines to determine the amount of Federal aid the student has earned based on the percentage of the semester completed. Federal guidelines state that once a student has completed more than 60% of the semester, they have earned all Federal aid for that period of enrollment. For a student who has completed 60% or less, Huntingdon College is required to prorate the amount of Federal aid based on the percentage of the semester completed (calculated using the last date of attendance). An example of a return to Title IV calculation is available upon request.

Institutional Aid

Institutional scholarships and aid will be prorated based on the percentage of the semester completed (calculated using the last date of attendance). For example, if a student has $5,000 in institutional scholarships for the semester and has completed 25% of the semester based on the last date of attendance, he/she will have earned $1,250 of the original scholarship; the account will be adjusted accordingly.

Institutional Charges

Refunds of Tuition charges will be prorated based upon the percentage of the semester completed, calculated using the last date of attendance. For example, if a student attends 75% of the semester, Huntingdon College will retain 75% of the tuition charged for the semester and the student will be credited back 25% of the tuition charged.

Refunds of Annual, Semester or Course Fees, as defined in the catalog, will be made in accordance with the schedule below once it is determined the student has withdrawn.

Last Date of Attendance	Refund Percent
Through the 7th day from the start of the term	90%
From the 8th day through the 14th day from the start of the term	80%
After the 14th day	0%

Refunds of Room and Board will be prorated based upon either the last date the student utilized the meal plan or the date the room is vacated, whichever is later. The room is considered vacated when all student belongings are removed, and the Residential Communities Office has completed a room inspection.

Refund Procedures

The student initiates the semester withdrawal from the College in the Staton Center. The student is then instructed to get authorized signatures (on the withdrawal form) from all pertinent administration and staff persons in order to resolve any matters needing attention (prior to the official withdrawal). The Office of the Registrar reviews the completed form and submits information to the appropriate offices regarding the official withdrawal date. The official withdrawal date for financial aid is determined to be the date that the student last attended classes as evidenced by the notification to the Office of the Registrar. Should a student fail to complete the institutional withdrawal process, the refund calculations for both institutional charges and aid, as well as Federal Title IV aid, will be based on the mid-point of the payment period if the last day of attendance cannot be determined. The Director of Student Financial Aid reviews the data and applies the refund policy to the student. The amount of any refund due to the student and Title IV programs will be resolved within 14 days of the official notification from the Office of the Registrar.

Refund Comments

1. An example of this refund policy is available to students upon request.
2. Refunds are to be credited to Title IV accounts in the following order: Federal Direct Loan (Unsubsidized, then Subsidized), Federal Direct Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (FPLUS), Federal PELL Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal TEACH Grant, other Title IV assistance programs, other Federal, state, or institutional programs and lastly, the student.
3. Federal grant overpayments (if applicable) will be communicated to the student for immediate repayment. If satisfactory arrangements are not made by the student to clear the overpayment, then the overpayment will be communicated directly to National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS).

Course Load Adjustments – Refunds and Charges

Adjustments will be made to accounts during the first two weeks of classes. If the total number of hours attempted is decreased after the second week of classes, there will be no financial credit to the student’s account. Failure to attend registered classes may have a financial aid impact. Additionally, a change in enrollment prior to the disbursement of Federal aid may impact the student’s Federal aid eligibility.

The student is responsible for any charge applicable to the load for which he/she is registered at the end of the second week of classes. Withdrawing from a course with an associated fee after the second week does not alter the financial responsibility of the student to pay the fee. This includes overload fees.

Financial Aid

Financial aid is available to Huntingdon College students who qualify for financial assistance in order to attend Huntingdon. Financial aid programs are prepared, using the package concept, which may include aid from the Huntingdon College Scholarship and Grant Programs, Federal PELL Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG), the Federal TEACH Grant, Federal Direct Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, and the Federal Work-Study Program. A student is eligible to apply for financial aid after filing an application for admission as a full-time or part-time student, but no financial aid will be awarded until the student has been accepted. Students admitted as special (non-degree seeking) or transient students are not eligible for financial assistance. All students, dependent, as well as independent, who seek need-based Federal, state, or institutional financial assistance, or non-need-based Federal financial assistance in order to attend Huntingdon College, must annually file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). From this, a FAFSA Submission Summary (FSS) will be produced by the Government’s Federal Student Aid Office and will be sent to the student. Each application for financial aid will be carefully evaluated when all required data and documentation has been submitted, and the student will be notified in writing of the financial aid award prepared. The student has at least 14 days to accept or reject the financial assistance offered.

Application for Financial Aid

Students needing financial aid in order to attend Huntingdon College must annually file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). This form may be accessed online at: http://studentaid.gov. Awards will be made on a first-come, first-served basis. New students who must have financial aid in order to attend Huntingdon College, should complete the following three steps:

1. File an application for admission with the proper credentials and submit the required supporting documentation. No financial aid program may be completed until a student has been accepted for admission.
2. Submit the FAFSA online. Be sure to indicate the College’s code (001019) so that an FSS is sent directly to Huntingdon.
3. Complete the necessary applications for Federal Direct Loan, Federal Work-Study, etc. (if applicable).

Financial Aid Verification

Verification of financial aid data is performed in accordance with guidelines provided in the United States Department of Education (ED) Verification Guide. The ED requires that all accounts selected for verification be verified. The verification process is superseded only by the requirement to resolve conflicting data that is made available to the office and which may affect financial aid awarding. The Director of Student Financial Aid reserves the right to select a FAFSA Submission Summary (FSS) for verification if conflicting data exists.

FAFSA Submission Summaries (FSS) are downloaded on a regular basis throughout the year. If an FSS is selected for verification and that student has been accepted to the College, a verification packet is sent. Verification packets include a letter of documentation request with a clear explanation of the documents required. The packet provided may vary based upon the Department of Education selection of verification items. The verification items may include adjusted gross income, Federal tax paid, education credits, untaxed income (including earned income credit, etc.), number of family members, and number in college; students may also be required to provide a Statement of Educational Purpose and government issued identification. FSSs received for students in the applied or inquired status are placed on hold until the College is notified of acceptance. Conflicting information including, but not limited to, head of household discrepancies, incorrect filing status, and duplication of exemptions claimed are noted and a request for resolution is sent to the student. If verification is accurate, Federal financial aid and need-based institutional aid (if applicable) can be awarded. If corrections are necessary, changes are made by the Office of Student Financial Aid. Students are not required to make changes themselves. Once the corrected FSS is received, students are notified by the online FAFSA Processing System of a corrected FSS; it will identify changes made and the new calculated Student Aid Index (SAI). Changes in award status (if applicable) due to verification are sent via a revised financial aid offer to the student from the College.

If further documentation is required to verify necessary items or to correct conflicting documentation, the student is notified by phone, email, or mail of what is needed. Packaging of institutional need-based aid and all Federal aid is in a “hold” status until requested information is received. To be considered for any Federal aid that is still available, a valid ISIR must be on file by the last day of classes. However, this does not include Direct student loans and Direct PLUS loans which have a processing time outside of the College’s jurisdiction. The Colleges deadline for submission of an eligible application for these loans is 15 days prior to the last day of class of the academic year. Failure to complete verification within the above time frame will result in no Federal aid or need-based institutional aid being awarded.

If an overpayment in the Federal programs is determined to have occurred, efforts will be made to adjust the appropriate award program during the course of the academic year. If this is not possible, the student will be requested to make immediate repayment of the overage (provided it is the student’s error). Any warranted collection efforts will be made by the U.S. Department of Education after referring such matters to them. If the overpayment is caused by school error, Huntingdon College will return the funds, and the student will be allowed to repay the institution in a given time period.

Students who have not satisfied the requirements of their admission (e.g. probationary), who fail to clear all financial obligations to the College, or who do not have all required official transcripts or test scores on file with the Office of the Registrar are not considered officially enrolled and will be ineligible for any disbursement of aid (institutional, federal, or private).

Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress

In order for a student to receive awards from the Federal PELL Grant Program, the Federal SEOG Program, the Federal TEACH Grant, the Federal Work-Study Program, the Federal Direct Loan Program, the Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program, the Alabama Student Grant Program, Alabama National Guard Educational Assistance Program (ANGEAP), Alabama G.I. Dependent Scholarship Program, and the Alabama Student Assistance Program, a student must be determined to be making satisfactory academic progress as defined by the Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) section of the Academic Policies and Procedures of this catalog. A student who fails to meet the Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress is placed on Financial Aid Warning. After the second consecutive semester of not making SAP, the student is ineligible for Federal Title IV Aid and is placed on Financial Aid Suspension.

Huntingdon College permits appeals of Financial Aid Suspension based upon mitigating circumstances. These mitigating circumstances include events that have occurred which the College deems beyond the student’s control, including but not limited to, the impact of natural disasters, medical illnesses and emergencies, or family tragedies. Documentation of these events will be required. The appeal must address why the student failed to make SAP, and what has changed in the student’s situation to enable the student to regain SAP. Students must petition and submit all necessary documentation to the Director of Student Financial Services in writing within one month from the date of the financial aid suspension letter sent to the student if he/she wishes to have reinstatement of his/her eligibility for Federal Title IV funds considered. In order to approve an appeal, the College must determine that the student should be able to make SAP by the end of the next payment period or develop an academic plan, that if followed, will ensure the student is able to meet overall SAP by a specified point in time, with interim progress points. If an appeal is granted, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Probation for the next payment period or by the dates specified in the academic plan. The Director of Student Financial Services will respond to the appeal within a period of 15 days once the appeal and all applicable documentation are received.

During this conditional Financial Aid Probation period of time, the student may continue to receive Federal Title IV and state funds, provided the student is allowed to continue enrollment by the College’s Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress. At the end of that conditional Financial Aid Probation period, the student must meet SAP, or he/she will be ruled ineligible to receive Title IV and state funds for any future semesters of attendance. A student who is deemed ineligible for a Federal PELL Grant, a Federal SEOG, a Federal TEACH Grant, Federal Work-Study, a Federal Direct Loan, a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, an Alabama Student Grant, Alabama National Guard Educational Assistance Program (ANGEAP), Alabama G.I. Dependent Scholarship Program, or an Alabama Student Assistance Grant because of failure to meet the College’s Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress, may reestablish his/her eligibility under these programs by subsequently meeting the College’s Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress, provided the student is allowed to continue enrollment. Students must attend classes at Huntingdon College to regain Satisfactory Academic Progress.

The time frame for full-time student completion of an undergraduate program cannot exceed 150% of the published length of that program. All students who exceed the 150% maximum time frame are considered to be ineligible for Title IV financial aid. This may not be appealed.

Types of Financial Aid

Huntingdon College Scholarship and Grant Programs

Huntingdon College scholarships are normally awarded on an annual basis, with one-half of the annual amount of the scholarship being credited to the student’s account during the first semester and the other half during the second semester. Each semester, the Federal Title IV and institutional aid is finalized after the institution’s official second week enrollment report is released. Huntingdon College scholarships and grants are available to full-time degree-seeking students only. (Exceptions will be made for those students approaching degree completion whose course availability for their majors, or other degree requirements, may not allow for full-time status.) It is important to know that Huntingdon College scholarship and grant recipients may be eligible to also receive other forms of institutional, Federal, and state aid. However, a FAFSA financial aid form must be completed so that the Office of Student Financial Aid can determine eligibility.

Academic Merit/Academic Scholarships

Minimum qualifications for available scholarships and grants can be obtained by contacting the Office of Admission. Recipients may be required to live on campus, maintain specific grade point average requirements, and participate in school activities.

Federal Programs

Federal PELL Grant Program: This is a federal entitlement program providing grants to eligible students of up to $7,395. The amount of each grant is determined by review of the FSS or ISIR. These reports are generated by the Federal Student Aid Programs Office from the data submitted on the FAFSA. No Federal PELL Grant award may be made to a student until an FSS is submitted or an ISIR is received.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program (FSEOG): The FSEOG is a program which may be available to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need and are Federal PELL Grant recipients. The amount ranges from $500 to $1,000 per year. Only a limited number of FSEOG grants can be awarded each year.

Federal Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant Program: Through the College Cost Reduction and Access Act of 2007, Congress created this program that provides grants of up to $4,000 per year to students who intend to teach in a public or private elementary or Secondary school that serves students from low-income families. Contact the Office of Admission for further details.

Federal Work-Study Program (FWS): This is a federal program available to qualified students who demonstrate financial need. Students are employed on campus in positions such as classroom assistants, admissions assistants, laboratory assistants, recreation assistants, and library assistants. Preference is given to students with the greatest demonstrated need, with the typical student working approximately 5 hours per week. Interested students must complete a Federal Work Study application in the Financial Aid Office. Only a limited number of work-study positions are available.

Federal Direct Loan Program: Direct Loans are federally approved loans available to qualified students. There are two types of Federal Direct Loans: the Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans and profile only minor differences. One of the differences is that Subsidized loans are need-based and offer the feature of interest being deferred, while the Unsubsidized loans are non-need-based and begin accruing immediately. Annual loan limits for each program are as follows:

Dependent Students and Independent Students

Class Level	Base Amount	Category I	Category II
Freshman	$3,500	$2,000	$4,000
Sophomore	$4,500	$2,000	$4,000
Junior	$5,500	$2,000	$5,000
Senior	$5,500	$2,000	$5,000

Category I: Additional Unsubsidized loan amount available to all students beginning July 1, 2008.

Category II: Additional Unsubsidized loan amount available for dependent students (whose parents cannot borrow a Direct PLUS loan) and independent students.

Any combination of Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans cannot exceed the applicable student’s Unsubsidized loan limits. The actual size of the loan is based on the student’s demonstrated financial need and the other components of the financial aid offer. Students should contact the Office of Student Financial Aid regarding eligibility requirements and the application process. It should be noted that an origination fee up to 1.057% may be taken out of the loan proceeds by the federal government. Repayment of the Subsidized loan must begin six months after the borrower graduates or ceases to be a half-time student. Repayment of the Unsubsidized loan must begin with immediate repayment or capitalization of interest only. The interest rate currently (at the time of printing) stands at 5.50% for Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans.

Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program: PLUS (Parental Loan for Undergraduate Students) loans are available to parents of dependent undergraduate students. PLUS Loans may not exceed the student’s cost of attendance less the financial aid assistance he/she will receive during the period of enrollment. It should also be noted that a 4.228% origination fee may be taken out of the loan proceeds by the federal government. The actual size of the loan is contingent upon other factors of the financial aid offer. Students should contact the Office of Student Financial Aid regarding eligibility requirements and the application process. Repayment of the PLUS Loan begins immediately. The interest rate currently (at the time of printing) stands at 8.05%.

State Programs

Alabama Student Assistant Program (ASAP): This is a state program offering grants to eligible undergraduate Alabama students (without a previous bachelor’s degree) who meet financial need requirements. In order to receive consideration for this grant, students must also be eligible for the PELL Grant. Recipients must be enrolled full-time, be making satisfactory academic progress and not be preparing for a church-related vocation. The state determines the institutional allocation each year.

Alabama Student Grant Program (ASGP): This is a state program offering grants historically of about $1500 per year to full-time undergraduate students (without a previous bachelor’s degree) who are legal Alabama residents and are attending approved independent colleges or universities within the state. The Alabama Student Grants are not made on the basis of need but rather on residency. Alabama residents carrying a minimum of six semester hours (1/2 load) are eligible for a grant historically of about $750 per year. Students preparing for church-related vocations are not eligible to receive the Alabama Student Grant. To qualify for the grant, only one course in religion, Christian ministries, or church music per semester is allowed within the six-hour part-time load, or twelve-hour full-time load. Additional religion courses may be taken if they are in excess of the six-or twelve-hour loads. Applications for the Alabama Student Grant Program may be obtained at the Office of Student Financial Aid, as well as the Huntingdon College website, and filed with the Office of Student Financial Aid by the appropriate deadline dates (specified on the application). Applications are not considered complete until all the necessary supporting information and documentation are received by the Office of Student Financial Aid per state regulations. Students must apply each year. Eligibility for the grant is lost once total hours earned and attempted exceeds (by more than 25%) the number of hours required for the individual student’s course of study. Alabama Student Grant funds are estimated until funds are received by the State.

Alabama National Guard Educational Assistance Program (ANGEAP): This is an award to be used for tuition and educational fees for Alabama National Guard members to attend a postsecondary educational institution in Alabama. Awards are limited to approximately $5,687 per term. ANGEAP award amounts will be determined based on the outstanding balance of tuition and fees remaining after all other benefits the student is using are applied. ANGEAP is not based on need. Students who are active members in good standing with a Federally-recognized unit of the Alabama National Guard are eligible. Participants may receive Federal veteran benefits but must show a cost less aid amount of at least $100. Applications are available from Alabama National Guard units. Funds are limited, so students who are Guard members are encouraged to apply early. Forms must be signed by a representative of the Alabama Military Department and the financial aid officer at the college or university the student plans to attend.

Alabama G.I. Dependent Scholarship Program: This academic scholarship program is administered by the Alabama Department of Veterans Affairs and applies to the dependents of Alabama’s disabled veterans. Eligibility is determined by the Alabama Department of Veterans Affairs Office. Applications and assistance may also be obtained at any Alabama Department of Veterans Affairs Office. As of July 31, 2017, students applying for benefits for the first time and also students attending eligible private schools must be a current resident of the state of Alabama at the time of application, must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) for each year that they are covered under the Alabama G.I. Dependent Scholarship Program, must comply with Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) as defined by their education institution, and must complete a Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) release form for each educational institution that they attend to authorize the release of personally identifiable information required to determine continued eligibility and as required for necessary reporting. All other scholarships and grants must be applied to required education expenses first (unless otherwise prescribed by state or federal law). After these are utilized, textbooks and applicable fees will be billed to the program up to a combined maximum total of $1,000 per student and tuition will be billed to the program up to the Department of Defense Tuition Assistance Cap (currently $250 per semester hour). Upon receipt of a student’s Certificate of Entitlement and FERPA release form, the Student Financial Services office will make the award determination for eligible students based on the Alabama G.I. Dependent Scholarship Program requirements.

Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC)

Army and Air Force: These scholarships range in award amount of $4,000 to full-tuition and fees. For more information about these scholarships and their requirements, students should contact their Guidance Office or Huntingdon College’s Office of Admission.

Private Foundation Support: Bellingrath-Morse Foundation

Huntingdon College gratefully acknowledges the generous annual support of the Bellingrath-Morse Foundation, of Theodore, Alabama. Huntingdon College has long been a partner in higher education with the Bellingrath-Morse Foundation. As Walter Bellingrath said, “The greatest hope for the people is the best possible liberal education through our privately supported Christian colleges, where the well rounded development of mental powers and the building of character go hand in hand.”

Other Scholarships Administered by Huntingdon College

A number of endowed and gift scholarships have been established by individuals and foundations to assist students in meeting the educational cost of attending Huntingdon College. Generally, the values of these endowed and gift scholarships range from $100 to $12,500 per academic year and may require on-campus residency.

Huntingdon College Endowed Scholarships

The College has a variety of endowed scholarships which have been funded by generous benefactors to help make the cost of attending Huntingdon affordable for today’s generation of students.

Academic Policies and Procedures

General Policies and Procedures

It is the responsibility of the student to be familiar with and to complete the requirements for the degree being sought. The faculty and staff of Huntingdon College will assist each student, but it is the student who must ensure that all general degree, General Education Core Curriculum, major, and minor requirements have been completed in the manner outlined in his/her catalog of matriculation.

The College reserves the right to change its academic policies and requirements. Such changes will be publicized to minimize inconvenience to students. Huntingdon College also reserves the right to modify or discontinue any academic offerings or degree programs when necessary. In such cases, the College will make reasonable efforts to allow current students to complete the program or will assist in their transfer to other acceptable programs.

Student Honor Code

The Honor Code is founded on the principle that the ultimate responsibility for abiding by the behavioral expectations of the College lies with the student.

“As a student of Huntingdon College, I hereby dedicate myself to the principles of Honesty, Integrity, Responsibility, and Stewardship in all aspects of my life. I will be accountable for all that I say, write, and do. I resolve to keep myself above reproach, realizing that my words and actions impact others’ perceptions of this institution. I will participate actively in the efforts of Huntingdon College to fulfill its mission of Faith, Wisdom, and Service.” (Adopted 2010)

Academic Schedule

The academic year is divided into three semesters: the first beginning in August and ending in November (Fall semester), the second beginning in January and ending in May (Spring semester) and the third beginning in May and ending in August (Summer semester). The official College calendar for 2024-2025 is located on pages at the beginning of this publication. The Summer semester calendar may be found in the Summer Bulletin, which is published on the College’s website each Spring semester.

During the Fall and Spring semesters, classes are held four days a week, Monday through Thursday. The normal three credit hour class schedule calls for each class to meet for two 75-minute sessions each week.

The Huntingdon College schedule of classes is published on the College’s website for information purposes. The College reserves the right to cancel, postpone, combine, or change the time of any class for which there is not sufficient enrollment or for other reasons deemed in the best interest of the institution.

Catalog

Each catalog presents the requirements for students entering Huntingdon during that particular academic year and is the catalog the student’s academic advisor(s) and Registrar will use in verifying degree requirements for graduation. Any petition to change catalogs must be submitted to the Chief Academic Officer. The catalog year requested in the petition must be a catalog dated a year in which the student is or was enrolled at Huntingdon. If there is an enrollment break of four or more consecutive years, the student must use the catalog issued for the year in which the student is readmitted and matriculates.

A student may not submit a petition for a catalog change during his/her terminal semester.

Class Attendance

Students are expected to attend all classes for which they are officially enrolled. Students should not attend class for courses in which they are not officially enrolled.

Completion of Absence-Related Work

A specific policy for completion of absence-related graded work is up to the individual instructor. The instructor must state the policy in the course syllabus.

The specific policy must not penalize a student for participation in a documented College sanctioned event or for a documented medical, personal, or family emergency.

Convocation Attendance

Each semester there are a variety of all-college convocations. All full-time students are expected to attend these programs. Dates and specific information about the programs are published at the beginning of the Fall and Spring semesters by the Office of the Chief Academic Officer.

Course Load

A student must be enrolled in a minimum of 12 hours of credit per semester to be considered a full-time student. The normal load for a student planning to graduate with a degree in four years is 15 academic credits per semester or 30 credits each academic year.

First-semester freshman enrollment is limited to a maximum of five (5) courses worth 3 or more credit hours and a maximum of 17 credit hours total. For subsequent semesters, freshman and transfer students are subject to the GPA requirements listed in the following paragraph, which apply to all students.

All returning students wishing to take more than 18 credit hours must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher for the preceding Fall or Spring semester. In unusual circumstances, a student who does not meet this requirement may be permitted to take more than 18 credit hours with permission of the advisor and the Chief Academic Officer, or in the case of a student who has not declared a major, with the permission of the Chief Academic Officer. Candidates for degree completion who do not meet the GPA requirement to take more than 18 credit hours may do so in their final term with the permission of the advisor and the Registrar. In such cases, petitions for an academic overload are not necessary. Students may not enroll in more than 22 hours during the Fall or Spring semester. Note: Enrollment in more than 18 hours results in Overload Fees (see the Financing a Huntingdon Education section for details).

Traditionally, the Summer semester is divided into two sessions. A student may not enroll in more than seven credit hours during each Summer session.

Final Examinations

Final examinations are held during specific days at the end of each semester. Attendance at all scheduled and announced final examinations is required. The timetable for these examinations is listed with the College’s calendar located at the beginning of this publication. A student who is unable, due to illness or other compelling reason, to take a final examination at the scheduled time may not reschedule the examination without written permission from the Chief Academic Officer. Students with more than two exams officially scheduled on the same day may submit the appropriate petition/form to the Chief Academic Officer for rescheduling consideration. All petitions for rescheduling examinations, except for unforeseeable circumstances, must be submitted at least one week before the start of exams.

Post-Baccalaureate Additional Major

A student who has already been awarded a bachelor’s degree from Huntingdon College may return to complete another major if the following conditions are met:

• The hours the student uses to complete the additional major must include at least 21 hours which were not used to fulfill any requirements for a major or minor that has already been granted for the student by Huntingdon College.
• The student has not already completed the requirements for the additional major.

Registration and Enrollment Policies and Procedures

Registration for an upcoming term begins on a specific date in the mid-to latter part of each semester, as stated in the College calendar, for currently enrolled students. Final registration takes place at the beginning of a new semester on dates indicated in the College calendar. During final registration, newly entering students and others not preregistered may register for the semester. Students must have their proposed schedules approved by their faculty advisor(s), and be cleared to register by the Office of Student Financial Services and the Office of the Registrar.

Students who have not satisfied the requirements of their admission (e.g. probationary), who fail to clear all financial obligations to the College, or who do not have all required official transcripts or test scores on file with the Office of the Registrar are not considered officially enrolled and will be denied all credit for the semester. A student may not register and enter classes after the first five business days of the Fall or Spring semester (official add/drop period).

Prerequisites

A prerequisite is a course or other preparation that must be completed before enrolling in an advanced course. The student is responsible for determining, prior to registration, if all prerequisite requirements have been met for individual classes in which enrollment is anticipated. Prerequisite information is contained in the course description section of the catalog. Unless permission is granted by the course instructor, faculty advisor, Department Chair, and Vice President of Academic Affairs, students will be administratively removed by the Office of the Registrar from courses for which they have not completed the prerequisite(s). For prerequisites completed elsewhere, each student must request an official transcript be sent directly to the Office of the Registrar in order to update his/her record to indicate said prerequisite has been completed. Timeliness of this action may affect the ability of a student to register for a course which requires a prerequisite.

Changes in Registration/Enrollment

Unless course changes are made in the following manner, they have no official standing and will not be recognized by the College. Students should also be aware that changes in enrollment might affect areas of financial aid, athletic eligibility, Veteran’s Affairs, and timing for degree completion.

Once a student’s registration is complete, changes in enrollment can begin immediately and are permitted through the first five business days of each semester (for specific dates, see College calendar “Huntingdon College Academic Calendar” on page iv). A student may add or drop courses with the permission of the student’s faculty advisor(s). Courses dropped during this period are removed from the student’s transcript. To add or drop a course, a student must submit an Add/Drop via the College’s registration system. The student’s advisor must approve all changes for a change in enrollment to be completed.

The dates for changes in registration for the Summer semester are published in the Summer Bulletin.

Withdrawal from a Course

After the end of the official Add/Drop period, but prior to the end of the tenth week of the semester, a student may withdraw from a course by submitting, in person to the Office of the Registrar, a completed Course Withdrawal Form signed by the student, the instructor, and the student’s academic advisor(s). If the Course Withdrawal Form is formally received by the Office of the Registrar prior to the end of the fifth week (for specific dates, see College calendar), the student’s transcript will indicate a grade of “W.” If the Course Withdrawal Form is formally received by the Office of the Registrar after the end of the fifth week but prior to the end of the tenth week (for specific dates, see College calendar, “Huntingdon College Academic Calendar” on page iv), the student’s transcript will indicate a grade of “WP” or “WF” as assigned on the form by the instructor. The form must be delivered by the student to the Office of the Registrar. Unless a course withdrawal is handled in this manner, it has no official standing and will not be recognized by the College, and the student will remain enrolled in the course and receive an appropriate grade, typically an “F.”

In relation to withdrawing from one or more courses, please note the following:

• grades of “W,” “WP,” and “WF” are not used in the calculation of the grade point average;
• the grades of “W,” “WP,” and “WF” are used in the determination of Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP);
• financial adjustments will not be made for withdrawals formally processed after the third week, or if a student retains full-time status;
• withdrawal may also affect academic standing, financial aid eligibility, athletic eligibility, on-campus residency, or veteran’s benefits.

The dates for withdrawal from a course for the Summer semester are published in the Summer Bulletin.

Intent Not to Return

Students who are currently enrolled or students who have completed a term but who are not planning on returning to the College for a subsequent term must declare this to the College in order to ensure all arrangements with the College are in order (e.g. student account, preregistered courses, residential life). The Intent Not to Return form is available from and processed through the Staton Center for Learning Enrichment. Completion and return of the form to the Office of the Registrar with all required signatures will remove the student from any classes in which preregistration has been processed as long as it is received by the Office of the Registrar prior to the beginning of the affected semester.

Withdrawal from the College

Students wishing to withdraw from Huntingdon College during a semester of attendance must obtain an Application for Student Withdrawal form, available in the Office of the Registrar, to certify exit conferences with the required offices.

Withdrawal will only be recognized with the completion and return of the Application for Student Withdrawal form to the Office of the Registrar. Except in rare circumstances as deemed by the Chief Academic Officer, a telephone call or written statement of any kind other than the stated form indicating the intent to withdraw does not constitute an official withdrawal. Grades assigned at the time of withdrawal will be determined by the date of the withdrawal. Students withdrawing on their own initiative prior to the end of the tenth week of the semester (for specific dates, see College calendar, “Huntingdon College Academic Calendar” on page iv) will be assigned a “W” in lieu of an earned grade for each course. After the tenth week, a grade of “F” is recorded unless the withdrawal is caused by circumstances beyond the control of the student, in which case a “W” is assigned with the approval of the Chief Academic Officer. The College may require withdrawal at any time if it deems it to be in the best interest of either the student or the College. If the cause for withdrawal is sufficient and the standing of the student warrants, it will be permitted without assignment of grades (i.e. “W”); otherwise, the grade will be “F” in each course. A notation of “Withdrew from the College” will be indicated on the student’s transcript following the applicable term. Note that complete withdrawal from the College typically results in an automatic assignment of an academic sanction.

The dates for withdrawal from the College for the Summer semester are published in the Summer Bulletin.

Pass/No Credit (P/NC)

A student who chooses to take a graded course on a Pass/No Credit (P/NC) basis must complete the Application for a Course to be Evaluated on a Pass/No Credit Basis any time during the first ten weeks of the Fall or Spring semester (for specific dates, see College calendar, “Huntingdon College Academic Calendar” on page iv). Courses used to satisfy the General Education Core Curriculum, major, or minor, may not be taken on a Pass/No Credit basis, except where required by a particular program. A graded course may not be repeated on a Pass/No Credit basis. A grade of “P” is assigned when a student satisfactorily completes the P/NC course with the equivalent of a “D” or better, at which point the student earns the respective credit hours. Otherwise the student will receive an “N,” and no credit will be awarded. Pass/No Credit classes are not reflected in the student’s grade point average, but will be used in the determination of Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP). The application is available in the Office of the Registrar.

The dates for changing a course to be taken on a Pass/No Credit basis for the Summer semester are published in the Summer Bulletin.

Audit (no-credit option for courses which do not require participation)

Students who wish to audit a course are required to complete an Application for a Course to be Evaluated on an Audit Basis and file it with the Office of the Registrar. Students who register for a course in this manner are expected to attend all regular classes. Students auditing a class may participate at the discretion of the instructor. A student who first enrolls for auditor status may change to credit status only during the first five business days of the semester. Students who first register for credit may change to auditor status any time during the first eight weeks of the Fall or Spring semester (for specific dates, see College calendar, “Huntingdon College Academic Calendar” on page iv). Courses audited are not included in the total credits earned or the grade point average. However, the credit value of any course audited is computed in the assessment of tuition. Courses used to satisfy the General Education Core Curriculum, major, or minor may not be taken on an Audit basis. The application is available in the Office of the Registrar.

The dates for changing a course to be taken on an Audit basis for the Summer semester are published in the Summer Bulletin.

Non-credit (no-credit option for courses which require participation)

Students who wish to enroll in a course for non-credit are required to complete an Application for a Course to be Evaluated on a Non-Credit Basis and file it with the Office of the Registrar. Students who register for a course in this manner are expected to attend all regular classes. A student who first enrolls for non-credit status may change to credit status only during the first five business days of each semester. Students who first register for credit may change to non-credit status any time during the first eight weeks of the Fall or Spring semester (for specific dates, see College calendar, “Huntingdon College Academic Calendar” on page iv). Courses taken on a Non-Credit basis are not included in the total credits earned or the grade point average. However, the credit value of any course taken on a Non-Credit basis is computed in the assessment of tuition. Courses used to satisfy the General Education Core Curriculum, major, or minor may not be taken on a Non-Credit basis. The application is available in the Office of the Registrar.

The dates for changing course grading to be taken on a Non-Credit basis for the Summer semester are published in the Summer Bulletin.

Repeating Courses

Although Huntingdon does not remove the original grade from the permanent record (transcript), the College will permit a student to repeat a course under the conditions listed below. A student:

• will have only the highest course grade earned at Huntingdon College for any given course included in the computation of the Huntingdon College cumulative GPA;
• may repeat for a higher grade at another college or university a course initially taken at Huntingdon College upon successful petition to the Chief Academic Officer. The primary criterion for approving petitions is whether or not a student’s time-line to graduation will be adversely affected were they not to take the course elsewhere. The extent to which a student has remained on their plan of study may be taken into account;
• cannot repeat a course for a higher grade on a Pass/No Credit basis unless the course was initially taken on a Pass/No Credit basis;
• courses which may be repeated for credit (as designated by their catalog course descriptions) may only be repeated for a higher grade upon petition to the VPAA;
• transferred coursework does not affect a student’s Huntingdon College GPA;
• additional credit hours may not be earned when repeating a course for a higher grade or when repeating a course for a grade originally taken on a Pass/No Credit basis.

Huntingdon College does not guarantee the availability of any course for repetition.

Independent Study

Independent studies are open to qualifying students who have sophomore standing or above, with a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0. A student must petition the Chief Academic Officer to engage in an independent study project. The project must be developed in conjunction with a qualified instructor who will: direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. Students intending to apply their projects toward a major or minor must register for letter-grade evaluation. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

Course by Conference

Under exceptional circumstances, a student may petition the Chief Academic Officer to take a Course by Conference: an individual study equating to a course in the Huntingdon College Catalog. The Course by Conference must conform to an existing course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures. Students enrolled in a Course by Conference should be engaged in regular, substantive interaction with the instructor and, in some cases, other students. Instruction is not self-paced; rather it requires daily or weekly engagement of the student using the College’s learning management system. A student taking a Course by Conference must register for letter-grade evaluation. Petitions for Courses by Conference will not typically be approved for courses that are offered at least annually or for which no qualified instructor is available.

Temporary Active Military Duty

A student who is registered for a term and is activated on a temporary basis, may petition the Chief Academic Officer to complete coursework while on that active status. In this situation, the student will engage in regular, substantive interaction with the instructor and/or other students. Instruction is not self-paced; rather it requires daily or weekly engagement of the student using the College’s learning management system at the same pace and value as other students enrolled in the same class. There will be no adjustment in the due date of assignments. The student may be assigned additional work that is commensurate with assignments or instructional activities that they may have otherwise missed in the class setting. Upon the completion of active duty, the student will be required to immediately return and participate in the classroom; assignments, participation and attendance will be recorded and graded according to the requirements of the physical classroom standards. Accordingly, any absences from the physical classroom are applicable to any attendance policy that is in place at that time.

Online Courses

At this time, Huntingdon College does not offer any degree programs 100 percent via distance education. We do, however, offer a limited number of online courses. Students enrolled in online courses are engaged in regular, substantive interaction with the instructor and/or other students. Instruction is not self-paced; rather it requires daily or weekly engagement of the student using the College’s learning management system.

Individual online classes may have specific requirements for physical attendance for tests or presentations. Specific requirements regarding attendance can be obtained from the course instructor. Online courses may require the student to secure proctoring services (and cover associated fee services) for specified assignments. Details regarding those requirements are available from the instructor. All courses, regardless of delivery mode (face-to-face, partially online, or fully online) are designed or reviewed and approved by fully qualified Huntingdon College faculty and are approved through the Office of the Chief Academic Officer.

Academic Credit Policies – Current Students

Transfer Credit (Credit Elsewhere)

A currently enrolled Huntingdon College student who wishes to take coursework at another college or university as a transient student and apply that work toward the requirements for a Huntingdon College degree must secure approval of his/her academic advisor(s), the Teacher Certification Officer (if the student is seeking teacher certification), and the Registrar, prior to taking any courses elsewhere. Approval to take courses at another institution for transfer to Huntingdon College may be requested by completing the “Application for Approval to Earn Credit Elsewhere for Transfer to Huntingdon” form, which is available online. Completed forms, including the presence of all appropriate signatures, should be submitted directly to the Office of the Registrar. The Registrar, in consultation with appropriate Department Chairs, will determine suitability of the course(s) and certify the student’s academic standing and course equivalency. Credit may not be granted at Huntingdon for any course not specifically approved in advance and will not be granted for coursework completed while a student is placed on academic suspension at Huntingdon College or elsewhere.

A student:

• may repeat for a higher grade at another college or university a course initially taken at Huntingdon College upon successful petition to the Chief Academic Officer. The primary criterion for approving petitions is whether or not a student’s time-line to graduation will be adversely affected were they not to take the course elsewhere. The extent to which a student has remained on their plan of study may be taken into account;
• who has accumulated as many as 64 semester hours from two-year institutions, may only take coursework at a four-year college or university;
• may not receive more than 90 hours of transfer credit;
• may not exceed the normal load permitted at Huntingdon College during the same period;
• may not take at the other college or university, during the Fall or Spring Semester, any course or courses being offered at Huntingdon College in the same semester;
• may not take more than one course in the last 30 hours outside of Huntingdon College.

A grade of “C” or higher is required in each course presented to fulfill the requirements for a major or minor, whether the credit is earned at Huntingdon College or elsewhere, except where a required course is offered only on a P/NC basis, in which case a “P” is required. (For some programs or individual majors, these requirements are higher.)

Refer to the sections titled Application for Graduation and General Degree Requirements for additional restrictions that apply to candidates for graduation.

In order for credit to be granted, an official transcript from the institution awarding credit showing completion of coursework must be received, either by mail or electronically, by an official of the College or by the Office of the Registrar at Huntingdon College; no “student issued” or hand-carried transcripts will be accepted. Credit will be granted for any approved course completed with a grade of “D” or better, or in the case of a course taken on a Pass/No Credit basis (or the equivalent), a grade of “P.” The credit granted is indicated on the student’s transcript; however, transferred coursework does not affect a student’s Huntingdon College GPA.

College Level Examination Program (CLEP)

Credit will not be granted for General Examinations taken after the student has begun his/her postsecondary studies. Credit will not be granted for a lower sequence course if a more advanced course has been completed. In any one discipline a maximum of 12 semester hours may be earned. Huntingdon awards up to 30 semester hours of credit for satisfactory scores (50th percentile or higher) on the College Level Examination Program tests, provided that the examination area is comparable to a course offered for credit at Huntingdon College.

Current students who wish to take examinations under this policy must secure the approval of their academic advisor(s), the Teacher Certification Officer (if the student is seeking teacher certification), and the Registrar. Students should contact the Office of the Registrar if they have questions concerning CLEP. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support (DANTES)

Huntingdon College recognizes the successful achievement of students participating in the curriculum of DANTES. Students are encouraged to have their official DANTES transcript submitted for review. Credit is awarded for courses in which the content is comparable to a course offered for credit at Huntingdon College. Credit is awarded at the discretion of the College, and students should not assume that credit will be awarded automatically. A DANTES transcript should be sent to the Office of the Registrar for evaluation. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

Cambridge International Examinations (CIE)

Huntingdon College may award credit for students who participate in the Cambridge International Examination (CIE) program of Cambridge University. Students who have taken college-level courses and who would like to apply for academic credit at Huntingdon should take the appropriate Cambridge International Examination and have the official score report sent to the Office of the Registrar (http://www.cambridgeinternational.org). The College reviews and evaluates each CIE examination and score on an individual basis in the context of a student’s proposed area of study. Credit is awarded at the discretion of the College, and students should not assume that credit will be awarded automatically. The number of hours granted, as well as course equivalency, is determined by the corresponding academic program. A $25.00 recording fee per awarded credit hour is assessed.

Grading Policies

Course Grades and Points

The quality of achievement in a course is measured as follows:

Grade	Grade Description
A	Excellent; earns four grade points per semester credit hour.
B	Good; earns three grade points per semester credit hour.
C	Average; earns two grade points per semester credit hour.
D	Poor; earns one grade point per semester credit hour.
F	Unsatisfactory; earns no grade points per semester credit hour.
I	Incomplete; a temporary notation used only when course requirements have not been completed due to illness or extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the student. The assignment of an Incomplete must be approved by the Chief Academic Officer prior to being processed by the Office of the Registrar. The instructor will also submit to the Office of the Registrar a preliminary final grade (based on the student’s performance to-date including the effect of the missing coursework). If a final grade is not assigned by the instructor prior to the beginning of the exam period of the next semester, then the preliminary grade will be assigned as the final grade by the Office of the Registrar. During the period the Incomplete is on the student’s record, the transcript will indicate both the “I” and the preliminary grade (e.g. “IB” would appear if the preliminary grade is a “B.”). It is the student’s responsibility to maintain contact with the instructor, to complete the coursework, and to verify that the instructor submits a final grade to the Office of the Registrar. The temporary notation, regardless of the preliminary grade, does not count in the calculation of the GPA. The student will be notified in writing of all grade adjustments and the effects on the applicable semester’s GPA and cumulative GPA. An Incomplete cancels eligibility for annual honors, i.e. Dean’s List of Honors, Dean’s List of High Honors, and graduation honors. In addition, an Incomplete may prohibit a student from participating in College-sponsored activities.
N	No credit; used for a course graded on a Pass/No Credit basis. If a grade of “F” is earned, the grade will be recorded as “N.” This does not count in the grade point average and no semester credit hours are earned.
P	Pass; used for courses graded on a Pass/No Credit basis. If a grade of “A,” “B,” “C,” or “D” is earned, the grade will be recorded as “P.” Semester credit hours are earned, but not grade points, and thus, the grade is not calculated in the student’s GPA.
S	Satisfactory; used for attendance in courses in which credit cannot be earned. This does not count in the grade point average.
U	Unsatisfactory; used for attendance in courses in which credit cannot be earned. This does not count in the grade point average.
W	Withdrawal; indicates that the student withdrew from the course during the first five weeks of the semester or from the College prior to the end of the tenth week of the semester (see Withdrawal from a Course and Withdrawal from the College sections). “Withdrew from the College” will also be noted on the student’s transcript if the student withdraws from the entire semester.
WP	Withdrawal Passing; indicates the student was passing the course at the time of withdrawal, which occurred after the fifth week and prior to the end of the tenth week of the semester.
WF	Withdrawal Failing; indicates the student was failing the course at the time of withdrawal, which occurred after the fifth week and prior to the end of the tenth week of the semester. Note: Grades of W, WP, and WF are not used in the calculation of the grade point average and no semester credit hours are earned.
Y	Audit; designation for a course in which a student elects not to earn credit and active participation is not required. Participation courses, i.e. laboratory, music (studio instruction), art (ceramics), etc., cannot be audited. Audited courses do not count in the grade point average and no semester credit hours are earned.
Z	Non-Credit; designation for a course in which a student elects not to earn credit and active participation is required. This does not count in the grade point average and no semester credit hours are earned.

Grade Reports and Grade Point Average

All grades are posted to the student’s permanent record (transcript) at the end of each semester. Huntingdon College grade reports are made available to students in the College’s registration system.

The grade report in the College’s registration system will indicate the final grades for all courses taken during the semester, the semester hours attempted, the quality points and credits earned, and the semester grade point average. Also included in the College’s registration system will be a record of the total number of hours attempted, the total quality points earned, and the cumulative grade point average.

Upon request, semester grades will be sent to the student’s permanent address on file with the Office of the Registrar at the completion of the semester.

The grade point average is computed by multiplying the quality points earned by the credit hours of each course and then by dividing the total quality points earned by the total credit hours attempted as indicated by the following example:

3 semester hours with an “A” “A” x 4 = 12 quality points

3 semester hours with a “B” “B” x 3 = 9 quality points

3 semester hours with a “C” “C” x 2 = 6 quality points

3 semester hours with a “D” “D” x 1 = 3 quality points

3 semester hours with an “F” “F” x 0 = 0 quality points

15 semester hours attempted 30 quality points

30 quality points ÷ 15 hours attempted = 2.00 GPA

Transfer grades and credits from other institutions are not included in the student’s grade point average at Huntingdon. The only grade point average recorded on the student’s permanent record is that which he/she earns at Huntingdon College.

Change in Grade

A course grade, which has been posted by an instructor, cannot be changed without a properly executed Adjustment of Student’s Academic Record card. Students who believe that an incorrect grade was awarded by the instructor should first contact the instructor. If a student perceives that other problems may exist for which a grade appeal is warranted, he/she should refer to section 4.11, Policies Posted on the Huntingdon College Website (page 39).

Academic Honors

Dean’s List

At the end of the Fall and Spring semesters, the Chief Academic Officer issues a list of students who have achieved academic distinction. To be eligible for the Dean’s List, a student must have received letter grade evaluations on at least twelve hours during the semester and must have completed all coursework for the semester. An Incomplete (I), including all temporary notations (e.g. “IB”), on a student’s grade report precludes the student’s inclusion for these honors.

The Dean’s List of High Honors recognizes those who achieve semester grade point

averages in the range of 3.80 – 4.00.

The Dean’s List of Honors recognizes those who achieve semester grade point averages in the range from 3.60 to less than 3.80.

Honors at Graduation

Honors at graduation are conferred upon students who complete work for the Bachelor’s degree with high distinction: Cum Laude, Magna Cum Laude, and Summa Cum Laude. These honors are recorded on the student’s transcript and diploma. Honors determinations for all degree completion dates are made by the Academic Policy and Honors Committee just prior to the annual commencement ceremony. To be eligible for Latin honors at Huntingdon College, a student must meet the following requirements: for Cum Laude the student must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.5 and a minimum of 45 graded hours at Huntingdon College, for Magna Cum Laude a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.75 and a minimum of 45 graded hours at Huntingdon College, and for Summa Cum Laude a minimum GPA of 3.9 and a minimum of 60 graded hours at Huntingdon College.

Students may also receive departmental honors upon the recommendation of the department, a grade of “B” or higher in the designated course (disciplinary prefix 491), and a final cumulative grade point average of 3.50 or higher (see section “6.3.2 Program Honors” on page 62, for additional information).

Academic Standing

Classification of Students

Class designation is based on the number of hours the degree-seeking student has earned in courses offered at Huntingdon College, transferred from other accredited institutions, or awarded through AP, CLEP, IB, or DANTES credit. The following is an explanation of class designation:

Freshman: A degree-seeking student who has earned less than 24 semester credit

hours.

Sophomore: A degree-seeking student who has earned at least 24 but less than 57

semester credit hours.

Junior: A degree-seeking student who has earned at least 57 but less than 90 semester

credit hours.

Senior: A degree-seeking student who has earned at least 90 semester credit hours.

Class designation does not necessarily reflect the student’s readiness to graduate, progress in the chosen major, or the number of semesters of attendance.

Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP)

Each student is expected to maintain satisfactory academic standing and progress toward the baccalaureate degree. Continuation at the College, various privileges, and opportunities for leadership activities are governed by the student’s academic standing and classification. Students who do not maintain a grade point average or completion rate of sufficient quality to ensure meeting graduation requirements are subject to academic disciplinary sanctions.

For each student who completes a semester, Huntingdon College reviews the academic record at the end of that semester under the conditions described below. If a student withdraws from the Huntingdon College prior to the end of the semester, the College reviews the academic record at that point under the conditions described below. In each of these situations, Satisfactory Academic Progress is determined based on the courses in which a student was enrolled at the conclusion of the Add/Drop period of that semester in conjunction with the student’s entire academic record as indicated below. Following each academic review, the student is either determined to be in good standing, or the student is assigned one of the following academic sanction levels: Academic Warning, Academic Probation, or Academic Suspension.

The following paragraphs define the levels of academic sanctions listed above and outline the process and timing of the periodic reviews. The conditions or restrictions of these sanctions are in effect for the next semester of enrollment for students who receive either the Academic Warning or Academic Probation sanctions and for the next semester of enrollment for students who receive the sanction of Academic Suspension. For example, if a student is placed on Academic Probation at the end of the Fall semester, then the requirements of Academic Probation are in effect for the Spring semester (assuming the student is enrolled).

Academic Sanctions

All academic sanctions are noted on the student’s official transcript following the applicable term of enrollment.

Academic Warning

Academic Warning is a sanction to a first-term Huntingdon student whose academic performance places him or her at risk of not attaining success. A first-term Huntingdon student on Academic Warning is eligible to participate in extracurricular activities. Students placed on Academic Warning who do not successfully meet the academic standards for satisfactory progress in the subsequent term of enrollment will be placed on Academic Suspension.

Academic Probation

Academic Probation is a serious warning to a student whose academic progression places the student at risk of not making satisfactory progress toward graduation. A student on Academic Probation is not eligible to participate in extracurricular activities. Students placed on Academic Probation who do not successfully meet the academic standards for satisfactory progress in the subsequent term of enrollment will be placed on Academic Suspension.

Academic Suspension

A student placed on Academic Suspension will not be permitted to enroll in the subsequent academic semester. The length of the first suspension is normally one semester, and the second suspension is normally for the subsequent two semesters. To be readmitted after being placed on Academic Suspension, a student must submit a petition to the Chief Academic Officer. A student readmitted after Academic Suspension is automatically placed on Academic Probation for the readmission semester.

Frequency of Evaluations of Satisfactory Academic Progress

At the end of each semester, the academic record of each enrolled student is reviewed. The standards apply to all students, regardless of full-time or part-time enrollment status. Huntingdon College’s satisfactory academic progress policy is comprised of two standards: qualitative and quantitative. The qualitative standard measures the cumulative Huntingdon College grade point average. The quantitative standard measures the percentage of courses successfully completed (completion rate).

First-Term at Huntingdon Cumulative Standards

At the end of a student’s first term of enrollment at Huntingdon, the student will be evaluated in relation to Satisfactory Academic Progress based on the student’s first-term grade point average (GPA) and the student completion rate (CR) of courses taken at Huntingdon during the first term. The following table indicates the results of the review.

First-Term Student Academic Sanctions

CR/GPA	1.75 ≤ GPA	1.25 ≤ GPA <1.75	GPA < 1.25
67% ≤ CR	Good Standing	Academic Warning	Academic Probation
50% ≤ CR < 67%	Academic Warning	Academic Warning	Academic Probation
CR < 50%	Academic Probation	Academic Probation	Academic Probation

Post-First-Term Cumulative Standards

Cumulative Qualitative Standard-Grade Point Average (GPA)

A student must be in “good academic standing” based on the cumulative grade point average of all courses taken at Huntingdon College to meet the qualitative standard. Good academic standing is as follows: a student with fewer than 24 earned hours must maintain a minimum of a 1.75 cumulative GPA; a student with at least 24, but fewer than 40 earned hours must maintain a 1.90 cumulative GPA; a student with 40 or more earned hours must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0.

Cumulative Quantitative Standard – Completion Rate (CR)

A student must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of the degree program by maintaining a cumulative completion rate at Huntingdon College of 67 percent for all classes leading toward the intended degree. Attempted hours are those credit hours for which the student is registered on or after the conclusion of late registration (drop/add). Earned hours are successfully completed courses in which grades of “A”, “B,” “C”, “D,” or “P” are awarded, as long as credit is earned. Grades of “F,” “I,” ‘ N,” “W,” “WF,” or “WP” do not count as successful completion of a course. The formula for calculating a completion rate is: earned hours divided by attempted hours. For example, the completion rate for a student who attempts 30 hours and successfully passes 24 credit hours is 80 percent – 24 earned hours divided by 30 attempted hours.

Any student whose cumulative completion rate at Huntingdon College is less than 67 percent will be placed on Academic Probation if previously in good standing, or Academic Suspension if previously on Academic Warning or Academic Probation.

Evaluating Completion Rates

The following are considered when evaluating the completion rate standard:

• Failed courses (F), Incompletes (I), No Credit (N), and Withdrawals (W, WF, WP) are considered attempted hours, but not earned hours. Frequent failed courses, incompletes, no-credit, or withdrawals from courses could jeopardize SAP.
• Audited (Y) or Non-credit (Z) courses are not considered attempted or earned credit hours.
• Transfer credits, including courses taken as a transient student, do count in the calculation of the Huntingdon College cumulative completion rate.
• Repeated courses are included in attempted hours but not earned hours, unless specifically noted otherwise.

Satisfactory Academic Progress Evaluation Process

The academic history from all periods of enrollment, regardless of full-time or part-time enrollment status, will be reviewed at the end of each semester to determine if the student is maintaining the standards established in the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy.

• Transfer or Transient grade point averages are not considered in either of these standards; however, accepted transfer credit hours will be considered in determining cumulative completion rate and considered in the financial aid calculation of the maximum time frame for completion of the degree program.
• Students who fail to meet the satisfactory academic progress standards, either qualitative or quantitative, will be placed on the appropriate academic sanction.
• A student, who is on Academic Warning or Academic Probation and subsequently satisfies the criteria of Satisfactory Academic Progress at the end of that semester will be placed on Academic Alert or in good standing for the next semester of attendance.
• If the student does not meet the satisfactory academic progress standards by the next SAP evaluation, the student will be placed on Academic Suspension.

In order to facilitate academic success, the College will review students to ensure that they are meeting a completion rate of 67 percent on a term basis. Students who fail to meet the 67 percent completion rate on a term basis will be placed on Academic Alert. Academic Alert is an internal watch to assist students in reducing the likelihood of receiving academic sanctions in subsequent terms. Students on Academic Alert are eligible to participate in extracurricular activities and may be required to participate in academic enrichment programs offered by the Staton Center for Learning Enrichment.

Students seeking an appeal for the academic sanction of Academic Suspension should do so by following the readmission process, which includes a petition to the Chief Academic Officer.

Transcripts

Huntingdon College maintains a permanent record of each student’s academic coursework which includes the term, course information, and final grade for each course taken at Huntingdon or accepted as transfer credit. This record also includes term and cumulative grade and quality point information. When distributed, the permanent academic record is available in the form a Huntingdon College Transcript.

A transcript may only be issued by the Office of the Registrar upon written request of the student or former student. One should allow five to seven working days after clearance from the Office of Student Financial Services for processing. During the busiest periods (processing of final grades, registration, graduation), transcript processing may be delayed.

Official copies of Huntingdon College transcripts bear the College Registrar’s or Associate Registrar’s signature and are sent directly to the schools, organizations, or individuals (excluding the student or former student) as indicated on the order placed by the student or former student. An individual may also place an order for official copies of his/her transcript to be sent directly to themselves, which are stamped “Issued to Student.” Only physical copies of official transcripts bear the College seal.

There is a per transcript processing fee for all official transcript requests. All transcript orders are processed through the National Student Clearinghouse. Delivery methods include email of PDF, Electronic Exchange (ETX), United States mail, certified mail, and expedited delivery. If the transcript request does not contain the correct information required for payment, transcripts will not be issued until the appropriate fee is received. Transcripts may not be requested by or sent by fax at this time.

To place an order for an official transcript, please visit the Huntingdon College website. The link to a transcript request can be found on the Office of the Registrar page under the Academics tab. Unofficial transcripts are only available to currently enrolled students through Campus Café. Unofficial transcripts are to be used for advising purposes only.

Transcripts for students, current or former, or alumni with overdue accounts or other financial obligations to the College may be partially or fully withheld. Once a student’s financial obligations to the College have been met, the student or former student’s order will be cleared by the Office of Student Financial Services to be processed by the Registrar’s Office.

Correspondence

Each Huntingdon College student is individually assigned a College email address for the purposes of correspondence with College faculty, staff, and other students. It is the responsibility of each student to check his/her Huntingdon College email account regularly. The HC email account will be an official means of communication between the student and the College. To better serve each student and to protect student information, only student requests that are sent from the Huntingdon College email account will be considered official, as there is no level of security or verification of identity with other email accounts (e.g. Yahoo, AOL).

All other correspondence between the student and the College will be limited to the permanent address on file with the Office of the Registrar, unless otherwise requested with specific authorization.

Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

Huntingdon College complies with the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended. This federal law provides that an institution will maintain the confidentiality of student records, and it provides students and parents of dependent students with the right to inspect and review information contained in their educational records, to challenge the contents of their educational records, to have a hearing if the outcome of the challenge is unsatisfactory, and to submit explanatory statements for inclusion in their files if they feel the decisions of the hearing panels are unacceptable. At its discretion, in response to individual inquiry or by publication, the College will provide Directory Information in accordance with the provisions of the Act to include: student name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, classification, study load, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, and weight and height of members of athletic teams. Students may withhold Directory Information by notifying the Office of the Registrar in writing.

A detailed statement of policies and procedures pertinent to Huntingdon’s implementation of FERPA is available on the College’s website.

Veterans’ Affairs

Huntingdon College is approved by the Alabama State Approving Agency (SAA) to offer VA Educational Benefits (GI Bill®1) The programs under which students may be eligible for VA educational benefits are listed below. To determine specific eligibility requirements, students should direct their questions to the VA Regional Office at 1-800-827-1000.

A partial listing of entitlement programs includes:

• Montgomery GI Bill® Active Duty Educational Assistance Program (Chapter 30)
• Post Vietnam Era Veterans Educational Assistance Program (VEAP) (Chapter 32)
• Post 9/11 GI Bill® (Chapter 33)
• Survivors’ and Dependents’ Educational Assistance Program (Chapter 35)
• Montgomery GI Bill® Selected Reserve (Chapter 1606)
• Reserve Education Assistance Program (REAP) (Chapter 1607)

Additional information can be found at http://www.benefits.va.gov/gibill. Students expecting to receive benefits must complete the Veteran Certification information Sheet and submit it to the Office of the Registrar. Certification cannot be made until the application is on file. Students receiving benefits must adhere to the rules and regulations established by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Specific guidelines have been established in regard to admission to the College; evaluation of prior credit; matriculation and satisfactory progress; proper degree pursuit and change of program; changes in enrollment, repeated or excessive courses, and overpayment; and attendance policy. Questions concerning these areas may be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. As indicated in section “4.8 Transcripts” on page 37, Huntingdon College maintains permanent records of grades and transcripts.

Note: Students utilizing VA education benefits shall not be charged a penalty, including assessment of late fees, denial of access to classes, libraries, or other institutional facilities, or be required to borrow additional funds because of the individual’s inability to meet their financial obligations due to the delayed disbursement of a payment to be provided by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

Complaint Policy: Any complaint against the school should be routed through the VA GI Bill® Feedback System by going to the following link:

http://www.benefits.va.gov/GIBILL/Feedback.asp. The VA will then follow up through the appropriate channels to investigate the complaint and resolve it satisfactorily.

Policies Posted on the Huntingdon College Website

The following policies are posted on the College’s website at the provided link.

• Academic Dishonesty Policy:

  http://tou18.com/academic-dishonesty-procedures/

• Grade Appeal Policy:

  http://05ub.tou18.com/academics/academic-resources/grade-appeal-policy/

• Student Grievance Policy:

  http://05ub.tou18.com/student-grievance-policy/

1GI Bill® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). More information about education benefits offered by VA is available at the official U.S. government Web site at http://www.benefits.va.gov/gibill.

Requirements for Graduation

Applicable Only For Those Students Whose Initial Semester Of Matriculation Begins In The 2024-25 Academic Year (Fall 2024 – Summer 2025).

Overview

Huntingdon College awards the degree of Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in its traditional day program. All degrees are approved by the faculty and are conferred at the annual commencement ceremony by the President through the power vested in that office by the Board of Trustees of Huntingdon College. The College requires each undergraduate to plan, with the help of an academic advisor and within the framework of these general degree requirements, a program of liberal education suited to his/her particular needs and interests. Specifically, the undergraduate must fulfill the general degree requirements, complete the General Education Core Requirements, and complete a major as described below.

General Degree Requirements

A student should carefully study all courses and other requirements needed for the degree. Each student is responsible for all requirements as stated, and careful attention to these will result in the timely completion of a degree.

• The minimum requirement for a Huntingdon bachelor’s degree is the successful completion of 120 semester credit hours.
  • At least 25% of the semester credit hours required for graduation (30 semester credit hours) must be completed at Huntingdon College.
  • Students must comply with the College’s Terminal Residency policy (“30 Hour Rule”), which states that not more than one course in the last 30 semester credit hours may be taken outside of Huntingdon College.
  • At least one hundred five (105) semester credit hours of the academic work completed must be earned on a graded basis.
  • A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 is required on all courses taken at Huntingdon.
  • All official final transcripts are expected to be on file in the Office of the Registrar prior to the end of the tenth week of classes of the student’s anticipated final semester. This deadline will likely prevent a candidate for graduation from taking courses off-campus during the anticipated final semester.
  • A maximum of twelve semester credit hours in fieldwork courses (483), disciplinary internship courses (481), or some combination of the two, may be used as general elective credit.
  • A maximum of twelve (12) semester credit hours in 300 and 400 level ROTC courses (AERO) may be applied toward the minimum of 120 hours for a Bachelor’s degree.
• Completion of the requirements of the General Education Core Curriculum as described in the section titled General Education Core Curriculum.
  • Each course used to fulfill the General Education Core Curriculum must be completed with a grade of “D” or better.
• Completion of the requirements of a major as described in general below and in detail in the section titled Courses of Study.
  • A grade of “C” or higher is required in each course presented to fulfill the requirements for a major or minor, except where a required course is offered only on a P/NC basis in which case a “P” is required. For some programs or individual majors, these requirements are higher.
  • A minimum of nine (9) semester credit hours in the student’s major are required to be completed at Huntingdon College. Of these hours, at least three (3) semester credit hours must be numbered 300 or above.
  • Internship credit may not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in the major or minor requirements.
• Participation in local and/or national testing as required.
• Completion of a graduation application (see section titled Application for Graduation).

General Education Core

As a liberal arts, Methodist-related institution, Huntingdon College provides a General Education Core that supports the mission of the College. To this end, the College’s faculty has prescribed a curriculum which each student must complete. This curriculum consists of a combination of specifically required courses and of academic areas from which a student selects a predetermined number of courses. Furthermore, because some of these courses are fundamental to the intent of the General Education Core and the mission of the College, enrollment in these courses is required, meaning the student may not drop or withdraw from them where specifically stated below.

The description of the General Education Core is divided into two parts: General Education Core Competencies and General Education Core Curriculum. The General Education Core Competencies is a list of student learning outcomes. The second part of the description, the General Education Core Curriculum, indicates the specific courses or disciplinary areas which comprise the General Education Core Requirements.

General Education Core Competencies

1. Students will gain competency in critical thinking skills, defined as
   1. demonstrate understanding of different religious or ethical perspectives and concepts
   2. demonstrate the ability to read texts closely and critically
   3. systematically study human behavior and social interactions
   4. identify appropriate concepts and techniques for investigating phenomena related to mathematics
   5. recognize the elements in the production, interpretation, and critical understanding of the visual and/or performing arts
   6. understand and describe the scientific method
   7. demonstrate foundational information- and/or media-literacy skills
   8. demonstrate qualitative reasoning
   9. demonstrate quantitative reasoning
   10. make arguments supported by documentary evidence
   11. effectively develop and deliver written and/or oral messages

General Education Core Curriculum (33 – 40 hours)

1. College Readiness

   A student admitted with fewer than 24 hours of college credit is required (and cannot drop or withdraw) to take COLL100 or SCHL100 each semester (not including the Summer semester) of enrollment, until the appropriate requirement is met.

   College Readiness 0 - 1 hours

   COLL100 College Readiness and Vocation 1

   SCHL100 Presidential Scholars Success Seminar 1

2. Writing, Literature, and Communication

   Communication Studies (CMST) 3 hours

   Writing and Literature (ENGL) 9 hours

   Until the appropriate requirement is met, students are required (and cannot drop or withdraw) to take ENGL105 or ENGL105H each semester of enrollment in which the course is being offered. Once the prerequisite is met and until the appropriate requirement is met, students are required (and cannot drop or withdraw) to take ENGL106 or ENGL106H each semester of enrollment in which the course is being offered.

3. Judeo-Christian Tradition and History
   • All incoming students (including transfer students) are required (the student cannot drop or withdraw) to take one course in religion during each of the first two semesters of enrollment. These first courses must be from the Judeo-Christian Tradition and History Part I, unless transferring in equivalent credit, in which case any course with a RLGN prefix may be substituted.
   • A student admitted as a New Freshman or admitted as a transfer with less than 57 hours is required to complete a total of four courses (12 hours) of Religion at Huntingdon. Beyond the six hours of Religion required during the first year, new freshman or transfer students with fewer than 57 hours must take two additional courses with a RLGN prefix.

   Judeo-Christian Tradition and History Part I-Fall Semester 3 hours

   Note: Required (a student cannot drop or withdraw) Fall semester of first academic year of enrollment.

   RLGN101 Interpreting the Old Testament 3

   RLGN101H Interpreting the Old Testament 3

   Judeo-Christian Tradition and History Part I-Spring Semester 3 hours

   Note: Required (a student cannot drop or withdraw) Spring semester of first academic year of enrollment.

   RLGN102 Interpreting the New Testament 3

   RLGN102H Honors Interpreting the New Testament 3

   Judeo-Christian Tradition and History Part II 0-6 hours

   Religion (RLGN) 0-6 hours

4. Distribution Courses

   Fine Arts 3 hours

   One course chosen from:

   Art (ARTS) 3

   Music (MUSC) 3

   Theater (THEA) 3

   One (or more) courses chosen from:

   Ensemble (MUAP) 3

   History 3 hours

   One course chosen from:

   History (HIST) 3

   Mathematics 3 hours

   One course chosen from:

   Mathematics (MATH) 3

   Natural Sciences (at least) 3 hours

   One course chosen from:

   Biology (BIOL) 3

   Chemistry (CHEM) 3

   Physical Science (PHSC) 3

   Physics (PHYS) 3

   Social and Applied Sciences 3 hours

   One course chosen from:

   BADM200 Introduction to Business 3

   BADM220 Diversity in the Workplace 3

   CJUS100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3

   CJUS208 Introduction to Criminology 3

   CJUS209 Introduction to Juvenile Delinquency 3

   ECON201 Principles of Microeconomics 3

   Political Science (PSCI) 3

   Psychology (PSYC) 3

   Sociology (SOCI) 3

   SSPE202 Principles of Lifetime Fitness and Wellness 3

   SSPE332 Sociology of Sport 3

5. General Education Proficiency

   CORE499 General Education Proficiency 0

   The Major

Each student is expected to acquire considerable mastery of a particular discipline or interdisciplinary area and achieve a breadth of intellectual experience. Students are responsible for meeting the requirements of a major as stated in the catalog for the year in which they initially matriculated. Transfer students must earn a minimum of nine semester credit hours within the major at Huntingdon College. Of these nine hours at least three hours must be numbered 300 or above. A student who selects a major requiring a concentration should identify the area of concentration upon declaring the major. The area of concentration will also be recorded on the official transcript.

A student who completes requirements for multiple majors will have each recorded on the official transcript. Hours in courses which apply to multiple majors may count toward both majors as long as at least 21 non-repetitive hours (“21 Non-Repetitive Hours Rule”) are taken in each major, and the requirements set by the department are met.

All majors sought must be declared by the student officially with the Office of the Registrar prior to reaching Senior standing (90 earned credit hours).

Change of Major

To change a major, the student must contact the academic program in which the new major is housed. Change of Major forms are available in the Office of the Registrar and on the College’s website. The completed form must be returned to the Office of the Registrar before the change of a major and advisor can be initiated and the new major can be listed on the student’s record.

Disciplinary Major

The courses for a disciplinary major may include introductory or basic prerequisite courses in addition to higher level courses in the major and related departmental areas. A minimum of 30 semester credit hours are required for each disciplinary major offered by the College.

The courses required for a disciplinary major are specified by the department and appear in the section titled “Courses of Study – Academic Major Requirements” on page 67.

Disciplinary majors available are:

• Accounting Major page 68
• Applied Mathematics Major page 69
• Biochemistry Major page 70
• Biochemistry – Pre – Health Major page 71
• Biology Major page 72
• Business Administration Major page 74
• Cell Biology Major page 75
• Cell Biology – Pre-Health Major page 76
• Chemistry Major page 77
• Communication Studies Major page 80
• Criminal Justice Major page 81
• English Major page 84
• Environmental Biology Major page 86
• Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major page 87
• Exercise Science – Pre-Athletic Training Major page 88
• Exercise Science – Pre-Physical Therapy Major page 89
• General Science Major page 90
• History Major page 91
• Mathematics Major page 94
• Music Major page 96
• Psychology Major page 102
• Religion Major page 103
• Sport Management Major page 104

Educator Preparation Programs.

Educator preparation programs at Huntingdon College lead to a Bachelor of Arts degree with teacher certification approved by the Alabama State Board of Education. Multiple educator preparation programs exist at Huntingdon College with corresponding majors. The Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education major leads to teacher certification in both Elementary Education and in Collaborative Special Education (K-6). The secondary education programs for Grades 6 – 12 are consistent with majors in Biology, History (in both History and General Social Science), Mathematics, and in the comprehensive field of English Language Arts with a major in English. The Physical Education major leads to teacher certification in Physical Education for Grades Preschool through Grade 12 (P-12). A Music Education major is offered leading to a P-12 teaching certificate in Music Instrumental and Music Choral.

Specifically, the Educator Preparation Programs available are:

• Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Major page 78
• Biology Major with Secondary Education page 73
• Elementary Education/Collaborative Spec. Educ. (K-6) Major page 82
• English Major with English Language Arts Secondary Education page 85
• History Major with History Secondary Education page 92
• History Major with General Social Science Secondary Education page 93
• Mathematics Major with Secondary Education page 95
• Music Education Major – Choral page 97
• Music Education Major – Instrumental page 99
• Physical Education Major with P-12 Education page 101

Self-Designed Major

An alternate means of satisfying the major requirement is the Self-Designed Interdisciplinary major, which must promise benefits not obtainable through any established major. This major provides an opportunity for a student in an area that can best be covered by selecting coursework from two or three academic departments, and is developed in consultation with the Chief Academic Officer. The final proposal for the Self-Designed Interdisciplinary major must be submitted by the Chief Academic Officer to the Academic Policy and Honors Committee no later than midterm of the second semester of the sophomore year for approval and assignment of advisor(s). The proposal should include a complete listing of courses as well as a description of the manner in which the senior capstone, if required, will be structured. The major consists of not fewer than 36 hours of courses suited to the student’s educational objectives. Eighteen of these 36 hours must be in 300 or 400 level courses offered at Huntingdon College or approved for credit by the faculty, and must be related to the area of concentration or interest.

Grade requirements for an interdisciplinary major are consistent with those for disciplinary majors.

Minor

Academic minors are available to any student who wishes to supplement his/her major field of study with another academic concentration without fulfilling all the requirements of a second major. Minors are available in some programs, but not all. The minimum requirement for a minor is 18 semester credit hours. A student who completes requirements for multiple minors will have each minor recorded on his/her official transcript. The hours a student uses to fulfill a minor must include at least 9 credit hours which are not used to fulfill any other minor or major which the student is completing. Students seeking minor(s) must declare the minor(s) prior to reaching Senior standing (90 earned credit hours). A student may be permitted to add minor(s) after this time, with confirmation from the Office of the Registrar that the student is missing 6 credit hours or fewer toward completion of the minor(s).

Disciplinary minors available are:

• Aerospace Studies Minor (US Air Force ROTC) page 105
• Art Minor page 105
• Biblical Studies Minor page 105
• Biology Minor page 105
• Business Administration Minor page 105
• Business Leadership Minor page 106
• Chemistry Minor page 106
• Christian Ministries Minor page 106
• Communication Studies Minor page 106
• Creative Writing Minor page 107
• Criminal Justice Minor page 107
• English Minor page 107
• History Minor page 107
• Marine Science Minor page 107
• Mathematics Minor page 107
• Music Minor page 108
• Political Science Minor page 108
• Professional Communication Minor page 108
• Psychology Minor page 108
• Religion Minor page 108

Interdisciplinary minors available are:

• African American Studies Minor page 109
• Environmental Studies Minor page 110
• Global Studies Minor page 111
• Leadership Studies Minor page 112
• Public Policy Minor page 113
• Women’s Studies Minor page 114

A Second Degree

A student who has an undergraduate degree from another institution and comes to Huntingdon College must meet all general degree requirements in the catalog under which a student initially matriculates, including, but not limited to:

1. General Education Core Curriculum requirements;
2. the requirements of the major sought;
3. at least 30 semester credit hours of academic work at Huntingdon College must be completed. If more than 30 semester credit hours are required, the final 30 semester credit hours must be at Huntingdon College.

Application for Graduation

All students must file an application to graduate with the Registrar. The form is available from the Office of the Registrar upon confirmation of a student’s feasibility of completion. The form is used for major verification and to determine eligibility for graduation. Failure to submit the form may cause a delay in graduation due to unfulfilled requirements and/or faculty approval to graduate.

A candidate for graduation must have all official final transcripts on file with the Office of the Registrar prior to the end of the tenth week of classes in his/her anticipated final semester. This deadline will likely prevent a candidate for graduation from taking courses off-campus, including consortium courses, during his/her anticipated final semester.

Note should be taken that an official transcript is one that is sent directly from the corresponding institution to the Office of the Registrar at Huntingdon College; no “student issued” or hand-carried transcripts will be accepted.

Posting of Graduation

Huntingdon College currently offers students a bachelor’s degree with three components: general degree requirements (120 hours, etc.), completion of the College’s general education core, and the completion of courses toward an officially declared major.

Any student who satisfactorily completes all requirements associated with the three components, along with the other specified graduation requirements, per the student’s catalog of matriculation, will have degree completion/graduation automatically posted to his/her record at the end of the applicable term. Students seeking a second major, but who have graduated per the above policy (completed general graduation requirements, general education/core and one major) may still be eligible for financial aid, residency on campus and/or athletic eligibility. All majors sought must be declared by the student officially with the Office of the Registrar prior to reaching Senior standing (90 earned credit hours).

Students seeking minor(s) must declare the minor(s) prior to reaching Senior standing (90 earned credit hours). A student may be permitted to add a minor after this time, but only with confirmation from the Office of the Registrar that the student is missing 6 credit hours or fewer toward completion of the minor.

Upon confirmation of a student’s anticipated degree completion, which is sent by the Office of the Registrar, a student may not postpone his/her term of completion in order to complete a minor or a second major, as neither a minor nor a second major is a requirement for a degree at Huntingdon College. Postponement of degree completion will be permitted only for students who have not satisfied all graduation requirements in relation to the general degree requirements, General Education Core Requirements, or for officially declared major requirements (assuming no major is completed).

Conferral of Degrees

Degrees are conferred and diplomas distributed only once a year at the annual Commencement ceremony. However, there are three distinct degree awarding dates (semester ending date for the applicable semester in which the student’s final coursework is completed). The respective date is posted on the student’s transcript following the term of completion, and is used on the diploma. The term of completion is based upon the receipt of all documentation of all requirements for verification of degree completion. If all such documentation is not officially received in the Office of the Registrar prior to the deadlines indicated above, the student’s graduation date may be postponed. Students should note that the student transcript is the official documentation of degree completion; the diploma is a ceremonial document.

All financial obligations to the College must be discharged before a final transcript indicating graduation will be issued. The conferral of the degree is officially certified by the student’s transcript of record.

Academic Departments and Opportunities

The Huntingdon Plan

The Huntingdon Plan emphasizes the Judeo-Christian tradition, leadership, ethics, and civic service. It reflects the College’s commitment to providing a comprehensive educational experience. Preparation for postgraduate education and for living and working in a global community are aided by emphases on information technology. In the first year, students receive computers and have access to a variety of research and study resources through the campus network and the Internet.

The Huntingdon Plan seeks to educate the whole person for the 21st Century while remaining true to the motto which has reflected the College’s goals for its students since 1854: “Enter to grow in wisdom. Go forth to apply wisdom in service.” Through academic courses and student life programs, students are provided with a rich array of classes, internships, and service opportunities to make this motto a personal reflection of the Huntingdon experience.

Academic Departments

The College has multiple academic departments and programs. The individual academic programs offer a variety of disciplinary courses, majors, minors, and teacher education options. Listed below are the 2024-2025 academic departments and their corresponding programs, majors and minors.

Department of Business, Accounting, and Mathematics

The Department of Business, Accounting, and Mathematics includes the Business and Accounting Programs and the Mathematics and Applied Mathematics Programs.

Business and Accounting Programs

The Business and Accounting Program encompasses the disciplines of Accounting, Business Administration, and Economics. The program offers majors in Accounting and Business Administration, and minors in Business Administration and Business Leadership.

• Accounting (ACCT) page 120
• Business Administration (BADM) page 124
• Economics (ECON) page 137

• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Accounting page 68
  • Business Administration page 74
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Business Administration page 105
  • Business Leadership page 106

The Business and Accounting Program includes core courses that introduce students to accounting, economics, finance, management, and marketing, as well as the quantitative skills and the legal and ethical challenges surrounding businesses.

Major in Accounting:

The major in Accounting seeks to prepare students with the skill-based competencies needed by entry-level accounting professionals.

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Accounting

Students graduating with a major in Accounting will:

1. understand and apply the principles of accounting, management, finance, marketing, quantitative methods, legal environment, and economics;
2. demonstrate an understanding of ethical challenges;
3. demonstrate effective oral and written communicative skills appropriate for business and professional settings and contexts;
4. understand and integrate accounting theories and functions in organization;
5. understand tax law and compliance issues;
6. understand the necessity and importance of the auditing function; and
7. demonstrate ability to use accounting information for better managerial decisions, financial statement analysis, and Accounting Information System analysis.

Note: Students majoring in Accounting cannot minor in Business Administration.

All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Major in Business Administration:

The major in Business Administration seeks to develop managerial and leadership skills by focusing on a better understanding of organizations, human resources, and entrepreneurship in a domestic as well as a global business environment.

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Business Administration

Students graduating with a major in Business Administration will:

1. be able to understand and apply the principles of accounting, economics, finance, management, and marketing;
2. be able to understand and apply quantitative business and analysis;
3. demonstrate an understanding of the ethical challenges and legal environment facing business;
4. develop managerial skills by demonstrating an understanding of organizations, human resources, and entrepreneurship in a domestic as well as a global business environment; and
5. demonstrate the ability to synthesize their learning from the different disciplines and apply that learning in business planning.

Note: All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Applied Mathematics and Mathematics Programs

The Mathematics Program emphasizes the development of quantitative and analytic skills, mathematical thinking, and the presentation of concise, logical arguments in both oral and written form. The Program offers an Applied Mathematics major and a Mathematics major.

Additionally, in conjunction with the Teacher Education Program, a Mathematics Major with Mathematics Secondary Certification is available. For information about Secondary Certification, reference should be made to the Teacher Education Program (page 58) section for specific requirements.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Computer Literacy (COMP) page 137
  • Mathematics (MATH) page 151
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors and Secondary Certification
  • Applied Mathematics page 69
  • Mathematics page 94
  • Mathematics, Secondary Certification page 95
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minor
  • Mathematics page 107

Major in Applied Mathematics

Student Learning Outcomes for a major in Applied Mathematics

Students graduating with a major in Applied Mathematics will:

1. demonstrate understanding of calculus concepts including limits, derivatives, and integrals, and be able to compute these;
2. demonstrate basic skills with computers and technology relevant to applications of mathematics;
3. demonstrate ability to present mathematics orally and in writing to audiences knowledgeable in applied areas, but with varying levels of mathematical knowledge;
4. demonstrate understanding of the concepts, techniques, and computational methods of applied mathematics, particularly in the areas of linear algebra and differential equations; and
5. demonstrate ability to apply a variety of mathematical concepts, techniques, and computational methods to problems outside of pure mathematics.

Major in Mathematics

Student Learning Outcomes for a major in Mathematics

Students graduating with a major in Mathematics will:

1. demonstrate understanding of calculus concepts including limits, derivatives, and integrals, and be able to compute these;
2. demonstrate basic skills with computers and technology;
3. demonstrate ability to present mathematics orally and in writing to audiences knowledgeable in mathematics;
4. demonstrate ability to construct a variety of proofs such as induction, direct, contradiction, contraposition, and ability to recognize logical fallacies; and
5. demonstrate a familiarity with the concepts of sets, functions, operations, and relations.

Entering students should consult with their academic advisor(s) and the Mathematics Program Coordinator concerning the level at which they begin their study of mathematics.

All majors in the Mathematics Program must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Department of Language, Literature, and Communication

The Department of Language, Literature, and Communication includes the Communication Studies Program and the Language and Literature Program.

Communication Studies Program

The Communication Studies Program focuses on creating understanding of the fundamental elements that comprise communication including the creation, delivery, and understanding of messages through personal and mediated contexts.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Communication Studies (CMST) page 135
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Communication Studies page 80
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Communication Studies page 106
  • Professional Communication page 108

The Communication Studies Major includes an emphasis on courses that explore the facets of communication which include the thematic and metaphorical realm of rhetoric and the exploration of interpersonal and scientific theory, which are coupled with the practical approaches of media and public relations. In order to achieve excellence in communication and preparation for successful careers in the field, an emphasis on understanding audience, analytical and professional writing, and appropriate theoretical application are woven into each Communication Studies class.

Major in Communication Studies

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Communication Studies

Students graduating with a major in Communication Studies will:

1. demonstrate competency in the following communication skill sets:
   1. presentational speaking
   2. interpersonal and professional interaction
   3. mediated messages
   4. written communication
   5. graphic skills
   6. critical and analytical thinking
2. provide an analysis of communication interactions that demonstrate awareness of the various variables influencing the possible meanings and societal effects generated by the interaction;
3. apply communication theory in original analyses of texts and other communication phenomena; and
4. increase personal repertoire of oral and written communication skills.

Language and Literature Program

The Language and Literature Program encompasses the disciplines of literature, literary criticism, creative writing, film, foreign languages, and women’s studies. Majors include English and English with English Language Arts (6-12). Available minors include Creative Writing, English, and Women’s Studies. Additionally, in conjunction with the Teacher Education Program, an English Major with Language Arts Secondary Certification is available. For information about Secondary Certification, reference should be made to the Teacher Education Program (page 58) section for specific requirements.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • English (ENGL) page 144
  • French (FREN) page 148
  • Spanish (SPAN) page 169
  • Theater (THEA) page 174
  • Women’s Studies (WMST) page 174
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • English page 84
  • English-Language Arts, Secondary Certification page 85
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Creative Writing page 107
  • English page 107

Major in English

Student Learning Outcomes for major in English

Students graduating with a major in English, regardless of concentration, will demonstrate an ability to:

1. construct academic essays on a variety of genres and media;
2. demonstrate proficiency in the linguistic conventions of Standard Written English;
3. demonstrate understanding of diverse linguistic practices through comparative study of linguistic conventions in at least one language other than English;
4. situate culturally and canonically diverse literary and rhetorical texts in historical and cultural contexts;
5. demonstrate the ability to use critical theory to examine texts;
6. develop research topics, assess sources, and integrate research effectively into coherent projects; and
7. develop close readings of texts in various genres.

Each student is expected to study at least one language other than English for a total of two successful semesters of foreign language study (that is, 6 hours of foreign language study with a C or better), or a placement test demonstrating equivalent competence in a language other than English

Majors interested in a minor should consider art, communication studies, history, or religion.

Students who plan to pursue graduate study in English should seek counsel in choosing the major electives, including foreign language study.

All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Department of Natural Sciences

The Department of Natural Sciences includes the Biochemistry Program, the Biology Program, the Cell Biology Program, and the Chemistry Program.

Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs

The Biology and Cell Biology Programs offer a strong curriculum with options of a major in Biology, Cell Biology, or Environmental Biology. All three majors provide the student with a knowledge base and the skills necessary for a career in the biological sciences. The courses of study are broadly based and include offerings ranging from classical studies in botany, zoology, and ecology to cutting edge instruction in cell and molecular biology. The program also offers a minor in Biology and, in conjunction with the Dauphin Island Sea Lab, a minor in Marine Science. Additionally, in conjunction with the Teacher Education Program, a Biology Major with Biology Secondary Certification is available. For information about Secondary Certification, reference should be made to the Teacher Education Program (page 58) section for specific requirements.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Biology (BIOL) page 127
  • Marine Science (MSCI) page 154
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors and Secondary Certification
  • Biology page 72
  • Biology, Secondary Certification page 73
  • Cell Biology page 75
  • Cell Biology – Pre-Health page 76
  • Environmental Biology page 86
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Biology page 105
  • Marine Science . page 107

Major in Biology:

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Biology

Students graduating with a major in Biology will:

1. demonstrate an understanding of the principles of cell biology;
2. demonstrate an understanding of the principles of molecular biology and genetics;
3. demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and principles of organismal biology, including taxonomy, anatomy, and physiology;
4. demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and principles of ecology and population biology;
5. demonstrate an ability to apply and communicate the scientific method and apply critical thinking skills; and
6. demonstrate an understanding of the process of biological evolution and of its foundational importance to the discipline of biology.

Students who plan to go to graduate or professional school after graduation are strongly encouraged to take one year of organic chemistry, one year of physics, and one year of calculus.

All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Major in Cell Biology

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Cell Biology

Students graduating with a major in Cell Biology will:

1. demonstrate a thorough understanding of the principles of cell biology;
2. demonstrate a thorough understanding of the principles of molecular biology and genetics;
3. demonstrate a foundational understanding of the concepts and principles of organismal biology, including taxonomy, anatomy, and physiology;
4. demonstrate an ability to apply and communicate the scientific method and apply critical thinking skills.
5. demonstrate an understanding of the process of biological evolution and its foundational importance to the discipline of biology; and
6. demonstrate an understanding of the impact of cell biology on society.
7. demonstrate an understanding of how cells store and utilize energy and information. All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Students who plan to go to graduate or professional school after graduation are strongly encouraged to take one year of physics and one year of calculus.

Major in Cell Biology – Pre-Health

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Cell Biology-Pre-Health

Students graduating with a major in Cell Biology-Pre-Health will:

1. demonstrate a thorough understanding of the principles of cell biology;
2. demonstrate a thorough understanding of the principles of molecular biology and genetics;
3. demonstrate a foundational understanding of the concepts and principles of organismal biology, including taxonomy, anatomy, and physiology;
4. demonstrate an ability to apply and communicate the scientific method and apply critical thinking skills;
5. demonstrate an understanding of the process of biological evolution and its foundational importance to the discipline of biology;
6. demonstrate an understanding of the impact of cell biology on society;
7. demonstrate an understanding of how cells store and utilize energy and information; and
8. acquire disciplinary knowledge and skills in fields and at levels considered prerequisite for graduate work in a health-related field.

Cell Biology Pre-health students must have either completed or received credit for CHEM105, CHEM106, and BIOL101 by the end of their third semester at Huntingdon College. A student’s mean GPA in those of these three classes for which they receive a letter grade (either at Huntingdon or through credit elsewhere) must be no less than 3.0.

Cell Biology Pre-health students who reach the end of their third semester without having satisfied the requirements above will be removed from the Cell Biology/Pre-health major and administratively enrolled in the Cell Biology major. If a student subsequently satisfies these requirements, they may re-enroll in the Cell Biology/Pre-health major.

All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Major in Environmental Biology

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Environmental Biology

Students graduating with a major in Environmental Biology will:

1. demonstrate an understanding of the principles of genetics, organismal biology, ecology, evolution, geography, and population biology;
2. demonstrate an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature and complexity of environmental issues;
3. demonstrate an ability to clearly communicate analyses, interpretations and the significance of scientific research in environmental biology;
4. demonstrate an understanding of public policy as it relates to environmental problem solving and natural resource management; and
5. demonstrate an understanding of the intersectionality of environmental and social justice issues.

Biochemistry, Chemistry, and General Science Programs

The Biochemistry and Chemistry Programs offers lecture and laboratory courses that enable the student majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry to gain solid foundations in the principles and practice of chemistry or biochemistry. The majors in Chemistry and Biochemistry emphasize hands-on experience with the instruments and techniques of chemistry and biochemistry.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Chemistry (CHEM) page 129
  • Physical Science (PHSC) page 160
  • Physics (PHYS) page 161
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Biochemistry page 70
  • Biochemistry – Pre-Health page 71
  • Chemistry page 77
  • General Science page 90
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minor
  • Chemistry page 106

Major in Biochemistry:

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Biochemistry

Students graduating with a major in Biochemistry will:

1. demonstrate basic knowledge of biochemistry by solving complex theoretical and mathematical problems in chemistry and biochemistry;
2. demonstrate competence in chemistry, biochemistry, and physics laboratory skills and use and general theory of instrumentation in actual laboratory settings; and
3. effectively communicate in oral and written fashion results of experiments and concepts of biochemistry research to the scientific community.

Major in Biochemistry – Pre-Health:

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Biochemistry-Pre-Health

Students graduating with a major in Biochemistry – Pre-Health will:

1. demonstrate basic knowledge of biochemistry by solving complex theoretical and mathematical problems in chemistry and biochemistry;
2. demonstrate competence in chemistry, biochemistry, and physics laboratory skills and use general theory of instrumentation in actual laboratory settings;
3. effectively communicate in oral and written fashion results of experiments and concepts of biochemistry research to the scientific community; and
4. acquire disciplinary knowledge and skills in fields and at levels considered prerequisite for graduate work in a health-related field.

Biochemistry – Pre-Health students must have either completed or received credit for CHEM105, CHEM106, and BIOL101 by the end of their third semester at Huntingdon College. A student’s mean GPA in those of these three classes for which they receive a letter grade (either at Huntingdon or through credit elsewhere) must be no less than 3.0.

Biochemistry – Pre-Health students who reach the end of their third semester without having satisfied the requirements above will be removed from the Biochemistry-Pre-health major and administratively enrolled in the Biochemistry major. If a student subsequently satisfies these requirements, they may re-enroll in the Biochemistry-Pre-health major.

Major in Chemistry:

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Chemistry

Students graduating with a major in Chemistry will:

1. demonstrate basic knowledge of chemistry in areas of physical, organic, inorganic, and analytical by solving complex theoretical and mathematical problems in chemistry;
2. demonstrate competence in chemistry and physics laboratory skills and use and general theory of instrumentation in actual laboratory settings; and
3. effectively communicate in oral and written fashion results of chemistry experiments and research to the scientific community.

Note: Biochemistry, Biochemistry – Pre-Health, and Chemistry majors are required to take the laboratory course which accompanies a given lecture course (recommended for other students also). Laboratory courses may not be taken prior to the related lecture course.

Students planning to attend graduate school should take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). As part of their preparation, students planning to apply to medical school should plan to take CHEM406 and CHEM407.

Upper level majors interested in summer research opportunities should see their chemistry/biochemistry advisors. All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Major in General Science:

Student Learning Outcomes for major in General Science

Students graduating with a major in General Science will:

1. demonstrate introductory level knowledge in the disciplines of chemistry, physics, biology by completing entry level courses in each area;
2. demonstrate competence in general chemistry, microbiology and physics laboratory skills which include laboratory safety, chemical hazards, biohazards, sterilization methods, and waste management; and
3. demonstrate competence in experimental writing skills used in the general sciences.

Department of Psychology and Criminal Justice

The Department of Psychology and Criminal Justice includes the Criminal Justice Program and the Psychology Program.

These two programs are two central disciplines which seek to understand human thought, expression, and behavior across contexts and cultures.

Criminal Justice Program

The Criminal Justice Program provides students with a broad overview of the disciplinary field.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Criminal Justice (CJUS) page 132
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Criminal Justice page 81
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Criminal Justice page 107

The Criminal Justice Major provides an overview of criminology, the causes of crime, and the primary components of the criminal justice system: law enforcement, courts, and corrections. Additionally, the program engages students in both the philosophical side of criminal justice by studying it from an ethical and moral perspective and the pragmatic side of criminal justice by studying crime scene investigation and the basics of forensic science.

Major in Criminal Justice

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Criminal Justice

Students graduating with a major in Criminal Justice will:

1. demonstrate an understanding of the causes of crime (criminology) and the ability to apply that knowledge as a criminal justice practitioner;
2. demonstrate an understanding of how each component of the criminal justice system (law enforcement, courts, and corrections) depends on the others to achieve justice;
3. demonstrate the ability to integrate ethical and moral perspectives with the more common value systems associated with the criminal justice system;
4. demonstrate an understanding of the rules of criminal law and how they function to achieve justice in the United States;
5. demonstrate a thorough knowledge of crime scene investigation and demonstrate a knowledge of forensics by law enforcement agencies used in criminal investigation; and
6. demonstrate an understanding of terminology, methods, and strategies used to design and complete social science research within criminal justice.

Psychology Program

The Psychology Program provides students with a broad background in the various theories and methodological approaches used in the study of human behavior.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Psychology (PSYC) page 163
  • Sociology (SOCI) page 169
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Psychology page 102
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Psychology page 108

The Psychology Major includes courses that cover a wide range of knowledge in psychology, while fostering critical thinking skills through analysis and criticism of current issues, ideas, and research in the field. Many courses encourage self-understanding by viewing psychological concepts on a personal level. In addition to graduate study and careers in psychology, the coursework prepares students for a variety of post-baccalaureate alternatives. All students are encouraged to take one or more classes in psychology since almost any profession chosen will incorporate psychological principles in its training and practice.

Major in Psychology

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Psychology

Students graduating with a major in Psychology will:

1. demonstrate content knowledge of at least five of the following sub-fields in psychology:
   1. Abnormal Psychology
   2. Cognitive Psychology
   3. Developmental Psychology
   4. Personality Psychology
   5. Physiological Psychology
   6. Psychology of Learning
   7. Social Psychology
2. demonstrate understanding of and explain the psychological research process and scientific method;
3. demonstrate the ability to use statistical software to enter data and perform basic statistical analyses;
4. express written ideas in APA style; and
5. apply psychological concepts and theories to real-world phenomena.

All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Department of Religion and History

The Department of Religion and History includes the History and Political Science Program and the Religion Program.

History and Political Science Program

The History and Political Science Program encompasses the disciplines of history, political science and current affairs. The program offers a major and minor in History and a minor in Political Science.

The History major examines the interaction and influence, over time, of individual, social, and cultural factors on human development. History examines the forces which have shaped and influenced the development of human institutions, thought and behavior as nations, and as social forces.

Additionally, in conjunction with the Teacher Education Program, a History Major with either History or General Social Science Secondary Certification is available. For information about Secondary Certification, reference should be made to the Teacher Education Program (page 58) section for specific requirements.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Current Affairs (CAFF) page 129
  • Geography (GEOG) page 148
  • History (HIST) page 148
  • Political Science (PSCI) page 161
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors and Secondary Certification
  • History page 90
  • History, Secondary Certification page 92
  • History, General Social Science Secondary Certification page 93
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • History page 107
  • Political Science page 108

Major in History

Student Learning Outcomes for major in History

Students graduating with a major in History will:

1. demonstrate understanding of a body of knowledge about central historical persons, events, and ideas;
2. demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which historical developments in one area or state impact other areas or states; and
3. demonstrate an improved ability to undertake historical research and properly process and communicate the results of that research in either written or oral presentation.

Religion Program

The Religion Program at Huntingdon College strives to fulfill the mission of the College by equipping students to live lives of faith, wisdom, and service. Further, the particular missional emphasis of the Religion Program is to train students for service to the Church and the Church’s mission to the world.

The Religion Program offers courses in the traditional fields of biblical studies, historical studies, theological studies, and practical theology. The courses are designed to provide a space for sustained engagement with religious texts, ideas, and practices, modeling and encouraging critical reading, writing, and thinking about ideas and concepts both familiar and foreign. The Religion Program is especially equipped to 1) prepare students for advanced study in seminary and graduate school and 2) train students for work in a local congregation in Youth Ministry and/or other emerging ministries. The Religion Program is called to offer a foundation in Christian teaching and practice that builds on the basic tenant that the life of the mind goes hand in hand with the life of faith. The Religion Program currently offers a major in Religion and minors in Biblical Studies, Christian Ministries, and Religion. Additionally, the College is authorized to offer courses leading to certification in Youth Ministry within the United Methodist Church. The particular denominational emphasis of the Program is United Methodism; however, in the spirit of Methodist higher education, the Religion faculty welcome all students who are interested in a deeper look at religious ideas and practice within a Christian theological framework.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Christian Ministries (CHMN) page 132
  • Philosophy (PHIL) page 160
  • Religion (RLGN) page 165
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Religion page 103
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Biblical Studies page 105
  • Christian Ministries page 106
  • Religion page 108

Major in Religion

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Religion

Students graduating with a major in Religion will:

1. be able to read, understand, and interpret texts (scriptural and otherwise);
2. be able to articulate their religious experience, convictions, and commitments with reference to the Christian tradition; and
3. develop as ethical, mature, community-oriented practical reasoners.

All majors must take the Major Field Test (MFT) and/or other selected assessment tests, as required for selected courses.

Department of Sport Science and Physical Education

The Department of Sport Science and Physical Education includes the Exercise Science Program, the Physical Education Program, and the Sport Management Program.

The Sport Science and Physical Education Department offers a curriculum with options of majors in Exercise Science, Physical Education, and Sport Studies. These majors provide the student with a knowledge base and the skills necessary for a career in their major field and concentration area.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) page 170
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Exercise Science – Health and Wellness page 87
  • Exercise Science – Pre-Athletic Training page 88
  • Exercise Science – Pre-Physical Therapy page 89
  • Physical Education page 101
  • Sport Management page 104

Exercise Science Program

The mission of the Exercise Science majors is to provide students with a foundation in the sciences and emphasis in exercise, health, and sport. Exercise science students will develop advanced knowledge and competencies in the areas of exercise training, exercise metabolism, fitness and health maintenance, nutrition, cardiovascular risk identification, and rehabilitation. Students who plan to attend allied health graduate programs should also seek advice of the Huntingdon Pre-Health Professions Committee.

Major in Exercise Science-Health and Wellness

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Exercise Science – Health and Wellness

Students graduating with a major in Exercise Science – Health and Wellness concentration will:

1. demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of movement analysis and the philosophical basis of exercise and sport;
2. be able to assess health-related and skill-related aspects of physical fitness;
3. be able to identify the legal responsibilities in working as a fitness or exercise specialist;
4. demonstrate effective delivery of subject knowledge in oral, written, and electronic forms;
5. demonstrate a foundation of knowledge and practical skills in basic science, health and wellness, and exercise physiology; and
6. be able to perform risk stratification, basic exercise testing, and exercise prescription based on scientifically founded principles of training.

Major in Exercise Science – Pre-Athletic Training

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Exercise Science – Pre-Athletic Training

Students graduating with a major in Exercise Science – Pre-Athletic Training concentration will:

1. demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of movement analysis and the philosophical basis of exercise and sport;
2. be able to assess health-related and skill-related aspects of physical fitness;
3. be able to identify the legal responsibilities in working as a fitness or exercise specialist;
4. will demonstrate effective delivery of subject knowledge in oral, written, and electronic forms;
5. demonstrate a foundation of knowledge and practical skills in basic science, health and wellness, and exercise physiology;
6. perform risk stratification, basic exercise testing, and exercise prescription based on scientifically founded principles of training; and
7. acquire disciplinary knowledge and skills in fields and at levels considered prerequisite for graduate work in Athletic Training.

Students must have a GPA of no less than 3.0 upon gaining Junior standing in order to continue in the major.

Students who reach junior standing without having satisfied the requirement above will be removed from the Exercise Science-Pre-Athletic Training major and administratively enrolled in the Exercise Science major. If a student subsequently satisfies these requirements, they may re-apply in the Exercise Science-Pre-Athletic Training major.

Major in Exercise Science – Pre-Physical Therapy

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Exercise Science – Pre-Physical Therapy

Students graduating with a major in Exercise Science – Pre-Physical Therapy will:

1. demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of movement analysis and the philosophical basis of exercise and sport;
2. be able to assess health-related and skill-related aspects of physical fitness;
3. be able to identify the legal responsibilities in working as a fitness or exercise specialist;
4. will demonstrate effective delivery of subject knowledge in oral, written, and electronic forms;
5. demonstrate a foundation of knowledge and practical skills in basic science, health and wellness, and exercise physiology;
6. perform risk stratification, basic exercise testing, and exercise prescription based on scientifically founded principles of training; and
7. acquire disciplinary knowledge and skills in fields and at levels considered prerequisite for graduate work in Physical Therapy.

Students must have a GPA of no less than 3.5 upon gaining Junior standing in order to continue in the major.

Students who reach junior standing without having satisfied the requirement above will be removed from the Exercise Science-Pre-Physical Therapy major and administratively enrolled in the Exercise Science – Health and Wellness major. If a student subsequently satisfies these requirements, they may re-apply in the Exercise Science-Pre-Physical Therapy major.

Physical Education Program

The Physical Education major is designed for students seeking to teach Physical Education in the public or private P-12 school setting. Students earning this degree will be eligible for the State of Alabama’s Class-B teacher’s certification in Physical Education (P-12). The program will prepare students to understand the teaching-learning process specifically related to the area of physical education. Students will become knowledgeable about planning, organizing, administering, supervising, and assessing various aspects of a balanced physical education program. Students will understand child growth and development and be able to create and provide individualized and developmentally-appropriate instruction for all students. The program will help prospective teachers develop a unique teaching philosophy that will enable them to utilize a variety of skills and activities effectively in the learning environment. Students will also become proficient in managing classroom behavior and minimizing risk. Because a majority of school systems do not hire athletic staff without teaching credentials, the Physical Education major will allow individuals who are interested in working as sport coaches greater opportunities to do so.

Major in Physical Education

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Physical Education

Students graduating with a major in Physical Education will:

1. demonstrate content knowledge of core concepts;
2. demonstrate knowledge of student growth and development of P-12 students;
3. demonstrate the ability to manage, motivate, and communicate;
4. demonstrate knowledge of planning and instruction;
5. demonstrate knowledge of student assessment; and
6. demonstrate knowledge of collaboration, reflection, and technology.

Sport Management Program

The mission of the Sport Management major at Huntingdon College is to prepare students for career opportunities in marketing and management of sport-related organizations. Additionally, such areas may include college athletics, professional sports, and community recreation sports programs. Students who plan to attend graduate school should seek advice through their major advisor.

All students at Huntingdon College outside of the major are encouraged to select courses in Sport Studies and Physical Education as elective hours for graduation. These courses provide a variety of experiences related to individual physical, social, and psychological health.

Major in Sport Management

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Sport Management

Students graduating with a major in Sport Management concentration will:

1. communicate effectively in oral and written forms;
2. be able to read and demonstrate good comprehension of text in areas of the sport industry and professional field;
3. obtain knowledge in sport management and be able to describe, analyze and evaluate the social, cultural, economic, legal, ethical, and organizational aspects influencing the sport industry through written analysis and oral presentations;
4. demonstrate critical thinking skills and the ability to analyze issues, solve problems, and make managerial decisions within sport through case study analysis and experiential learning projects; and
5. have the ability to evaluate, integrate, and apply appropriate information from various sources to create cohesive, persuasive arguments, and to propose design concepts related to the sport industry.

Department of Teacher Education and Fine Arts

The Department of Teacher Education and Fine Arts includes the Fine Arts Program and the Teacher Education Program.

Fine Arts Program

The Fine Arts Program encompasses the disciplines of art and music.

The Music Program majors endeavor to offer superior training in music performance in the context of a liberal arts education. Consistent with the educational orientation of the College, music studies center upon the classical tradition of western music while recognizing the important contribution of music from other cultures and traditions. In order to accomplish these goals, music graduates are expected to possess skills in and an understanding of music theory and history, as well as a level of achievement in performance. The Music Program encompasses the disciplines of music, applied music, and studio instruction, offering majors in Music and Music Education (both Choral and Instrumental), as well as a minor in Art and a minor in Music.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Art (ARTS) page 122
  • Applied Music (MUAP) page 154
  • Music (MUSC) page 157
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Music page 96
  • Music Education, Choral Certification page 97
  • Music Education, Instrumental Certification page 99
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minors
  • Art page 105
  • Music page 108

Major in Music

Students who major in Music at Huntingdon College are:

• Provided an environment conducive to learning, growth and maturity. Faculty in the Music Program take students where they are and lead them where they need to be in order to further their education and become successful in their chosen field.
• Encouraged to develop a sense of vocation by examining career options and post graduate opportunities.

Faculty in the Music Program challenge students to be their best and achieve their highest goals.

Additional Requirements for Graduation:

• Music majors must pass a Piano Proficiency Test before graduation. In general, the student will be expected to complete this requirement by the end of the sophomore year. Students who transfer to Huntingdon will also be expected to pass the Piano Proficiency Test or must show evidence of passing a comparable piano proficiency at a previous institution.
• A Music major must pass a theory proficiency examination. The student will be expected to complete this requirement after completion of MUSC202, Theory and Harmony IV. A student who transfers to Huntingdon will also be expected to pass the theory proficiency or must show evidence of passing a comparable theory proficiency at a previous institution.
• A Music major must pass a sophomore proficiency on his/her major instrument. The student will be expected to complete this requirement by the end of his/her fourth semester of private instruction. A student who transfers to Huntingdon will also be expected to pass the sophomore proficiency on his/her major instrument.

Student Learning Outcomes for major in Music

Students graduating with a major in Music, regardless of concentration, will:

1. demonstrate proficiency in Music Theory and Sight Singing and Ear Training;
2. demonstrate knowledge of the evolution of music from the Middle Ages through the present;
3. demonstrate musicianship and technical ability on their chosen major instruments;
4. demonstrate proficiency at the piano keyboard; and
5. demonstrate the use of music technology as a tool.

Teacher Education Program

The Teacher Education Program serves as the College’s Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) and offers Educator Preparation programs leading to certification by the Alabama State Board of Education in the following areas:

• Elementary Education and Collaborative Special Education (Kindergarten – Grade 6)
• Collaborative Special Education 6-12
• Secondary Education in a field of study:
  • Certification (Grades 6-12) Program
    • Biology Biology page 50
    • English Language Arts Language and Literature page 49
    • General Social Science History and Political Science page 54
    • History History and Political Science page 54
    • Mathematics Mathematics page 48
• P-12 Education in a field of study:
  • Certification (P-Grade 12) Program
    • Music Instrumental .. page 58
    • Music Choral page 58
    • Physical Education Sport Science and Physical Education page 56

Additional information on Educator Preparation Programs is listed later in this section under the heading of Pre-Professional Programs.

• Disciplinary Courses
  • Education (EDUC) page 139
• Requirements for Disciplinary Majors
  • Collaborative Special Education 6-12 page 78
  • Elementary Education page 82
• Requirements for Secondary Certification
  • Biology page 73
  • English Language Arts (English major) page 85
  • General Social Science (History major) page 93
  • History page 92
  • Mathematics page 95
• Requirements for P-12 Certification
  • Music Education, Choral Certification page 97
  • Music Education, Instrumental Certification page 99
  • Physical Education page 101

Vision

The vision of the Huntingdon Teacher Education Program is to be recognized throughout the state and nation as an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) of excellence: one that intentionally values and seeks opportunities to partner with local schools to better prepare teacher candidates to effectively serve in our diverse communities as well as those across the state and the nation.

Mission

The mission of the Huntingdon Teacher Education Program is to prepare professionals who evidence service to society, integration of disciplinary knowledge and practices, engagement of all learners, responsiveness to differences and change, principled reflection on practice, and leadership within their profession and communities.

Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework of the Huntingdon Teacher Education Program reflects the philosophy, purpose, goals, and institutional standards of the program and integrates diversity, technology, and clinical experiences throughout. Our conceptual framework has evolved and captures the collective mission of the Teacher Education Program to prepare professionals who: provide service to the individual learner in service to all; integrate disciplinary knowledge and effective practices; engage learners in inclusive environments; respond effectively to learning differences, uncertainty, and change; reflect on principles and performance; and lead within their profession and communities.

Admission to Educator Preparation Provider Program

Students who are interested in becoming a teacher and seeking admission to the Educator Preparation Program (EPP) at Huntingdon College are encouraged to declare their intention to their advisor(s), to the Teacher Certification Officer, and to the Office of the Registrar as soon as possible by completing a Declaration for Seeking Teacher Education form. Once a candidate has completed 36 semester hours of coursework, the following must be satisfied before consideration for admission into the EPP:

1. Application for Admission into EPP (available in the EPP Handbook).
2. Travel Authorization (updated yearly because of travel to and from campus to P-12 school settings); Driver’s License state, number, and expiration date; Insurance Card and expiration date.
3. Fingerprinting and ABI/FBI Criminal Background Check; candidates are responsible for associated fees; suitability determination is issued by the State Superintendent of Education and must be submitted prior to entering a P-12 school setting, public or private.
4. Completion of EDUC101, Foundations of Education, and EDUC235, Human Growth and Development, is required for all elementary, secondary, and Physical Education majors. Music Education majors are required to complete MUSC101, Foundations of Music Education and EDUC235, Human Growth and Development.
   • Grade of “C” or higher
   • Completion of requisite field experience hours to assist candidates in making a wise career choice
   • Professional Disposition Assessment by EPP faculty
5. Faculty Recommendations
   • Teacher Education faculty
   • Major faculty
6. Interview with Teacher Education Committee members to assess professional dispositions and interest in teaching as a career (conducted 3 times per year; mid-August, mid-November - early January, and late April); may repeat once in order to achieve a passing score
7. Minimum 3.00 GPA overall, in professional studies (EDUC courses), and in the teaching field (disciplinary courses in the major)

Upon completion of all above criteria and submission of all paperwork, each student will be notified of his/her unconditional admittance status in writing. A student who fails to meet the criteria described above has a right to “due process” as described in the Educator Preparation Program Handbook.

Advising

A student who declares his/her intention to seek teacher certification is monitored throughout the undergraduate years by an advisor from the EPP and the Teacher Certification Officer. In the Secondary and P-12 programs, the disciplinary advisor also monitors a student’s progress. Assigned advisors provide guidance to students regarding the college core, professional courses, teaching field courses, and discipline specific courses required for degree completion and certification. Advisors also monitor and advise each student to meet requirements for Alabama State Board of Education certification. All education majors are required to attend advising days held once per semester.

All transfer courses and/or credits are verified on an official transcript; those used to meet State-approved program requirements must be from regionally accredited institutions. Any transferred courses and/or credits that meet the definition of professional studies courses must have been completed at a regionally accredited institution that prepares teachers on the same degree level of certification. Any courses, credits, and/or degrees accepted from institutions outside the United States shall be substantiated by an evaluation of the foreign credentials from a state, federal, or private foreign credential evaluation service recognized by the Alabama State Department of Education. The evaluation must show that courses, credits, and/or degrees were earned at an institution equivalent to a regionally accredited institution in the United States. Remedial courses cannot be used to meet approved program requirements.

Program Retention

Progression through the Educator Preparation Program requires earning a grade of “C” or higher in all professional studies courses, satisfactory assessment of professional and instructional dispositions, successful completion of all related field/clinical experiences, and passing scores on all required key assessments. Progress is monitored each semester by EPP faculty and the Coordinator of Field and Clinical Experiences in an effort to ensure that candidates are ready for admission to the internship semester.

Dispositions assessments are conducted at least four times during a candidate’s progression. If scores “do not meet expectations,” a remediation plan is developed in consultation with faculty and/or clinical partners. If a teacher candidate does not evidence progress as defined in the remediation plan and/or has three or more assessments that indicate he/she is not meeting expectations, a recommendation for discontinuance will be made by the Chair of the Teacher Education Program.

Criteria for Progression to Clinical Internship

To be eligible for internship, the following criteria must be met.

1. Admission to Educator Preparation Program (EPP)
2. Satisfactory completion of all courses designated as prerequisites for internship
3. Minimum 3.0 grade-point average on all college coursework attempted as well as all coursework attempted at Huntingdon, in professional studies, and in the teaching field
4. No grade below a “C” in professional studies courses
5. Passing scores on the appropriate Alabama Educator Certification Testing Program’s Praxis assessments NOTE: Successful completion of Praxis II tests is required for admission to internship. Please see your program advisor for details on individual assessments and proposed testing dates. In order for the Program of Teacher Education to receive official score reports, individuals registering for Praxis II assessments should identify as score report recipients both the Alabama State Department of Education (7020) and Huntingdon College (RA1303).
6. Demonstrated potential for success as noted during pre-internship field/practicum experiences and instructional dispositions assessments

A student who fails to meet the criteria described above has a right to “due process” as described in the Educator Preparation Program Handbook.

Program Completion

The Educator Preparation Provider assesses and ensures that a candidate meets or exceeds Alabama State Board of Education and EPP standards prior to completion of the program and/or recommendation for certification. This assessment is based, in part, on the following criteria:

1. Candidate successfully completes the state-approved program with a minimum 3.0 grade point average overall and a grade of “C” or better in all professional studies and teaching field courses. Teacher candidates in elementary education and/or collaborative special education programs shall have earned at least 12 semester hours of acceptable credit, as verified on official transcripts, in each of the following areas: humanities, mathematics, science, and social science. Secondary and P-12 education majors must complete a minimum of 32 discipline-specific semester hours, with a minimum of 19 semester hours at the upper-division level (300-400 level courses).
2. EPP receipt of passing scores on applicable Praxis II assessments prior to the internship semester. Passing scores meet the minimum standard set by the Alabama State Board of Education.
3. Teacher candidate successfully completes and documents required number of clinical placement hours in specific diverse settings.
4. Teacher candidate earns the required minimum score on all components of edTPA (as established by the Alabama State Department of Education and externally assessed by Pearson).
5. Teacher candidate receives positive recommendations for successful program completion from partnering teachers, administrators (if applicable), and faculty associated with the internship placement.

Graduation from Huntingdon College does not guarantee teacher certification by the ALSDE or any other state certification agency. Program graduates who delay applying for Alabama certification may be subject to changes made in teacher certification requirements between the time of graduation and the time of the certification request. Students seeking certification in another state should contact that state to obtain application forms and learn about that state’s requirements. If an individual is not recommended for Alabama certification within five years (60 calendar months) of program completion, the individual will be required to complete current approved program requirements.

Huntingdon College guarantees the success of graduates who are recommended for and receive initial professional certification by the ALSDE and who are employed within their area(s) of specialization. If, within two years after the beginning valid date of the Professional Educator Certificate, which was issued based on the recommendation of the College, the job performance of a Huntingdon graduate is deemed unsatisfactory by a local education agency based on performance evaluations established by the Alabama State Board of Education, the EPP will provide remediation at no cost to the individual or local education agency.

Academic Opportunities

Consortia Study Opportunities

Huntingdon students may participate in the Marine Environmental Sciences Consortium located at Dauphin Island, Alabama. Specific course information is available at http://www.disl.org. Interested students should contact Dr. Paul Gier for further information.

Program Honors

An outstanding student in a particular program (a major or the Presidential Scholars Program) has the opportunity to create an individualized honors project within the program to meet a particular need and interest. Each participant must be a senior, or in exceptional cases a junior, who has a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.50 in all subjects, or in the case when the program is the student’s major, a cumulative grade point average of 3.20 in all subjects and at least a cumulative grade point average of 3.60 in the major subject. A student may pursue only one honors study course during any given semester. A written application must be submitted to the Chair of the corresponding department or to the Director of the Presidential Scholars Program before the last day of classes prior to the semester during which the project will be pursued. The application is available through the Office of the Registrar and requires the signature of the director of the project prior to turning the form in for review. Applications are reviewed by each program (Chair, Director, or committee, as per program policy) and referred to the Office of the Chief Academic Officer for final approval.

If the honors project is approved by the program and the Chief Academic Officer, the student should register for the appropriate course (disciplinary prefix 491) by the add deadline published in the College’s calendar for the appropriate semester. Note should be made that the approval of the program honors course (i.e. project) does not guarantee that the student will be awarded Program Honors upon graduation. Only participants with a grade of “A” or “B” in the program honors course, plus a final cumulative grade point average of 3.50 in all subjects, will receive recognition for Program Honors at graduation.

The Huntingdon Presidential Scholars Program

Bria Rochelle-Stephens, Director

The Huntingdon Presidential Scholars Program seeks to equip academically focused students with experiential learning opportunities through co-curricular engagement, community service, and targeted mentorship. Students will engage closely with faculty members, community leaders, and Huntingdon College alumni in order to develop and nurture the personal and professional skills necessary to be competitive in the post-graduate job market and graduate and professional school application process.

The core objectives are:

• to develop community-minded citizens who share a passion for learning;
• to engage students with hands-on learning opportunities in their academic fields of interest;
• to equip students with the ability and desire to lead campus wide initiatives; and
• to prepare students for life beyond college.

Students who participate in the Presidential Scholars program will enroll in classes designed specifically for them and participate in engaging and challenging experiences outside of the classroom. Students who complete the Program will be recognized at graduation and on the students’ transcript (“Presidential Scholar” or “Presidential Scholar with Honors” as outlined below).

Presidential Scholars Program Admission Requirements

Admission to the Presidential Scholars Program requires an application that demonstrates a clear and strong record of academic success, with a minimum high school grade point average (GPA) of 3.75 or minimum composite ACT score of 23 with a high school GPA of at least 3.0.

Completion of the Presidential Scholars Program requires:

1. Scholars Course Requirements: Successful completion with a grade of “C” or better, or with a grade of “P” (as appropriate) of at least ten (10) semester credit hours of Scholars (SCHL) courses.
   • Presidential Scholars designation requires successful completion of:
     • SCHL100 Presidential Scholars Success Seminar 1 hour
     • SCHL201 Presidential Scholars Soar 1 hour, taken 3 times
     • SCHL481 Internship in Presidential Scholars 1-3 hours (6 hours total)
   • Presidential Scholars with Honors designation requires successful completion of:
     • SCHL100 Presidential Scholars Success Seminar 1 hour
     • SCHL201 Presidential Scholars Soar 1 hour, taken 3 times
     • SCHL481 Internship in Presidential Scholars 1-3 hours (3 hours total)
     • SCHL491 Honors in Presidential Scholars 3 hours
   • Notes:
     • Required internships in any academic major may substitute for the SCHL481 requirement.
     • Students whose required program of study (courses required for completion of the General Education Core Curriculum, the major, SCHL201, and SCHL491) exceeds 117 semester credit hours may petition the Chief Academic Officer to have the SCHL481 hours requirement reduced to the number of hours remaining for degree completion.
2. General Education Core Requirements: Successful completion (with a grade of “C” or better) of four Honors-designated courses during the first year of enrollment:
   • General Education Core Curriculum Requirements
     • ENGL105H Honors Introduction to College Writing 3 hours
     • ENGL106H Honors Writing Across the Disciplines 3 hours
     • RLGN101H Honors Interpreting the Old Testament 3 hours
     • RLGN102H Honors Interpreting the New Testament 3 hours
   • Notes:
     • ENGL105H and ENGL106H may be waived for students transferring in equivalent courses.
     • Substitutions for the above required courses may be approved by the Chief Academic Officer.
3. Community Service Requirement: Completion of 1 community service project each semester with the Presidential Scholars cohort or a comparable alternative approved by the Director of the Presidential Scholars Program.
4. Grade Point Average Requirements: A 3.0 cumulative grade point average (GPA) must be maintained to remain in the program.

In order to keep all Presidential Scholars students apprised of their progress towards completion of the Presidential Scholars Program, each student’s progression will be evaluated at the end of each academic semester by the Director of the Presidential Scholars Program.

The Joyce and Truman Hobbs Honors Program

Thomas Perrin, Director

The Joyce and Truman Hobbs Honors Program at Huntingdon College encourages students to embrace the social nature of knowledge through enriched classroom experiences and challenging civic service. Asked to commit to the high ideals of “faith, wisdom, and service,” honors students will better understand their responsibility to humankind in Montgomery and around the world.

No new students are being accepted into the Hobbs Honors Program at this time.

Internship

In order to broaden and enhance a strong academic foundation, participation as a student intern is available to Huntingdon College students who meet the academic requirements. An internship can be invaluable in helping a student assess career goals by providing on-the-job experience. This experience can be of great assistance to those seeking full-time employment and/or admission to graduate school. Students interested in internships should contact the Director of the Center for Career and Vocation for more information.

Requirements for academic credits for internships vary according to the applicable major, but generally a student must have already completed at least 57 credit hours, junior or senior standing, a 2.50 GPA on all work attempted for the major, and completed an internship application to participate in the internship program. Internship credit may not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in the major or minor requirements. Enrolling in a disciplinary internship course outside of the student’s major area requires the permission of the Chief Academic Officer. The Internship Approval Form must be approved by the Faculty Internship Advisor, the Internship Site Supervisor, and the Director of the Center for Career and Vocation. Additionally, for those students wishing to receive academic credit for an internship, the completed internship form with all applicable signatures must be received in the Office of the Registrar during the normal registration or enrollment change period.

Academic Enrichment and Resources

The Stallworth Lectureship in the Liberal Arts

In the Fall of 1985, the Stallworth Lectureship was established by Miss Mary Elizabeth Stallworth in honor of her parents, Mr. and Mrs. John McCreary Stallworth, and her brother, Mr. John Morriss Stallworth, to provide funding for visiting lecturers and scholars. The income provided is to be used by the President of the College for special lectures, for seminars to be offered to students and constituents of the College, and for scholars and artists who will be invited for a visiting residency on the campus. The speakers and subjects chosen may be drawn from any discipline of the College. In the selection of participants, the emphasis will be focused on the College’s commitment to preparing students for leadership in the church and for effective citizenship.

Thomas F. and Emma Staton Center for Learning Enrichment

The Staton Center for Learning Enrichment facilitates the advisement of students who have not declared majors, provides academic counseling for students with general questions, and serves as a resource for study halls as related to study skills and time management skills. The Center is located on the second floor of Houghton Memorial Library.

The Center offers an active interface between student, instructor, assignment, and tutor. Free one-on-one tutoring is available to all Huntingdon students, either by appointment or on a walk-in basis. Evening tutoring sessions are available for support in targeted courses.

Center for Career and Vocation

The purpose of the Center for Career and Vocation (CCV) is to support the broader academic mission of Huntingdon College and to assist students and graduates who are being introduced into the dynamic global community. With CCV resources, professional knowledge and support, students become responsible for their transitions from academic endeavors to satisfying employment or further education.

Services Offered:

• Graduate School Advising • Occupational Information
• Internship Education Program • Online Career Assessment
• Résumé and Cover Letter Review • Mock Interviews
• Job Search Preparation • Company Research
• Career Coaching • Educational Workshops

Academic Advising

Huntingdon believes that conscientious and well-informed advising of students on an individual basis is an important part of the academic program. Sound academic advice can make the difference between a coherent and exciting education that satisfies personal and professional goals, and one that is fragmented and frustrating. Academic advising not only helps the student to address course selection and scheduling, but also to define what a liberally educated person should know.

Since students are responsible themselves for meeting academic goals and requirements, they are urged to take full advantage of the help and information the advisor can offer. They should take the initiative in making appointments with the advisor for academic and other counsel.

All students will receive guidance in matters related to academic advising from the staff of the Staton Center for Learning Enrichment.

In addition, students who have chosen specific departmental majors receive guidance from the Department Chair of their majors or a faculty member of that department assigned by the Chair. Students in Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) programs, such as Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education (K-6), Secondary and P-12 programs, receive counsel regarding certification requirements from designated advisors in the EPP and the disciplinary advisors. Students pursuing a pre-professional program of study (Dentistry, Engineering, Law, Medicine, Optometry, Pharmacy, Physical Therapy, Theology, or Veterinary Medicine) receive counsel regarding academic matters from faculty members designated as the pre-professional advisors, as well as with their major advisors.

The Library

The Houghton Memorial Library houses a collection of approximately 200,000 print and electronic volumes, an extensive collection of print and electronic journals and newspapers, a physical film collection of over 4,000 titles plus several film streaming services, a game and puzzle collection, an art collection, a wide range of electronic databases, and several specialized and archival collections. The Library provides wireless service and users may search the Library’s holdings through its website and Countess OneSearch, the online catalogue (named for Selina, the Countess of Huntingdon). These resources are augmented by a reciprocal borrowing agreement with other local academic libraries through the Montgomery Higher Education Consortium and through standard interlibrary loan procedures, which allows the Library to borrow resources for our students and faculty from other libraries across the country, as well as libraries outside the United States. The Library faculty and staff provide orientation and instruction through their information literacy program, which includes one-on-one assistance, class sessions, the Library Research Methods course offered in the College’s curriculum, and the LibGuides online research guides. Adhering to the philosophy that the library continues to be an important physical presence on college campuses and that it should be a welcoming space for all students, our Library faculty and staff strive to create an environment that encourages and enhances the academic and leisure experiences of Huntingdon students. The Library sponsors a number of events through the academic year, both academic and recreational, including a mini-conference for students, The Salon (co-sponsored with the Language & Literature Program), art and craft workshops, and heritage and holiday observances. The Library is an institutional member of the American Library Association and the Association of College and Research Libraries, as well as the Lyrasis library network, and is a member of the Network of Alabama Academic Libraries.

Library Cooperative Agreements

Through the Montgomery Library Consortium, students, faculty and staff of Huntingdon College have circulation privileges at the following libraries in Montgomery: Auburn University at Montgomery, Alabama State University, Faulkner University, and Troy University Montgomery. To take advantage of this cooperative agreement, users must acquire a consortium sticker from the Huntingdon Library, which must then be placed on the Huntingdon Identification (ID) card.

Students with Disabilities/Learning Assistance

Huntingdon College is committed to providing equal access to all facilities, programs, and services of the College. The College’s goal is to foster an environment free of discrimination and bias in which all qualified students have access to educational opportunities.

For information about Section 504/Disability Services see the College’s webpage: http://05ub.tou18.com/academics/academic-resources/disability-services/

Courses of Study – Academic Major Requirements

The pages in this section present the course requirements for each of the undergraduate Academic Majors offered by Huntingdon College. For each academic major, the reader should find the following information organized in the format of a “check-sheet” to assist the student in tracking completion of the requirements:

• The name of the major.
• The name of the academic department through which the major is offered including information on how to access a description of the major and its corresponding Student Learning Outcomes.
• A concise list of the General Education Core Curriculum (GECC) requirements. See the section titled Requirements for Graduation (page 41) for details.
• A list of the courses specifically required for the academic major.

When reading the requirements for a specific major it is worth noting that some courses listed may have prerequisites that are not explicitly stated in this section. Consider the following examples:

• Example: Within the Accounting major requirements (see page 68) ACCT202, Principles of Accounting II, has as a prerequisite ACCT201, Principles of Accounting I. Since ACCT201 is required for the Accounting major, this prerequisite is not explicitly listed.
• Example: Within the Applied Mathematics major requirements (see page 69) PHYS251, General Physics I, has MATH255, Calculus I, as a prerequisite. Since MATH255 is also required for the Applied Mathematics major, this prerequisite is not explicitly listed.

A complete listing of all courses, which includes the prerequisite(s), is available in the section titled Courses of Instruction (see page 119).

Accounting Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Business and Accounting Programs” on page 47.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Accounting Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Accounting Major Requirements beyond the GECC 57
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 23-30
• Accounting Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • BADM200 Introduction to Business 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Accounting Major Requirements beyond the GECC 57 hours
  • Departmental Core Curriculum 27 hours
    • Accounting (ACCT) 6 hours
      • 201 Principles of Accounting I 3
      • 202 Principles of Accounting II 3
    • Business Administration (BADM) 15 hours
      • 203 Quantitative Methods in Management 3
      • 302 Business Law 3
      • 303 Principles of Marketing 3
      • 311 Business Finance 3
      • 312 Principles of Management 3
    • Economics (ECON) 6 hours
      • 201 Principles of Microeconomics 3
      • 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 3
  • Accounting (ACCT) 24 hours
    • 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3
    • 302 Intermediate Accounting II 3
    • 321 Cost Accounting 3
    • 335 Individual Income Taxation and Planning 3
    • 350 Accounting Information Systems 3
    • 401 Auditing I 3
    • 435 Business and Fiduciary Taxation and Planning 3
    • 441 Governmental and Not-for-Profit Accounting 3
  • Business Administration (BADM) 6 hours
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 315 Organizational Theory and Behavior 3
      • 333 Entrepreneurship 3
      • 406 Human Resource Management 3
    • 499 Senior Capstone in Business Administration: Strategic Management 3

Applied Mathematics Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Applied Mathematics and Mathematics Programs” on page 48.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Applied Mathematics Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 7
  • Applied Mathematics Major Requirements beyond the GECC 34-40
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 40-53
• Applied Mathematics Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 7 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH255 Calculus I 3
    • Natural Sciences 4
      • PHYS251 General Physics I 4

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Applied Mathematics Major Requirements beyond the GECC 34-40 hours
  • Mathematics (MATH) 30-32 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
      • 154 College Algebra 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
    • 171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • 256 Calculus II 3
    • 303 Probability 3
    • 320 Linear Algebra 3
    • 326 Programming for Mathematics 3
    • 355 Calculus III 3
    • 360 Ordinary Differential Equations 3
    • 460 Advanced Applied Mathematics 3
    • Electives in Mathematics (MATH) numbered 300 or above 6
  • Physics (PHYS) 4 hours
    • 252 General Physics II 4

Biochemistry Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Biochemistry, Chemistry, and General Science Programs” on page 52.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Biochemistry Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Biochemistry Major Requirements beyond the GECC 59-65
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 15-28
• Biochemistry Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH255 Calculus I 3
    • Natural Sciences 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Biochemistry Major Requirements beyond the GECC 59-65 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 16 hours
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 101 Principles of Biology 3
      • 101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
    • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
    • 231 Genetics 4
    • 322 Cell Biology 4
    • 422 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 4
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 32 hours
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 305 Organic Chemistry I 3
    • 306 Organic Chemistry II 3
    • 315L Organic Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 316L Organic Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 321 Analytical Chemistry I 4
    • 385 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry 1
    • 406 Biochemistry I 4
    • 407 Biochemistry II 3
    • 409 Physical Chemistry I 3
    • 475 Critical Thinking Applications in Chemistry, Physics, and Biochemistry 3
    • 485 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 3-9 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
      • 154 College Algebra 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
    • 256 Calculus II 3
  • Physics (PHYS) 8 hours
    • 251 General Physics I 4
    • 252 General Physics II 4

Biochemistry – Pre – Health Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Biochemistry, Chemistry, and General Science Programs” on page 52.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Biochemistry-Pre-Health Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9
  • Biochemistry-Pre-Health Major Requirements beyond the GECC 73-79
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 1-14
• Biochemistry-Pre-Health Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSYC201 General Psychology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Biochemistry-Pre-Health Major Requirements beyond the GECC 73-79 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 24 hours
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 101 Principles of Biology 3
      • 101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
    • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
    • 231 Genetics 4
    • 314 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
    • 315 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
    • 322 Cell Biology 4
    • 422 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 4
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 32 hours
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 305 Organic Chemistry I 3
    • 306 Organic Chemistry II 3
    • 315L Organic Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 316L Organic Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 321 Analytical Chemistry I 4
    • 385 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry 1
    • 406 Biochemistry I 4
    • 407 Biochemistry II 3
    • 409 Physical Chemistry I 3
    • 475 Critical Thinking Applications in Chemistry, Physics, and Biochemistry 3
    • 485 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 6-12 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
      • 154 College Algebra 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
    • 255 Calculus I 3
    • 256 Calculus II 3
  • Physics (PHYS) 8 hours
    • 251 General Physics I 4
    • 252 General Physics II 4
  • Electives – at least 3 hours chosen from: 3 hours
    • BIOL325 Microbiology 4
    • BIOL334 Immunology 3
    • CHEM361 Premedical Practicum 2
    • PSYC327 Lifespan Development 3
    • SOCI103 General Sociology 3

Biology Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs” on page 50.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Biology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Biology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 44
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 36-43
• Biology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • Course in Mathematics (MATH) 3
    • Natural Sciences (one of the following) 3
      • BIOL101 Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Biology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 44 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 33 hours
    • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
    • 202 General Biology – Zoology 4
    • 227 General Biology – Botany 4
    • 231 Genetics 4
    • 322 Cell Biology 4
    • 336 Ecology 4
    • One course chosen from 3-4
      • 371 Seminar in Biology 3
      • 422 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 4
    • Electives in Biology (BIOL) numbered 200 or above 8 or 9
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 8 hours
    • 105 General Chemistry I 3
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 3 hours
    • Course in Mathematics (MATH) 3

Biology Major with Secondary Education

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs” on page 50. Information related to Secondary Certification is available in the description of the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Biology Major with Secondary Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Biology Major with Secondary Education Requirements beyond the GECC 82
    • Teaching Field (Biology) 44
    • Professional Studies – Secondary 38
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 0-5
  • Hours Beyond the 120 hour Degree Requirement 0-2
• Biology Major with Secondary Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences (one of the following) 3
      • BIOL101 Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Biology Major with Secondary Education Requirements beyond the GECC 82 hours
  • Teaching Field (fulfills Biology Major) 44 hours
    • Biology (BIOL) 33 hours
      • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
      • 202 General Biology – Zoology 4
      • 227 General Biology – Botany 4
      • 231 Genetics 4
      • 322 Cell Biology 4
      • 314 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
      • 315 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
      • 336 Ecology 4
      • One course chosen from 3-4
        • 371 Seminar in Biology 3
        • 422 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 4
      • Electives in Biology (BIOL) 0 or 1 *

        * 0 hours if BIOL422 is taken from above list; 1 hour otherwise

    • Chemistry (CHEM) 8 hours
      • 105 General Chemistry I 3
      • 106 General Chemistry II 3
      • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
      • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • Mathematics (MATH) 3 hours
      • One course in Mathematics (MATH) 3
  • Professional Studies – Secondary 38 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 38 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 316 Secondary Biology Methods 1
      • 321 General Secondary Methods 2
      • 335 Practicum in P-12 or Secondary Education 3
      • 339 Reading In the Content Areas 3
      • 340 Classroom Management for Teachers 3
      • 342 Education Technology 2
      • 343 Assessment in Education 3
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
      • 497 Internship in Secondary Education 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

Business Administration Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Business and Accounting Programs” on page 47.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Business Administration Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Business Administration Major Requirements beyond the GECC 39
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 41-48
• Business Administration Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • BADM200 Introduction to Business 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Business Administration Major Requirements beyond the GECC 39 hours
  • Departmental Core Curriculum 27 hours
    • Accounting (ACCT) 6 hours
      • 201 Principles of Accounting I 3
      • 202 Principles of Accounting II 3
    • Business Administration (BADM) 15 hours
      • 203 Quantitative Methods in Management 3
      • 302 Business Law 3
      • 303 Principles of Marketing 3
      • 311 Business Finance 3
      • 312 Principles of Management 3
    • Economics (ECON) 6 hours
      • 201 Principles of Microeconomics 3
      • 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 3
  • Business Administration (BADM) 12 hours
    • One course chosen from 3
      • 306 International Business 3
      • 333 Entrepreneurship 3
    • 315 Organizational Theory and Behavior 3
    • 406 Human Resource Management 3
    • 499 Senior Capstone in Business Administration: Strategic Management 3

Cell Biology Major

For additional information, refer to the “Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs” on page 50.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Cell Biology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Cell Biology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 51
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 29-36
• Cell Biology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • Course in Mathematics (MATH) 3
    • Natural Sciences (one of the following) 3
      • BIOL101 Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Cell Biology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 51 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 17 hours
    • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
    • One course chosen from 4
      • 202 General Biology – Zoology 4
      • 227 General Biology – Botany 4
    • 231 Genetics 4
    • 322 Cell Biology 4
    • 422 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 4
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 16 hours
    • 105 General Chemistry I 3
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 305 Organic Chemistry I 3
    • 306 Organic Chemistry II 3
    • 315L Organic Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 316L Organic Chemistry II Laboratory 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 3 hours
    • Course in Mathematics (MATH) 3
  • Major Electives (at least) 15 hours
    • Biology (BIOL)
      • 314 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
      • 315 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
      • 325 Microbiology 4
      • 334 Immunology 3
      • 416 Developmental Biology 4
      • 417 Comparative Anatomy 4
      • Any Biology course numbered 300 or above not utilized above 3 or 4
    • Chemistry (CHEM)
      • 406 Biochemistry I 4
      • 407 Biochemistry II 3

Cell Biology – Pre-Health Major

For additional information, refer to the “Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs” on page 50.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Cell Biology-Pre-Health Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9
  • Cell Biology-Pre-Health Major Requirements beyond the GECC 72-79
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 1-15
• Cell Biology-Pre-Health Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences (one of the following) 3
      • BIOL101 Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSYC201 General Psychology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Cell Biology-Pre-Health Major Requirements beyond the GECC 72-79 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 29-30 hours
    • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
    • One course chosen from 4
      • 202 General Biology – Zoology 4
      • 227 General Biology – Botany 4
    • 231 Genetics 4
    • 314 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
    • 315 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
    • 322 Cell Biology 4
    • One course chosen from 3 or 4
      • 325 Microbiology 4
      • 334 Immunology 3
    • 422 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 4
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 23 hours
    • 105 General Chemistry I 3
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 305 Organic Chemistry I 3
    • 306 Organic Chemistry II 3
    • 315L Organic Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 316L Organic Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 406 Biochemistry I 4
    • 407 Biochemistry II 3
  • Mathematics (MATH) 6-12 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
      • 154 College Algebra 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
    • 255 Calculus I 3
    • 256 Calculus II 3
  • Physics (PHYS) 8 hours
    • 251 General Physics I 4
    • 252 General Physics II 4
  • Electives – at least 6 hours chosen from: 6 hours
    • Any Biology course numbered 300 or above not utilized above 3 or 4
    • CHEM385 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry I 1
    • CHEM485 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry II 1
    • PSYC327 Lifespan Development 3
    • SOCI103 General Sociology 3

Chemistry Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Biochemistry, Chemistry, and General Science Programs” on page 52.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Chemistry Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Chemistry Major Requirements beyond the GECC 50-56
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 24-37
• Chemistry Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH255 Calculus I 3
    • Natural Sciences 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Chemistry Major Requirements beyond the GECC 50-56 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 6 hours
    • Electives in Biology (BIOL) 6
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 33 hours
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 305 Organic Chemistry I 3
    • 306 Organic Chemistry II 3
    • 307 Advanced In Organic Chemistry 3
    • 315L Organic Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 316L Organic Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 321 Analytical Chemistry I 4
    • 385 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry 1
    • 409 Physical Chemistry I 3
    • 410 Physical Chemistry II 3
    • 419L Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 420L Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 475 Critical Thinking Applications in Chemistry, Physics, and Biochemistry 3
    • 485 Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 3-9 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
      • 154 College Algebra 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
    • 256 Calculus II 3
  • Physics (PHYS) 8 hours
    • 251 General Physics I 4
    • 252 General Physics II 4

Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Elementary Education Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 24-25
  • Elementary Education Major Requirements beyond the GECC 88-89
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 0
  • Hours Beyond the 120 hour Degree Requirement 1-9
• Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 24-25 hours
  • I. Writing, Literature, and Communication
    • Communication Studies (one course chosen from) 3
      • CMST201 Introduction to Communication 3
      • CMST201H Honors Introduction to Communication 3
    • English 9
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • ENGL105 Introduction to College Writing (required) 3
        • ENGL105H Honors Introduction to College Writing) (required) 3
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • ENGL106 Writing Across the Disciplines (required) 3
        • ENGL106H Honors Writing Across the Disciplines (required) 3
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • ENGL202 Survey of Literary Genres 3
        • ENGL203 Critical Perspectives in English 3
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences (one course chosen from) 3-4
      • BIOL101 Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL161 Environmental Science 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3
      • PHSC102 Physical Science 3
      • PHYS151 Introductory Physics 4
      • PHYS151H Honors Introductory Physics 4
      • PHYS251 General Physics I 4
    • Social and Applied Sciences (one course chosen from) 6
      • One foundational course in History chosen from: 3
        • HIST111 World Civilizations I 3
        • HIST111H Honors World Civilizations I 3
        • HIST112 World Civilizations II 3
        • HIST112H Honors World Civilizations II 3
      • One foundational course in Social Science chosen from: 3
        • PSCI209 World Politics 3
        • PSCI209H Honors World Politics 3
        • PSYC201 General Psychology 3
• Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Major Requirements beyond the GECC 88-89 hours
  • General Education (beyond the GECC) 23-24 hours
    • Mathematics 9 hours
      • MATH221 Mathematics for Elementary Education 3
      • Two elective courses in mathematics 6
    • Natural Science 8-9 hours
      • Hours beyond the College GECC 8-9
    • Social Science 6 hours
      • Hours beyond the College GECC 6
• Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Major 65 hours
  • Professional Studies 29 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 29 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 339 Reading in the Content Area 3
      • 340 Classroom Management for Teachers 3
      • 342 Education Technology 2
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
      • One course chosen from: 9
        • 488 Internship in Collaborative Special Education (6-12) 9
        • 498 Internship in K-12 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

• Teaching Field 36 hours
  • Education (EDUC) 36 hours
    • 302 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom 3
    • 303 The Exceptional Child in the Community 3
    • 334 Early Numeracy 3
    • 347 Reading I 3
    • 348 Reading II 3
    • 349 Literacy for Home and School 3
    • 350 Literacy for the Adolescent with Exceptional Needs 3
    • 352 Elementary Methods in Fine Arts, Health, and Physical Education 3
    • 360 Individual Education Program (IEP) Development 3
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 437 Practicum in K-12 3
      • 439 Practicum in Collaborative Special Education 6-12 3
    • 452 Secondary Methods for the Adolescent with Exceptional Needs 3
    • 462 Applied Behavioral Analysis 3

    (Major requirements continued on next page.)

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

Communication Studies Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Communication Studies Program” on page 49.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Communication Studies Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3
  • Communication Studies Major Requirements beyond the GECC 33
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 47-54
• Communication Studies Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3 hours
  • I. (GECC) Writing, Literature, and Communication
    • Communication Studies (one course chosen from) 3
      • 201 Introduction to Communication 3
      • 201H Honors Introduction to Communication 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Communication Studies Major Requirements beyond the GECC 33 hours
  • Communication Studies (CMST) 33 hours
    • 220 Media and Society 3
    • 242 Interpersonal Communication 3
    • 305 Theories of Communication 3
    • 311 Rhetorical Criticism 3
    • 320 Media Production and Reception 3
    • 375 Public Relations 3
    • 385 Research Methods in Communication 3
    • 499 Senior Capstone in Communication Studies 3
    • Electives 9
      • Communication Studies (CMST) 6-9
      • Women’s Studies (WMST) 0-3
        • 201 Critical Perspectives in Women’s Studies 3

Criminal Justice Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Criminal Justice Program” on page 53.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Criminal Justice Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Criminal Justice Major Requirements beyond the GECC 39
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 41-48
• Criminal Justice Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • CJUS100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Criminal Justice Major Requirements beyond the GECC 39 hours
  • Criminal Justice (CJUS) 39 hours
    • 201 Criminal Investigation 3
    • 202 Survey of Corrections 3
    • 203 Criminal Law 3
    • 208 Introduction to Criminology 3
    • 209 Introduction to Juvenile Delinquency 3
    • 303 Constitutional Law 3
    • 310 Critical Incident Management and Investigation 3
    • 401 Criminalistics 3
    • 404 Ethics and the Criminal Justice System 3
    • 405 Research Methods for Criminal Justice 3
    • Electives in Criminal Justice (CJUS) 9

Elementary Education/Collaborative Spec. Educ. (K-6) Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Elementary Education Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 24-25
  • Elementary Education Major Requirements beyond the GECC 88-89
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 0
  • Hours Beyond the 120 hour Degree Requirement 1-9
• Elementary Education Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 24-25 hours
  • I. (GECC) Writing, Literature, and Communication
    • Communication Studies (one course chosen from) 3
      • CMST201 Introduction to Communication 3
      • CMST201H Honors Introduction to Communication 3
    • English 9
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • ENGL105 Introduction to College Writing (required) 3
        • ENGL105H Honors Introduction to College Writing) (required) 3
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • ENGL106 Writing Across the Disciplines (required) 3
        • ENGL106H Honors Writing Across the Disciplines (required) 3
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • ENGL202 Survey of Literary Genres 3
        • ENGL203 Critical Perspectives in English 3
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences (one course chosen from) 3-4
      • BIOL101 Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL161 Environmental Science 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3
      • PHSC102 Physical Science 3
      • PHYS151 Introductory Physics 4
      • PHYS151H Honors Introductory Physics 4
      • PHYS251 General Physics I 4
    • Social and Applied Sciences (one course chosen from) 6
      • One foundational course in History chosen from: 3
        • HIST111 World Civilizations I 3
        • HIST111H Honors World Civilizations I 3
        • HIST112 World Civilizations II 3
        • HIST112H Honors World Civilizations II 3
      • One foundational course in Social Science chosen from: 3
        • PSCI209 World Politics 3
        • PSCI209H Honors World Politics 3
        • PSYC201 General Psychology 3
• Elementary Education Major Requirements beyond the GECC 88-89 hours
  • General Education (beyond the GECC) 23-24 hours
    • Mathematics 9 hours
      • MATH221 Mathematics for Elementary Education 3
      • Two elective courses in mathematics 6
    • Natural Science 8-9 hours
      • Hours beyond the College GECC 8-9
    • Social Science 6 hours
      • Hours beyond the College GECC 6
  • Professional Studies 29 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 29 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 339 Reading in the Content Area 3
      • 340 Classroom Management for Teachers 3
      • 342 Education Technology 2
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
      • 490 Internship in Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education (K-6) 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

• Teaching Field 36 hours
  • Education (EDUC) 36 hours
    • 302 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom 3
    • 303 The Exceptional Child in the Community 3
    • 334 Early Numeracy 3
    • 347 Reading I 3
    • 348 Reading II 3
    • 349 Literacy for Home and School 3
    • 352 Elementary Methods in Fine Arts, Health, and Physical Education 3
    • 360 Individualized Education Program (IEP) Development 3
    • 436 Practicum in Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education 3
    • 454 Elementary Methods in Mathematics 3
    • 456 Elementary Methods in Science 3
    • 457 Elementary Methods in Social Studies 3

    (Major requirements continued on next page.)

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

English Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Language and Literature Program” on page 49.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • English Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3
  • English Major Requirements beyond the GECC 30-36
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 44-57
• English Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3 hours
  • I. (GECC) Writing, Literature, and Communication
    • English 3
      • 203 Critical Perspectives in English 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• English Major Requirements beyond the GECC 30-36 hours
  • English (ENGL) 30 hours
    • 419 Critical Theory 3
    • One 400-level course chosen from 3
      • 412 Shakespeare 3
      • 423 Seminar in English Studies 3
    • 499 Senior Capstone in English 3
    • Electives in ENGL, Theater (THEA), or Women’s Studies (WMST) numbered 200 or above 9
    • Electives in ENGL numbered 300 or above 12
  • Foreign Language 0-6 hours

English Major with English Language Arts Secondary Education

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Language and Literature Program” on page 49. Information related to Secondary Certification is available in the description of the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • English Major with Engl. Lang. Arts Sec. Educ. Requirements which fulfill the GECC 7
  • English Major with English Language Arts Sec. Educ. Requirements beyond the GECC 68-74
    • Teaching Field (English) 30-36
    • Professional Studies – Secondary 38
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 6-19
• English Major with English Language Arts Sec. Educ. Requirements which fulfill the GECC 12 hours
  • I. (GECC) Writing, Literature, and Communication
    • Communication Studies (CMST) 3 hours
      • One course chosen from 3
        • 201 Introduction to Communication 3
        • 201H Honors Introduction to Communication 3
    • English (ENGL) 6 hours
      • 106 Writing Across the Disciplines 3
      • 203 Critical Perspectives in English 3
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Fine Arts (Theater - THEA) 3 hours
      • THEA213A Acting and Directing for Non-Majors 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• English Major with English Language Arts Sec. Educ. Requirements beyond the GECC 68-74 hours
  • Teaching Field (satisfies English Major) 30-36 hours
    • Communication Studies (CMST) 3 hours
      • 220 Media and Society 3
    • English (ENGL) 27 hours
      • 231 Contemporary Literature 3
      • 241 World Literature 3
      • 303 Editing and Style 3
      • 309 Children’s and Young Adult Literature 3
      • 419 Critical Theory 3
      • One 400-level course chosen from 3
        • 412 Shakespeare 3
        • 423 Seminar in English Studies 3
      • 499 Senior Capstone in English 3
      • Electives in ENGL numbered 300 or above 6
    • Foreign Language 0-6 hours
  • Professional Studies – Secondary 38 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 38 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 313 Secondary English Language Arts Methods 1
      • 321 General Secondary Methods 2
      • 335 Practicum in P-12 or Secondary Education 3
      • 339 Reading in the Content Areas 3
      • 340 Classroom Management for Teachers 3
      • 342 Education Technology 2
      • 343 Assessment in Education 3
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
      • 497 Internship in Secondary Education 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

Environmental Biology Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs” on page 50.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Environmental Biology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6-9
  • Environmental Biology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 54-57
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 23-33
• Environmental Biology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6-9 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • Course in Mathematics (MATH) 3
    • Natural Sciences (one of the following) 3
      • BIOL101 Principles of Biology 3
      • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
    • Social and Applied Science 0-3

      Note: Of the Major Electives listed below, PSCI201, PSCI207, PSCI209, PSCI209H, PSCI308, and SOCI103 fulfill the Social and Applied Science requirement.

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Environmental Biology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 54-57 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 34 hours
    • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
    • 161 Environmental Science 3
    • 202 General Biology – Zoology 4
    • 227 General Biology – Botany 4
    • 231 Genetics 4
    • 261 Critical Perspectives in Environmental Studies 3
    • 325 Microbiology 4
    • 336 Ecology 4
    • 343 Field Biology 4
    • One course chosen from 3
      • 371 Seminar in Biology 3
      • 372 Seminar in Biology 3
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 8 hours
    • 105 General Chemistry I 3
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
  • Interdisciplinary Studies (INDP) 3 hours
    • 301 Foundations of Environmental Justice 3
  • Mathematics (MATH) 3 hours
    • Electives in Mathematics (MATH) 3
  • Major Electives - at least 9 hours chosen from the following 6-9 hours
    • Biology (BIOL)
      • 483 Fieldwork in Biology 1-3
    • Geography (GEOG)
      • 200 Historical Geography 3
    • Political Science (PSCI)
      • 201 American Government 3
      • 207 Introduction to Public Administration 3
      • 209 World Politics 3
      • 209H Honors World Politics 3
      • 308 Public Organizations and Policy 3
    • Religion (RLGN)
      • 350 Christian Ethics 3
    • Sociology (SOCI)
      • 103 Introduction to Sociology 3

Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Exercise Science Program” on page 56.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9
  • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements beyond the GECC 59
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 21-28
• Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • SSPE202 Principles of Lifetime Fitness and Wellness 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major beyond the GECC 59 hours
  • Exercise Science Core Curriculum 46 hours
    • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 46 hours
      • 110 Foundations of Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 203 Sport Psychology 3
      • 207 Emergency Care and Injury Prevention 2
      • 214 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
      • 215 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
      • 220 Motor Behavior 3
      • 302 Organization and Administration in Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 306 Adapted Physical Education 3
      • 308 Kinesiology 3
      • 310 Nutrition and Exercise 3
      • 332 Sociology of Sport 3
      • 415 Measurement and Evaluation 3
      • 433 Exercise Physiology 3
      • 442 Exercise Testing and Prescription 3
      • 499 Senior Capstone in Sport Science and Physical Education 3
  • Biology (BIOL) 2 hours
    • 141 Medical Vocabulary 2
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 1 hours
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
  • Psychology (PSYC) 6 hours
    • 201 General Psychology 3
    • Electives in Psychology (PSYC) numbered 300 or above 3
  • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 4 hours
    • 300 Principles of Resistance Training and Weightlifting 1
    • 312 School Health and Wellness 3

Exercise Science – Pre-Athletic Training Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Exercise Science Program” on page 56.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9
  • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements beyond the GECC 60-66
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 14-27
• Exercise Science-Pre-Athletic Training Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSYC201 General Psychology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Exercise Science-Pre-Athletic Training Major Requirements beyond the GECC 60-66 hours
  • Exercise Science Core Curriculum 46 hours
    • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 46 hours
      • 110 Foundations of Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 203 Sport Psychology 3
      • 207 Emergency Care and Injury Prevention 2
      • 214 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
      • 215 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
      • 220 Motor Behavior 3
      • 302 Organization and Administration in Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 306 Adapted Physical Education 3
      • 308 Kinesiology 3
      • 310 Nutrition and Exercise 3
      • 332 Sociology of Sport 3
      • 415 Measurement and Evaluation 3
      • 433 Exercise Physiology 3
      • 442 Exercise Testing and Prescription 3
      • 499 Senior Capstone in Sport Science and Physical Education 3
  • Biology (BIOL) 6 hours
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 101 Principles of Biology 3
      • 101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
    • 103L Principles of Biology 1
    • 141 Medical Vocabulary 2
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 1 hour
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 0-6 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
      • 154 College Algebra 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
  • Physics (PHYS) 4 hours
    • One course chosen from: 4
      • 151 Introductory Physics I 4
      • 151H Honors Introductory Physics I 4
  • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 3 hours
    • 175 Introduction to Athletic Training 3

Exercise Science – Pre-Physical Therapy Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Exercise Science Program” on page 56.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9
  • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements beyond the GECC 76-79
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 1-11
• Exercise Science-Pre-Physical Therapy Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSYC201 General Psychology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Exercise Science-Pre-Physical Therapy Major Requirements beyond the GECC 76-79 hours
  • Exercise Science Core Curriculum 46 hours
    • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 46 hours
      • 110 Foundations of Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 203 Sport Psychology 3
      • 207 Emergency Care and Injury Prevention 2
      • 214 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
      • 215 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
      • 220 Motor Behavior 3
      • 302 Organization and Administration in Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 306 Adapted Physical Education 3
      • 308 Kinesiology 3
      • 310 Nutrition and Exercise 3
      • 332 Sociology of Sport 3
      • 415 Measurement and Evaluation 3
      • 433 Exercise Physiology 3
      • 442 Exercise Testing and Prescription 3
      • 499 Senior Capstone in Sport Science and Physical Education 3
  • Biology (BIOL) 8 hours
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 101 Principles of Biology 3
      • 101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
    • 103L Principles of Biology 1
    • Biology course numbered above 200 4
  • Chemistry (CHEM) 5 hours
    • 106 General Chemistry II 3
    • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 3-6 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-3
      • 154 College Algebra 3
    • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
  • Physics (PHYS) 8 hours
    • One course chosen from: 4
      • 151 Introductory Physics I 4
      • 151H Honors Introductory Physics I 4
    • 152 Introductory Physics II 4
  • Psychology (PSYC) 6 hours
    • 327 Lifespan Development 3
    • 404 Abnormal Psychology 3

General Science Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Biochemistry, Chemistry, and General Science Programs” on page 52.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9
  • Exercise Science-Health and Wellness Major Requirements beyond the GECC 38-41
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 39-49
• General Science Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 9 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Natural Sciences 3
      • CHEM105 General Chemistry I 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSYC201 General Psychology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• General Science Major Requirements beyond the GECC 38-41 hours
  • Biology (BIOL) 20 hours
    • One of the following 3
      • 101 Principles of Biology 3
      • 101H Honors Principles of Biology 3 3
    • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
    • 231 Genetics 4
    • 314 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
    • 315 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
    • 325 Microbiology 4
  • Chemistry (CHEM 5 hours
    • 106 General Chemsitry II 3
    • 115L General Chesmitry I Laboratory 1
    • 116L General Chemsitry II Laboratory 1
  • Mathematics (MATH) 3-6 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, the following: 0-3
      • 154 College Algebra 3
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
      • 255 Calculus I 3
  • Physics (PHYS) 4 hours
    • One course chosen from: 4
      • 151 Introduction to Physics I 4
      • 251 General Physics I 4
  • Pyschology (PSYC) 3 hours
    • 327 Lifespan Development 3
  • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 3 hours
    • 310 Nutrition and Exercise 3

History Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “History and Political Science Program” on page 54.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • History Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • History Major Requirements beyond the GECC 33
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 47-54
• History Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • History 3
      • HIST205 American History to 1877 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSCI201 American Government 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• History Major Requirements beyond the GECC 33 hours
  • History (HIST) 33 hours
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 111 World Civilizations I 3
      • 111H Honors World Civilizations I 3
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 112 World Civilizations II 3
      • 112H Honors World Civilizations II 3
    • 206 American History, 1877 to the Present 3
    • 215 Introduction to Historical Study 3
    • Electives: US. colonial or national history 6
      • Two courses chosen from: 6
        • 315 Alabama History 3
        • 405 History of the South 3
        • 407 The Civil War & Reconstruction 3
        • 408 American Colonial History 3
        • 409 The Early National Period 3
        • 420 Gilded Age – Progressive Era 3
        • 430 America in Prosperity, Depression, and War 3
        • 440 Recent US. History 3
    • Electives: European history 6
      • Two courses chosen from: 6
        • 301 Europe, 1815-1914 3
        • 302 Europe, 1914 to the Present 3
        • 305 Renaissance and Reformation 3
        • 306 The French Revolution and Napoleon 3
        • 311 History of England to 1688 3
        • 313 Ancient Greece 3
        • 316 Medieval Europe 3
        • 351 History of Rome 3
    • One course chosen from 3
      • 307 Colonial Latin America 3
      • 308 Recent Latin America 3
      • 309 The Middle East 3
      • 310 The Far East 3
      • 314 Contemporary World History 3
    • Electives in History (HIST) 6

      Note: One 3-hour course from the following may be substituted for 3 hours in History in the Electives in History listed above: ARTS303, ARTS304, ECON203, ECON303, MUSC340, MUSC341, PSCI314, RLGN341, and RLGN342.

History Major with History Secondary Education

For additional information on the major, refer to the “History and Political Science Program” on page 54. Information related to Secondary Certification is available in the description of the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • History Major with History Secondary Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • History Major with History Secondary Education Requirements beyond the GECC 71
    • Teaching Field (History) 33
    • Professional Studies – Secondary 38
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 9-16
• History Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • History 3
      • HIST205 American History to 1877 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSCI201 American Government 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• History Major with History Secondary Education Requirements beyond the GECC 71
  • Teaching Field (satisfies History Major) Requirements beyond the GECC 39 hours
    • History (HIST) 36 hours
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • 111 World Civilizations I 3
        • 111H Honors World Civilizations I 3
      • One course chosen from: 3
        • 112 World Civilizations II 3
        • 112H Honors World Civilizations II 3
      • 206 American History, 1877 to the Present 3
      • 215 Introduction to Historical Study 3
      • 310 The Far East 3
      • 315 Alabama History 3
      • Electives: US. colonial or national history 6
        • Two courses chosen from: 6
          • 405 History of the South 3
          • 407 The Civil War & Reconstruction 3
          • 408 American Colonial History 3
          • 409 The Early National Period 3
          • 420 Gilded Age – Progressive Era 3
          • 430 America in Prosperity, Depression, and War 3
          • 440 Recent US. History 3
      • Electives: European history 6
        • Two courses chosen from: 6
          • 301 Europe, 1815-1914 3
          • 302 Europe, 1914 to the Present 3
          • 305 Renaissance and Reformation 3
          • 306 The French Revolution and Napoleon 3
          • 311 History of England to 1688 3
          • 313 Ancient Greece 3
          • 316 Medieval Europe 3
          • 351 History of Rome 3
      • Upper level Elective in History (HIST) 3
  • Professional Studies – Secondary 38 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 38 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 314 Secondary History Methods 1
      • 321 General Secondary Methods 2
      • 335 Practicum in P-12 or Secondary Education 3
      • 339 Reading in the Content Areas 3
      • 340 Classroom Management for Teachers 3
      • 342 Education Technology 2
      • 343 Assessment in Education 3
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
      • 497 Internship in Secondary Education 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

History Major with General Social Science Secondary Education

For additional information on the major, refer to the “History and Political Science Program” on page 54. Information related to Secondary Certification is available in the description of the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • History Major with Gen. Soc. Sci. Sec. Educ. Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • History Major with Gen. Soc. Sci. Sec. Educ. Requirements beyond the GECC 80
    • Teaching Field (History with General Social Science) 33
    • Professional Studies – Secondary 38
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 0-7
• History Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • History 3
      • HIST205 American History to 1877 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSCI201 American Government 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Teaching Field (satisfies History Major) Requirements beyond the GECC 48 hours
  • Economics (ECON) 3 hours
    • 203 Economic Development in the United States 3
  • Geography (GEOG) 3 hours
    • 200 Historical Geography 3
  • History (HIST) 33 hours
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 111 World Civilizations I 3
      • 111H Honors World Civilizations I 3
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 112 World Civilizations II 3
      • 112H Honors World Civilizations II 3
    • 206 American History, 1877 to the Present 3
    • 215 Introduction to Historical Study 3
    • 310 The Far East 3
    • 315 Alabama History 3
    • Electives: US. colonial or national history 6
      • Two courses chosen from: 6
        • 405 History of the South 3
        • 407 The Civil War & Reconstruction 3
        • 408 American Colonial History 3
        • 409 The Early National Period 3
        • 420 Gilded Age – Progressive Era 3
        • 430 America in Prosperity, Depression, and War 3
        • 440 Recent US. History 3
    • Electives: European history 6
      • Two courses chosen from: 6
        • 301 Europe, 1815-1914 3
        • 302 Europe, 1914 to the Present 3
        • 305 Renaissance and Reformation 3
        • 306 The French Revolution and Napoleon 3
        • 311 History of England to 1688 3
        • 313 Ancient Greece 3
        • 316 Medieval Europe 3
        • 351 History of Rome 3
    • Upper level Electives in history 3
  • Political Science (PSCI) 3 hours
    • 212 American Policy System 3
• Professional Studies – Secondary 38 hours
  • Education (EDUC) 38 hours
    • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
    • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
    • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
    • 314 Secondary History Methods 1
    • 321 General Secondary Methods 2
    • 335 Practicum in P-12 or Secondary Education 3
    • 339 Reading in the Content Areas 3
    • 340 Classroom Management for Teachers 3
    • 342 Education Technology 2
    • 343 Assessment in Education 3
    • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
    • 497 Internship in Secondary Education 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

Mathematics Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Applied Mathematics and Mathematics Programs” on page 48.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Mathematics Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3
  • Mathematics Major Requirements beyond the GECC 30-36
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 44-57
• Mathematics Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH255 Calculus I 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Mathematics Major Requirements beyond the GECC 30-36 hours
  • Mathematics (MATH) 30-36 hours
    • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
      • 154 College Algebra 3
      • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
    • 256 Calculus II 3
    • 320 Linear Algebra 3
    • 326 Programming for Mathematics 3
    • 355 Calculus III 3
    • 366 Introduction to Abstract Mathematics 3
    • One course chosen from 3
      • 401 Introduction to Analysis 3
      • 411 Abstract Algebra 3
    • Electives in Mathematics (MATH) numbered 300 or above 12

Mathematics Major with Secondary Education

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Applied Mathematics and Mathematics Programs” on page 48. Information related to Secondary Certification is available in the description of the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Mathematics Major with Secondary Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3
  • Mathematics Major with Secondary Education Requirements beyond the GECC 71-77
    • Teaching Field (Mathematics) 33-39
    • Professional Studies – Secondary 38
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 3-16
• Mathematics Major with Secondary Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH255 Calculus I 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Mathematics Major with Secondary Education Requirements beyond the GECC 71-77 hours
  • Teaching Field (satisfies Mathematics Major) 33-39 hours
    • Mathematics (MATH) 33-39 hours
      • Successful completion, or placement out of, each of the following: 0-6
        • 154 College Algebra 3
        • 155 Precalculus Mathematics 3
      • 171 Introduction to Statistics 3
      • 256 Calculus II 3
      • 303 Probability 3
      • 315 Geometry 3
      • 320 Linear Algebra 3
      • 326 Programming for Mathematics 3
      • 355 Calculus III 3
      • 366 Introduction to Abstract Mathematics 3
      • 411 Abstract Algebra 3
      • Electives in Mathematics (MATH) numbered 300 or above 6
  • Professional Studies – Secondary 38 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 38 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 315 Secondary Mathematics Methods 1
      • 321 General Secondary Methods 2
      • 335 Practicum in P-12 or Secondary Education 3
      • 339 Reading in the Content Areas 3
      • 340 Classroom Management for Teachers 3
      • 342 Education Technology 2
      • 343 Assessment in Education 3
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
      • 497 Internship in Secondary Education 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

Music Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Fine Arts Program” on page 58.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Music Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3
  • Music Major Requirements beyond the GECC 51
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 29-36
• Music Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Fine Arts 3
      • MUSC240 Introduction to Music History and Literature 3
• Music Major Requirements beyond the GECC 51 hours

  Note: For students majoring in Music Education – Instrumental, MUSC209, MUSC210, and MUAP115 may not be used to fulfill General Education Fine Arts requirement as listed above.

  • Music (MUSC) 31 hours
    • 107 Theory and Harmony I 2
    • 108 Theory and Harmony II 2
    • 109 Sight Singing and Ear Training I 1
    • 110 Sight Singing and Ear Training II 1
    • 200 Theory Proficiency 0
    • 201 Theory and Harmony III 2
    • 202 Theory and Harmony IV 2
    • 205 Sight Singing and Ear Training III 1
    • 206 Sight Singing and Ear Training IV 1
    • 308 Form and Analysis 2
    • 340 History and Literature of Music of the Middle Ages to 1775 3
    • 341 History and Literature of Music from 1775 to the Present 3
    • 342 Music and Technology 2
    • Electives in Music (MUSC) numbered 200 or above (cannot include MUSC210) 6
  • Keyboard Requirement 4 hours
    • Non-Keyboard Concentration
      • MUAP103L, 104L, 203L, 204L (Keyboard Laboratory I, II, III, IV) 4

      Note: If a student does not pass the Piano Proficiency Test after taking the four semester credit hours, the student must take MUAP203L/204L until the necessary skills needed to pass the Piano Proficiency Test are obtained. MUAP203L/204L may be repeated for credit up to a total of 3 credit hours each.

  • Keyboard Concentration
    • Four hours of music electives 4

      (MUAP, MUSC, or Studio Instruction other than PIAN)

  • Studio Instruction 7 hours
    • Designation dependent on instrument. Includes 3 hours of 300 to 400 upper level courses. Beginning vocal students may be placed in MUAP121 Class Instruction inVoice and continue in MUAP122 Class Instruction in Voice II in lieu of VOIC121 and VOIC122. All credit hours must be with chosen principal instrument.
  • Applied Music (MUAP) 1 hours
    • 151 Recital Attendance 0

      (satisfactory completion each semester of attendance as a Music major)

    • 200 Sophomore Performance Proficiency 0
    • 209 Piano Proficiency 0
    • 499 Senior Capstone in Music: Recital (V, I, P) 1
  • Ensemble (MUAP) 8 hours
    • Marching Band (108) or Concert Band (109) or Concert Choir (115) 6
    • Small Ensemble – Chamber Music (113) and/or Huntingdon Ensemble (150) 2

Music Education Major – Choral

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Fine Arts Program” on page 58. Information related to Certification is available in the description of the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Music Major Choral Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3
  • Music Major Choral Education Requirements beyond the GECC 87
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 0
  • Hours beyond the minimum 120 hour Degree Requirements 0-7
• Music Major Choral Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Fine Arts 3
      • MUSC240 Introduction to Music History and Literature 3
• Music Major Choral Education Requirements beyond the GECC 87 hours

  Note: For students majoring in Music Education – Instrumental, MUSC209, MUSC210, and MUAP115 may not be used to fulfill General Education Fine Arts requirement as listed above.

  • Professional Studies 30 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 9 hours
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
    • Music (MUSC) 21 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Music Education 3
      • 3211 Music in the Elementary School 3
      • 323 Choral Methods in the Secondary School 3
      • 334 Practicum in P-12 Music Education 3
      • 498 Internship in P-12 Music 9
  • Teaching Field 57 hours
    • Music (MUSC) 33 hours
      • 107 Theory and Harmony I 2
      • 108 Theory and Harmony II 2
      • 109 Sight Singing and Ear Training I 1
      • 110 Sight Singing and Ear Training II 1
      • 200 Theory Proficiency 0
      • 201 Theory and Harmony III 2
      • 202 Theory and Harmony IV 2
      • 205 Sight Singing and Ear Training III 1
      • 206 Sight Singing and Ear Training IV 1
      • 301 Basic Conducting 3
      • 302 Choral Conducting 2
      • 308 Form and Analysis 2
      • 309 Orchestration and Arranging 2
      • 310 Vocal Diction I 1
      • 312 Music of World Cultures 2
      • 340 History and Literature of Music of the Middle Ages to 1775 3
      • 341 History and Literature of Music from 1775 to the Present 3
      • 342 Music and Technology 2
      • 408 Choral Literature 1
  • Applied Music (MUAP) 1 hour
    • 151 Recital Attendance 0

      (satisfactory completion each semester of attendance as a Music major)

    • 200 Sophomore Performance Proficiency 0
    • 209 Piano Proficiency 0
    • 499 Senior Capstone in Music: Recital (V, I, P) 1
  • Ensemble (MUAP) 8 hours
    • 115 Concert Choir 6
    • 150 Huntingdon Ensemble 2
  • Performance (MUAP) 4 hours
    • 117 Class Instruction in Strings 1
    • 118 Class Instruction in Woodwinds 1
    • 119 Class Instruction in Brass 1
    • 120 Class Instruction in Percussion 1

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

• Studio Instruction 7 hours

  Designation dependent on instrument. Includes 3 hours of 300 to 400 level courses. Beginning vocal students may be placed in MUAP 121 Class Instruction in Voice and continue in MUAP122 Class Instruction in Voice II in lieu of VOIC121 and VOIC122.

  All credit hours must be with chosen principal instrument.

• Keyboard Requirement 4 hours
  • Non-Keyboard Concentration
    • MUAP103L, 104L, 203L, 204L (Keyboard Laboratory I, II, III, IV) 4

      Note: If a student does not pass the Piano Proficiency Test after taking the four semester credit hours, the student must take MUAP203L/204L until the necessary skills needed to pass the Piano Proficiency Test are obtained.

      MUAP203L/204L may be repeated for credit up to a total of 3 credit hours each.

  • Keyboard Concentration
    • Four (4) hours of Voice (may include MUAP121 and MUAP122) 4

Music Education Major – Instrumental

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Fine Arts Program” on page 58. Information related to Certification is available in the description of the “Teacher Education Program” on page 59.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Music Major Instrumental Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3
  • Music Major Instrumental Education Requirements beyond the GECC 87
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 0
  • Hours beyond the minimum 120 hour Degree Requirements 0-7
• Music Major Instrumental Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 3 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Fine Arts 3
      • MUSC240 Introduction to Music History and Literature 3
• Music Major Instrumental Education Requirements beyond the GECC 87 hours

  Note: For students majoring in Music Education – Instrumental, MUSC209, MUSC210, and MUAP115 may not be used to fulfill General Education Fine Arts requirement as listed above.

  • Professional Studies 30 hours
    • Education (EDUC) 9 hours
      • 2021 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth 3
      • 2351 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
      • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
    • Music (MUSC) 21 hours
      • 1011 Foundations of Music Education 3
      • 3211 Music in the Elementary School 3
      • 323 Instrumental Methods in the Secondary School 3
      • 335 Practicum in P-12 Music Education 3
      • 498 Internship in P-12 Music 9
  • Teaching Field 57 hours
    • Music (MUSC) 32 hours
      • 107 Theory and Harmony I 2
      • 108 Theory and Harmony II 2
      • 109 Sight Singing and Ear Training I 1
      • 110 Sight Singing and Ear Training II 1
      • 200 Theory Proficiency 0
      • 201 Theory and Harmony III 2
      • 202 Theory and Harmony IV 2
      • 205 Sight Singing and Ear Training III 1
      • 206 Sight Singing and Ear Training IV 1
      • 301 Basic Conducting 3
      • 303 Instrumental Conducting 2
      • 305 Marching Band Techniques 1
      • 308 Form and Analysis 2
      • 309 Orchestration and Arranging 2
      • 312 Music of World Cultures 2
      • 340 History and Literature of Music of the Middle Ages to 1775 3
      • 341 History and Literature of Music from 1775 to the Present 3
      • 342 Music and Technology 2
  • Applied Music (MUAP) 1 hour
    • 151 Recital Attendance 0

      (satisfactory completion each semester of attendance as a Music major)

    • 200 Sophomore Performance Proficiency 0
    • 209 Piano Proficiency 0
    • 499 Senior Capstone in Music: Recital (V, I, P) 1
  • Ensemble (MUAP) 8 hours
    • 108 Marching Band 3
    • 109 Concert Band 3
    • 113 Chamber Music 2
  • Performance (MUAP) 5 hours
    • 117 Class Instruction in Strings 1
    • 118 Class Instruction in Woodwinds 1
    • 119 Class Instruction in Brass 1
    • 120 Class Instruction in Percussion 1
    • 121 Class Instruction in Voice 1

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

• Studio Instruction 7 hours

  Designation dependent on instrument. Includes 3 hours of 300 to 400 level courses. All credit hours must be with chosen principal instrument.

• Keyboard Requirement 4 hours
  • Non-Keyboard Concentration
    • MUAP103L, 104L, 203L, 204L (Keyboard Laboratory I, II, III, IV) 4

      Note: If a student does not pass the Piano Proficiency Test after taking the four semester credit hours, the student must take MUAP203L/204L until the necessary skills needed to pass the Piano Proficiency Test are obtained. MUAP203L/204L may be repeated for credit up to a total of 3 credit hours each.

  • Keyboard Concentration
    • Four (4) hours of Studio Instruction (other than PIAN) 4

Physical Education Major with P-12 Education

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Physical Education Program” on page 57.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Physical Education Major with P-12 Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Physical Education Requirements beyond the GECC 66
    • Teaching Field (Physical Education) 31
    • Professional Studies 35
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 14-21
• Physical Education Major with P-12 Education Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • SSPE202 Principles of Lifetime Fitness and Wellness 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Teaching Field Requirements beyond the GECC 31 hours
  • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 31 hours
    • 110 Foundations of Sport and Physical Education 3
    • 203 Sport Psychology 3
    • 214 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
    • 302 Organization and Administration in Sport and Physical Education 3
    • 308 Kinesiology 3
    • 312 School Health and Wellness 3
    • 352 Teaching and Analysis of Team Sports 3
    • 353 Teaching and Analysis of Dual and Individual Sports 3
    • 415 Measurement and Evaluation 3
    • 433 Exercise Physiology 3
• Professional Studies 35 hours
  • Education (EDUC) 11 hours
    • 1011 Foundations of Education 3
    • 235 Human Growth, Development, and Learning 3
    • 342 Education Technology 2
    • 470 Professional Development Seminar 3
  • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 24 hours
    • 2201 Motor Behavior 3
    • 306 Adapted Physical Education 3
    • 430 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in Elementary Schools 3
    • 431 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in Secondary Schools 3
    • 435 Practicum/Physical Education P-12 3
    • 498 Internship in Physical Education/P-12 9

1 Course may be taken prior to being admitted to the Educator Preparation Provider programs.

Psychology Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Psychology Program” on page 54.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Psychology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Psychology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 33
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 47-54
• Psychology Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses
    • Mathematics 3
      • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences 3
      • PSYC201 General Psychology 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Psychology Major Requirements beyond the GECC 33 hours
  • Psychology (PSYC) 33 hours
    • 203 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences 3
    • 204 Research Methods in the Behavioral Sciences 3
    • Five courses chosen from: 15
      • 303 Social Psychology 3
      • 305 Theories of Learning 3
      • 307 Theories of Personality 3
      • 310 Cognitive Psychology 3
      • 327 Lifespan Development 3
      • 401 Physiological Psychology 3
      • 404 Abnormal Psychology 3
    • Electives in Psychology (PSYC) 12

      Note: SSPE203, Sport Psychology, may be substituted for a Psychology elective.

Religion Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Religion Program” on page 55.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Religion Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Religion Major Requirements beyond the GECC 30
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 50-57
• Religion Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • III. Judeo-Christian Tradition and History - Part II
    • Religion 6
      • RLGN208 Torah 3
      • RLGN212 Jesus and Gospels 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Religion Major Requirements beyond the GECC 30 hours
  • Religion (RLGN) 21 hours
    • Old Testament: One course chosen from 3
      • 303 Biblical Hebrew 3
      • 309 The Prophets (Old Testament) 3
      • 313 Wisdom and Poetic Literature (Old Testament) 3
      • 315 Race and the Old Testament 3
    • New Testament: One course chosen from 3
      • 302 New Testament Greek 3
      • 323 Paul and His Letters 3
      • 325 General Epistles 3
    • Church History: One course chosen from 3
      • 341 History of Christian Thought: Early – Middle Ages 3
      • 342 History of Christian Thought: Reformation – Modern Era 3
      • 360 Religion in America 3
    • Theology: One course chosen from 3
      • 301 Christian Theology 3
      • 336 Worship in the Christian Community 3
      • 361 The End of the World 3
    • Ethics: One course chosen from 3
      • 350 Christian Ethics 3
      • 352 Medical Ethics 3
    • Two courses chosen from 6
      • 400 Special Topics – Christian Theology and Ethics 3
      • 401 Special Topics – Bible 3
      • 402 Special Topics – Church History 3
      • 491 Honors in Religion 3
  • Electives numbered 200 or above chosen from the following disciplines: 9 hours
    • Christian Ministries (CHMN)
    • Philosophy (PHIL)
    • Religion (RLGN)

Sport Management Major

For additional information on the major, refer to the “Sport Management Program” on page 57.

• Huntingdon Degree Requirements (minimum) 120 hours
  • General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)(see page 42) 33-40
    • Sport Management Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6
  • Sport Management Major Requirements beyond the GECC 48
  • General Electives (to complete Degree Requirements) 32-39
• Sport Management Major Requirements which fulfill the GECC 6 hours
  • I. Writing, Literature, and Communication
    • Communication Studies (one course chosen from) 3
      • CMST201 Introduction to Communication 3
      • CMST201H Honors Introduction to Communication 3
  • IV. (GECC) Distribution Courses 3
    • Social and Applied Sciences
      • SSPE202 Principles of Lifetime Fitness and Wellness 3

      Note: One or more of the major requirements listed below may also fulfill a component of the GECC.

• Sport Management Major Requirements beyond the GECC 48 hours
  • Sport Studies Core Curriculum 15 hours
    • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 15 hours
      • 110 Foundations of Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 203 Sport Psychology 3
      • 220 Motor Behavior 3
      • 302 Organization and Administration in Sport and Physical Education 3
      • 306 Adapted Physical Education 3
  • Sport Management 33 hours
    • Business Administration (BADM) 12 hours
      • 200 Introduction to Business 3
      • 302 Business Law 3
      • 303 Principles of Marketing 3
      • 312 Principles of Management 3
    • Communication Studies (CMST) 3 hours
      • 375 Public Relations 3
    • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 18 hours
      • 307 Recreational Programming and Facility Management 3
      • 332 Sociology of Sport 3
      • 352 Teaching and Analysis of Team Sports 3
      • 353 Teaching and Analysis of Dual and Individual Sports 3
      • 481 Internship in Sport Science and Physical Education 6

Courses of Study – Academic Minor Requirements

Disciplinary Minors

Aerospace Studies Minor (US Air Force ROTC)

For a minor in Aerospace Studies, the student must complete 24 hours of Aerospace Studies (AERO), a term paper on a military subject approved by the professor of Aerospace Studies, and an approved business management course. The minor requires a total of 27 semester hours. For additional information on the department, refer to the Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) Programs (Section 9.11, page 118).

Art Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Fine Arts Program” on page 58.

• Art (ARTS) 18 hours
  • Electives in Art (ARTS) 18

Biblical Studies Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Religion Program” on page 55.

• Religion (RLGN) 18 hours
  • 208 Torah 3
  • 212 Jesus and Gospels 3
  • 309 Prophets 3
  • 313 Wisdom and Poetic Literature 3
  • 323 Paul and His Letters 3
  • 325 General Epistles 3

Biology Minor

The minor requires completion of 20 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs” on page 50.

• Biology (BIOL) 20 hours
  • One course chosen from: 3
    • 101 Principles of Biology 3
    • 101H Honors Principles of Biology 3
  • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
  • 231 Genetics 4
  • 322 Cell Biology 4
  • 336 Ecology 4
  • Electives in Biology (BIOL) numbered 200 or above 4

Business Administration Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Business and Accounting Programs” on page 47.

• Accounting (ACCT) 3 hours
  • 201 Principles of Accounting I 3
• Business Administration (BADM) 3 hours
  • 200 Introduction to Business 3
• Economics (ECON) 3 hours
  • One course chosen from: 3
    • 201 Principles of Microeconomics 3
    • 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 3
• Electives 9 hours
  • Business Administration (BADM) 6 hours
  • Accounting (ACCT), Business Administration (BADM), Economics (ECON) 3 hours

Note: Students majoring in Accounting or Business Administration cannot minor in Business Administration.

Business Leadership Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Business and Accounting Programs” on page 47.

• Business Administration (BADM) 12 hours
  • 220 Diversity in the Workplace 3
  • 312 Principles of Management 3
  • 345 Leadership for a Dynamic World 3
  • 408 Ethics in Management 3
• Electives: two courses chosen from 6 hours
  • Business Administration (BADM)
    • 306 International Business 3
    • 315 Organizational Theory and Behavior 3
    • 333 Entrepreneurship 3
    • 406 Human Resource Management 3
  • English (ENGL)
    • 361 Professional Communication and Writing 3

Chemistry Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Biochemistry, Chemistry, and General Science Programs” on page 52.

• Chemistry (CHEM) 18 hours
  • 105 General Chemistry I 3
  • 106 General Chemistry II 3
  • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
  • 116L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1
  • 10 hours of electives in Chemistry (CHEM) chosen from the following: 10 hours
    • 305 Organic Chemistry I 3
    • 306 Organic Chemistry II 3
    • 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3
    • 315L Organic Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 316L Organic Chemistry II Laboratory 1
    • 321 Analytical Chemistry I .. 4
    • 4091 Physical Chemistry I 3
    • 4101 Physical Chemistry II 3
    • 419 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1
    • 420 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 1

      1 Course has prerequisite of MATH256, Calculus II.

Christian Ministries Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Religion Program” on page 55

• Christian Ministries (CHMN) 18 hours
  • 200 Introduction to the Church’s Educational Ministry 3
  • 310 Teaching and Learning 3
  • 320 Christian Leadership 3
  • 330 Age Level Ministries 3
  • 340 Adolescent World 3
  • 350 Effective Youth Ministry 3

Communication Studies Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Communication Studies Program” on page 49.

• Communication Studies (CMST) 18 hours
  • One course chosen from: 3
    • 201 Introduction to Communication 3
    • 201H Honors Introduction to Communication 3
  • 220 Media and Society 3
  • 305 Theories of Communication 3
  • 311 Rhetorical Criticism . 3
  • Electives in Communication Studies (CMST) 6

Creative Writing Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Language and Literature Program” on page 49.

• English (ENGL) 18 hours
  • Twelves hours chosen from: 12 hours
    • 204 Introduction to Creative Writing 3
    • 302 Writing Fiction 3
    • 304 Writing Poetry 3
    • 306 Creative Nonfiction 3
    • 430 Creative Writing Practicum: The Gargoyle 1
    • 431 Creative Writing Practicum: The Prelude 1
    • 437 Creative Writing Practicum: Bells and Pomegranates 1
  • Electives in English (ENGL) numbered above 202 6 hours

Criminal Justice Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Criminal Justice Program” on page 53

• Criminal Justice (CJUS) 18 hours
  • 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3
  • 208 Introduction to Criminology 3
  • 209 Introduction to Juvenile Delinquency 3
  • 404 Ethics and the Criminal Justice System 3
  • Electives in Criminal Justice (CJUS) 6

English Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Language and Literature Program” on page 49

• English (ENGL) 18 hours
  • One course chosen from: 3
    • 202 Survey of Literary Genres 3
    • 203 Critical Perspectives in English 3
  • Electives in English (ENGL) numbered 202 or above 15

History Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “History and Political Science Program” on page 54.

• History (HIST) 18 hours
  • One course chosen from: 3
    • 111 World Civilizations I 3
    • 111H Honors World Civilizations I 3
    • 112 World Civilizations II 3
    • 112H Honors World Civilizations II 3
    • 205 American History to 1877 3
    • 206 American History, 1877 to the Present 3
  • Electives in History (HIST) numbered 300 or above 9
  • Electives in History (HIST) 6

Marine Science Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. All Marine Science courses are taught during the Summer sessions at the Dauphin Island Sea Laboratory. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Biology, Cell Biology, And Environmental Biology Programs” on page 50 and “Consortia Study Opportunities” on page 62

• Marine Science (MSCI) 18 hours
  • Electives in Biology (BIOL) 3
  • Electives in Marine Science (MSCI) 15

Mathematics Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Applied Mathematics and Mathematics Programs” on page 48

• Mathematics (MATH) 18 hours
  • 255 Calculus I 3
  • 256 Calculus II 3
  • Electives in Mathematics (MATH) numbered 300 or above 12

Music Minor

The minor requires completion of 20 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Fine Arts Program” on page 58.

• Music (MUSC) 12 hours
  • 107 Theory and Harmony I 2
  • 108 Theory and Harmony II 2
  • 109 Sight Singing and Ear Training I 1
  • 110 Sight Singing and Ear Training II 1
  • 240 Introduction to Music History and Literature 3
  • Elective(s) in Music (MUSC) 3
• Applied Music (MUAP) 8 hours
  • 151 Recital Attendance (4 semesters of satisfactory completion) 0
  • Four courses chosen from (pre: 4
    • Studio Instruction 1
    • Studio Instruction for Non-Specialists 1
  • Ensemble (4 semesters) 4

Political Science Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “History and Political Science Program” on page 54.

• Political Science (PSCI) 18 hours
  • 201 American Government 3
  • One course chosen from: 3
    • 209 World Politics 3
    • 209H Honors World Politics 3
  • Electives in Political Science (PSCI) 12

Professional Communication Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Communication Studies Program” on page 49.

• Communication Studies (CMST) 6 hours
  • 232 Business and Professional Communication 3
  • 375 Public Relations 3
• Four courses chosen from 12 hours
  • Business Administration (BADM)
    • 303 Principles of Marketing 3
    • 312 Principles of Management 3
  • Communication Studies (CMST)
    • 242 Interpersonal Communication 3
    • 320 Media Production and Reception 3
    • 335 Small Group Communication 3
    • 420 Organizational Communication 3
  • English (ENGL)
    • 303 Editing and Style 3
    • 361 Professional Writing and Public Writing 3

Psychology Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Psychology Program” on page 54.

• Psychology (PSYC) 18 hours
  • 201 General Psychology 3
  • Two courses chosen from: 6
    • 303 Social Psychology 3
    • 305 Theories of Learning 3
    • 307 Theories of Personality 3
    • 310 Cognitive Psychology 3
    • 327 Lifespan Development 3
    • 401 Physiological Psychology 3
    • 404 Abnormal Psychology 3
  • Electives in Psychology (PSYC) 9

Note: Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE) 203 (Sport Psychology)

may be substituted for a Psychology elective.

Religion Minor

The minor requires completion of 18 hours. For additional information on the program, refer to the “Religion Program” on page 55.

• Religion (RLGN) 18 hours
  • One course chosen from 3
    • 208 Torah . 3
    • 212 Jesus and Gospels 3
  • Electives in Religion (RLGN) numbered 200 or above 9
  • Electives in Religion (RLGN) numbered 300 or above 6

Interdisciplinary Minors

Recognizing the interrelatedness of various academic disciplines, the College offers several interdisciplinary minors.

African American Studies Minor

The African American Studies minor requires completion of 18 hours.

• Required courses
  • African American Studies (AFAM)
    • 201 Introduction to African American Studies 3
  • English (ENGL)
    • 251 African American Literature 3
  • History (HIST)
    • 121 African American Experience in American History 3
• Elective courses

9 hours chosen from the following list:

• Art (ARTS)
  • 211 African American Art 3
• Business Administration (BADM)
  • 220 Diversity in the Workplace 3
• Criminal Justice (CJUS)
  • 320 Racial Disparity in the American Application of Law 3
• Communication Studies (CMST)
  • 340 Gender and Race in American Mass Media 3
• English (ENGL)
  • 203 Critical Perspectives in English 3
  • 224 Literature of the American South 3
  • 351 Call and Response: Rhetoric of the Long Civil Rights Movement 3
  • 419 Critical Theory 3
• Interdisciplinary Studies (INDP)
  • 301 Foundations of Environmental Justice 3
  • 483A Fieldwork (in African American Studies) 3
• Music (MUSC)
  • 209 Introduction to Jazz History 3
• Religion (RLGN)
  • 243 Biblical Interpretation, Race, and Justice 3
  • 315 Race and the Old Testament 3
• Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE)
  • 332 Sociology of Sport 3

Environmental Studies Minor

The Environmental Studies minor requires completion of 18 hours.

• Required course
  • Biology (BIOL)
    • 261 Critical Perspectives in Environmental Studies 3
• Elective courses

15 hours chosen from the following list:

• Biology (BIOL)
  • 101 One course chosen from: 3
    • 101 Principles of Biology 3
    • 101H Honors Principles of Biology) 3
  • 161 Environmental Science 3
  • 202 Zoology 4
  • 227 Botany 4
  • 336 Ecology 4
  • 343 Field Biology 4
• Geography (GEOG)
  • 200 Historical Geography 3
• Interdisciplinary Studies (INDP)
  • 301 Foundations of Environmental Justice. 3
  • 483E Fieldwork (in Environmental Studies) 3
• Political Science (PSCI)
  • 201 American Government 3
  • 207 Introduction to Public Administration 3
  • One course chosen from: 3
    • 209 World Politics 3
    • 209H Honors World Politics 3
  • 212 American Policy System 3
  • 308 Public Organizations and Policy 3
• Religion (RLGN)
  • 350 Christian Ethics 3
• Sociology (SOCI)
  • 103 General Sociology 3

Students must take courses with at least two prefixes, not counting INDP. Other courses may be substituted with the permission of the Office of the Chief Academic Officer, including: appropriate special topics classes; independent studies; capstone classes.

Global Studies Minor

The Global Studies minor requires completion of 18 hours.

• Required course
  • Political Science (PSCI)
    • One course chosen from: 3
      • 209 World Politics 3
      • 209H Honors World Politics 3
• Elective courses

  15 hours chosen from the following list:

  • Art (ARTS)
    • 304 History of Art II 3
  • Biology (BIOL)
    • 161 Environmental Science 3
  • English (ENGL)
    • 241 World Literature 3
  • History (HIST)
    • 301 Europe, 1815-1914 3
    • 302 Europe, 1914-present 3
    • 308 Recent Latin America 3
    • 309 The Middle East 3
    • 310 The Far East 3
  • Geography (GEOG)
    • 200 Historical Geography 3
  • Music (MUSC)
    • 312 Music of World Cultures 2
  • Political Science (PSCI)
    • 302 Comparative Politics 3
    • 303 International Relations 3
    • 309 Terrorism and Developing Countries 3
  • Religion (RLGN)
    • 233 World Religions 3
  • Foreign Language
    • Foreign Language course numbered 200 or higher 3
  • Interdisciplinary Studies (INDP)
    • 483G Fieldwork (in Global Studies) 3

Students must take courses with at least two prefixes, not counting INDP. Other courses may be substituted with the permission of the Office of the Chief Academic Officer, including: appropriate special topics classes; independent studies; capstone classes.

Leadership Studies Minor

The Leadership Studies minor requires completion of 18 hours.

• Required course
  • Business Administration (BADM) 3 hours
    • 345 Leadership for a Dynamic World 3
• Elective courses

  15 hours chosen from the following list:

  • Professional Communication - one course chosen from: 3 hours
    • Communication Studies (CMST)
      • 232 Business and Professional Communication 3
      • 233 Effective Public Communication 3
      • 242 Interpersonal Communication 3
    • English (ENGL)
      • 361 Professional Communication and Writing 3
  • Diversity and Social Justice - two courses chosen from: 6 hours
    • African American Studies (AFAM)
      • 201 Introduction to African American Studies 3
    • Business Administration (BADM)
      • 220 Diversity in the Workplace 3
    • Criminal Justice (CJUS)
      • 320 Racial Disparity in the American Application of Law 3
    • Communication Studies (CMST)
      • 340 Gender and Race in American Mass Media 3
    • English (ENGL)
      • 251 African American Literature 3
    • History (HIST)
      • 121 African American Experience in American History 3
    • Psychology (PSYC)
      • 311 Psychology of Women 3
    • Religion (RLGN)
      • 315 Race and the Old Testament 3
      • 243 Race and Social Justice 3
    • Women’s Studies
      • 201 Critical Perspectives in Women’s Studies 3
  • Ethics and Influence as a Leader - one course chosen from: 3 hours
    • Criminal Justice (CJUS)
      • 404 Ethics and the Criminal Justice System 3
    • Communication Studies (CMST)
      • 335 Small Group Communication 3
    • Political Science (PSCI)
      • 207 Introduction to Public Administration 3
    • Psychology (PSYC)
      • 303 Social Psychology 3
    • Religion (RLGN)
      • 240 Biblical Interpretation in Christian Ethics 3
      • 350 Christian Ethics 3
  • Elective - one course chosen from: 3 hours
    • Interdisciplinary Studies (INDP)
      • 483L Fieldwork (in Leadership Studies) 3
    • One course from the above list 3

Public Policy Minor

The Public Policy minor requires completion of 18 hours.

• Required course
  • Political Science (PSCI)
    • 212 American Policy System 3
• Elective courses

  15 hours chosen from the following list:

  • Business Administration (BADM)
    • 200 Introduction to Business 3
    • 302 Business Law 3
    • 312 Principles of Management 3
  • Biology (BIOL)
    • 161 Environmental Science 3
  • Communication Studies (CMST)
    • 220 Media and Society 3
    • 232 Business and Professional Communication 3
    • 233 Effective Public Communication 3
    • 375 Public Relations 3
  • Economics (ECON)
    • 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 3
    • 203 Economic Development of the United States 3
  • Geography (GEOG)
    • 200 Historical Geography 3
  • History (HIST)
    • 206 American History, 1877-present 3
    • 308 Recent Latin America 3
    • 309 The Middle East 3
    • 310 The Far East 3
  • Political Science (PSCI)
    • 207 Introduction to Public Administration . 3
    • 303 International Relations 3
    • 305 Presidency and Congress 3
    • 308 Public Organizations and Policy 3
    • 314 Political Theory and Constitutional Law 3
  • Psychology (PSYC)
    • 303 Social Psychology 3
  • Religion (RLGN)
    • 346 United Methodist History, Doctrine, and Policy 3
    • 350 Christian Ethics 3
  • Interdisciplinary Studies (INDP)
    • 483P Fieldwork (in Public Policy) 3

Students must take courses with at least two prefixes, not counting INDP. Other courses may be substituted with the permission of the Office of the Chief Academic Officer, including: appropriate special topics classes; independent studies; capstone classes.

Women’s Studies Minor

The Women’s Studies minor requires completion of 18 hours.

• Required course
  • Women’s Studies (WMST)
    • 201 Critical Perspectives in Women’s Studies 3
• Elective courses

  15 hours chosen from the following list:

  • Communication Studies (CMST)
    • 220 Media and Society 3
  • English (ENGL)
    • 203 Critical Perspectives in English 3
    • 213 Literature by Women 3
    • 215 18th- and 19th- Century Literature 3
    • 231 Contemporary Literature 3
    • 309 Children’s and Young Adult Literature 3
    • 315 Film Studies 3
    • 419 Critical Theory 3
  • Psychology (PSYC)
    • 311 Psychology of Women 3
  • Sport Science and Physical Education (SSPE)
    • 332 Sociology of Sport 3
  • Interdisciplinary Studies (INDP)
    • 483W Fieldwork (in Women’s Studies) . 3

Students must take courses with at least two prefixes, not counting INDP. Other courses may be substituted with the permission of the Office of the Chief Academic Officer, including: appropriate special topics classes; independent studies; capstone classes.

Pre-Professional Studies and Opportunities

In addition to the majors, minors, and teacher education options, the academic programs support both disciplinary and interdisciplinary recommended courses of study to prepare students for a variety of professional programs. The listings are suggested courses, in most cases, above and beyond a major designed to prepare the student for the corresponding professional or graduate school.

Christian Ministries

Dr. Stephen Sours, Advisor

Huntingdon College has designed the Religion major to prepare graduates for seminary or service to the local church.

Educator Preparation Programs

Dr. Kimberly Stephenson, Advisor

The purpose of the Educator Preparation Program at Huntingdon College is to prepare prospective teachers who are knowledgeable and skillful in selecting, implementing, and evaluating diverse teaching strategies and resources that facilitate lifelong learning and full participation in a global society. The knowledge and abilities which comprise the professional studies core of an educator preparation program address competencies required of prospective teachers. Regardless of the areas of specialization, pre-service candidates will demonstrate an appreciation for students and their individuality, an attitude of responsibility for the learning of all students, and a commitment to the teaching profession and to becoming lifelong learners.

To accomplish these objectives, Huntingdon College offers programs leading to certification by the Alabama State Board of Education (ALSDE) in the following areas: Biology (Grades 6 – 12), Collaborative Special Education 6-12, Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education (Kindergarten – Grade 6), English Language Arts (Grades 6 – 12), History (Grades 6 – 12, in History and General Social Science), Mathematics (Grades 6 – 12), Music Choral (Preschool – Grade 12), Music Instrumental (Preschool – Grade 12), and Physical Education (Preschool – Grade 12).

Secondary Teaching Field Programs require completion of a major in one teaching field. Grades 6 – 12 teaching field options are: Biology, English Language Arts (comprehensive), History, and Mathematics. Preschool—Grade 12 teaching field options are Music Education (with concentrations in Choral or Instrumental music) and Physical Education..

The Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education program at Huntingdon College is one major leading to a teaching certificate with two endorsement areas in Alabama: Elementary Education/ Collaborative Special Education (K – 6).

Students should consult with the Teacher Certification Officer or an advisor for further information. Admission to Huntingdon College does not qualify a student for admission to programs offered by the Educator Preparation Provider (EPP).

Details on the various education programs can be found in Teacher Education Department, Section 6.2.11 page 58.

Engineering

Dr. William Young, Advisor

The Huntingdon College Engineering Track will provide you with the knowledge, confidence, and communication skills you will need to be successful as you prepare for a career in the field of engineering. Because of our challenging coursework, opportunities for meaningful internships, and close advising by faculty mentors, you will gain a competitive advantage for admission to further study in engineering. Letters of recommendation – written by Huntingdon faculty members who know you personally throughout your academic career – will strengthen your engineering school applications. Mock interviews, essay writing assistance, and professional resume assistance are part of the services provided by the Huntingdon Center for Career and Vocation, with personal advising throughout your Engineering Track from both the Track advisor and your major advisor that will focus on the steps necessary to achieve the career goals you envision.

Applied Mathematics is a great major to pair with further study in engineering, but Chemistry, Biology, and other majors serve well, depending upon the type of engineering on which you plan to focus. Students interested in the possibility of an engineering career should consult with the engineering advisor.

Recommended Coursework

Pre-engineering students should consider taking the following courses in addition to those required by their major and the General Education Core Curriculum:

• History (HIST)
  • 111 World Civilizations I 3
  • 112 World Civilizations II 3
• Economics (ECON)
  • 201 Principles of Microeconomics 3
• English (ENGL)
  • 211 Foundations of English Literature 3
  • 212 Modernism and Modernity 3

The student should complete the sequence of ENGL211/212, or ENGL221/222..

• Mathematics (MATH)
  • 255 Calculus I 3
  • 256 Calculus II 3
  • 355 Calculus III 3
  • 360 Ordinary Differential Equations 3
• Music (MUSC)
  • 210 Music Appreciation 3
• Philosophy (PHIL)
  • 250 Ethics: Theory and Application 3
• Physics (PHYS)
  • 251 General Physics I 4
  • 252 General Physics II 4
  • 255 Statics 3
• Psychology (PSYC)
  • 201 General Psychology 3

The courses listed above are the general requirements for entrance to most schools of engineering. The Huntingdon Pre-Engineering Advisor will recommend additional courses in selected categories depending on the area of engineering chosen.

Law

Dr. Erin Chandler, Advisor

A student planning to pursue a career in law is best advised to concentrate on areas of study aimed at developing skills in oral and written expression and the comprehension of language, a critical understanding of the human institutions and values closely related to law, and a logical and systematic approach to solving problems. No particular major is required, although an interest in a particular field of law may indicate a choice of major. Students interested in the possibility of a legal career should consult with the pre-law advisor.

Medicine, Dentistry, and Optometry

Dr. Paul Gier and Dr. Doba Jackson, Advisors

Students interested in pursuing these professions upon graduation from Huntingdon should meet with one of the advisors on the Huntingdon Pre-Health Professions Committee (HPPC) during or before their first semester at Huntingdon. Undergraduate courses required for admission into medical, dental, or optometry schools are similar, and the importance of a good academic record cannot be overemphasized. Students interested in these careers are advised to pursue majors in Cell Biology – Pre-Health or Biochemistry – Pre-Health.

Nursing

Dr. Emily Hare, Advisor

The pre-nursing track is designed to prepare students for accelerated postbaccalaureate nursing programs. After completion of a bachelor’s degree, there are three options for students interested in the field of nursing: an accelerated bachelor’s in nursing program (generally one year), an accelerated master’s in nursing program (generally one year), or a direct-entry master’s in nursing program with a specialty interest (generally two years). Entrance requirements vary, so a student should become acquainted with the requirements of the specific schools to which they want to apply. Huntingdon College has a Memorandum of Agreement with UAB’s Accelerated Master’s in Nursing Program (AMNP) which allows Huntingdon students who have taken the prerequisite coursework to apply for early admissions during the fall of their junior or senior year.

Students interested in pursuing a postbaccalaureate accelerated or direct-entry nursing program are advised to major in Biology or General Sciences. Students should meet at least once a year with the Nursing advisor.

Recommended Coursework

A typical set of requirements might include:

• Biology (BIOL)
  • 101 Principles of Biology 3
  • 103L Principles of Biology Laboratory 1
  • 314 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4
  • 315 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
  • 325 Microbiology 4
• Chemistry (CHEM)
  • 105 General Chemistry I 3
  • 115L General Chemistry I Laboratory 1
• Mathematics (MATH)
  • 171 Introduction to Statistics 3
• Psychology (PSYC)
  • 201 General Psychology 3

The courses listed above are the general requirements for entrance to most schools of nursing. The Huntingdon Pre-Health Professions Committee (HPPC) may recommend additional courses in selected categories.

Pharmacy

Dr. Doba Jackson, Advisor

Students interested in pursuing graduate school in Pharmacy upon graduation from Huntingdon should meet with one of the advisors on the Huntingdon Pre-Health Professions Committee (HPPC) during or before their first semester at Huntingdon. Students interested in this career are advised to pursue majors in Cell Biology – Pre-Health or Biochemistry – Pre-Health.

Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy, and Athletic Training

Dr. Michael Bamman, Advisor

Students planning to apply to a Physical Therapy graduate program should follow the Exercise Science – Pre-Physical Therapy major. Students planning to apply to a graduate program in Athletic Training should follow the Exercise Science – Pre-Athletic Training major. Students planning to apply to a graduate program in Occupational Therapy should follow the Exercise Science – Health and Wellness major, along with a minor in Psychology.

Theological/Seminary

Dr. Jason Borders, Advisor

Students contemplating theological study may choose any field for their major work and are encouraged to undertake a broad cultural preparation, choosing courses that will help them develop communication skills, an understanding of human nature and values, and creative thinking. They should consider the following subjects: language and literature; history, non-Western cultures as well as European; natural science; psychology; the fine arts; religious studies and philosophy. However, the Religion major is designed especially for those persons who are planning on attending seminary or immediately serving a local church. Huntingdon College, in cooperation with the United Methodist Church, offers tuition assistance to Methodist students who are preparing for careers in ministry. Information on these opportunities may be obtained from the advisor or the Director of Student Financial Services.

Veterinary Medicine

Dr. Paul Gier, Advisor

A student interested in a career in veterinary medicine should pursue a major in Cell Biology, Cell Biology – Pre-Health or Biochemistry – Pre-Health.

They should contact the pre-veterinary advisor each year for a review of academic progress and to discuss summer programs and/or employment opportunities that will enhance his/her application to Veterinary Medicine school.

Entrance requirements vary from one veterinary school to another, and a student should become acquainted with the requirements of the specific schools to which they want to apply. Such requirements include minimum grade point average (GPA), specific courses, as well as necessary hours of observing or working with veterinarians, along with evidence of leadership and service. The student should confer with the advisor about preparing for the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) test, which is the standard used by almost all Veterinary Medicine schools. Veterinary school applications are typically due in September or October of the year before expected enrollment, so prospective students need to begin the application process during their junior year. Students should meet with the Huntingdon Pre-Health Professions Committee (HPPC) at least once a year.

U.S. Military and Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) Programs.

Huntingdon, in cooperation with Alabama State University, the Department of the Air Force, provides the opportunity for Huntingdon students to enroll in Aerospace Studies (Air Force ROTC). Upon successful completion of the reserve officer training programs and the undergraduate degree at Huntingdon, a student will receive a commission in the appropriate military service.

The nationwide ROTC program is the major source of officer procurement. The purpose of ROTC is to offer educational experiences which will develop an appreciation for democracy, prepare students for responsible citizenship, and train students for management and leadership in the appropriate military service. The ROTC program provides a variety of scholarships for students who meet the criteria.

A Huntingdon student may apply a maximum of 12 semester hours in 300 and 400 level ROTC courses toward the minimum of 120 hours for a Bachelor’s degree. Credit hours in ROTC courses are included in the count of hours for a normal course load in a given semester.

• Disciplinary Courses:
  • Aerospace Studies(AERO) page 121
• Requirements for Disciplinary Minor
  • Aerospace Studies page 105

Aerospace Studies

The basic goal of the Air Force ROTC curriculum is to provide the military knowledge and skills which cadets will need when they become Air Force officers.

Each year the Air Force offers a variety of scholarship programs to those individuals who have demonstrated outstanding academic scholarship and leadership potential. Scholarships cover tuition, laboratory and incidental fees, and provide an allowance for books. Scholarship cadets also receive a nontaxable allowance each month. Although a student takes the Air Force ROTC courses at Alabama State University, that student is a full-time student at Huntingdon, and any financial assistance provided by the military services is based on tuition and fees at Huntingdon.

Note: All courses are taught at Alabama State University. All students in Aerospace Studies must attend Leadership Laboratory sessions each Wednesday from 3:00 to 4:50 pm. Students with academic conflicts must attend a scheduled Alternate Leadership Laboratory. All students participating in Leadership Laboratory are required to attend two physical training sessions each week during the academic year.

For additional information and detailed program requirements, students should contact the Air Force ROTC Detachment 019, Alabama State University, 1235 Carter Hill Road, (334) 229-4305.

United States Marine Corps, Platoon Leaders Class (PLC)

Students interested in service as an officer in the United States Marine Corps may enroll in the Platoon Leaders Class (PLC) through the Marine Corps Officer Program. Training for PLC takes place during the summer at the Office Candidates School (OCS) in Quantico, VA. Students may enroll in the PLC program during their freshman, sophomore, or junior year in college. College freshmen and sophomores attend two six-week summer training sessions over two years. College juniors attend one 10-week summer training session. Interested students must be full-time students, U.S. citizens, and between 18-28 years old, though exceptions may be considered. Benefits include pay and allowances during the training sessions, including: lodging, textbooks, meals, and travel costs paid for by the Marine Corps.

After graduation from college and completion of Platoon Leaders Class (PLC) at OCS, candidates are offered a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Marine Corps. Platoon Leaders Class allows assignment into one of three specialty fields within the United States Marine Corps: Ground, Air, or Law. Ground assignments provide selection to train for specialties that will command combat forces and combat support units. Air assignments allow pre-designations to train as a Marine Corps Pilot or Naval Flight Officer. Law assignments admit selection to train as a Marine Corps Judge Advocate (attorney).

For additional information and detailed requirements, students should contact the Marine Corps Recruiting Station, 225 University Boulevard., East Room 107, Tuscaloosa, AL 35401, 205-758-0277.

Courses of Instruction

Definitions

This section of the catalog describes all the courses offered by Huntingdon College for this academic year. These are listed alphabetically by the corresponding discipline.

NOTE: During the 2020-2021 academic year Huntingdon College implemented a new electronic Student Information System (SIS). To facilitate this implementation, the College standardized all of its disciplinary course prefixes to consist of four alphabetic characters. To this end, disciplinary prefixes that previously had fewer than four characters are listed in this document with the four letter version as the primary listing and with the previous prefix listed parenthetically both in this document’s table of contents and within the subsequent section titled Course Descriptions, which lists the disciplinary courses.

Academic Planning

Students planning their courses of study should review the requirements listed in the previous section and the course descriptions listed here, noting particularly those courses which interest them and determining which General Education components or distribution requirements these courses may fulfill. A listing of courses offered in the Fall and Spring semesters, together with time and instructor is published in the Schedule of Classes. The Huntingdon College Schedule of Classes is made available on the College’s web site for informational purposes before each preregistration period. The College reserves the right to cancel, postpone, combine, or change the time of any class for which there is not sufficient enrollment or for other reasons deemed in the best interest of the institution.

Credit Hour Definition

Definition: Huntingdon College defines one credit hour as the unit of work that typically includes the equivalent of the combination of the following:

• 50 minute period of classroom or faculty instruction regardless of delivery mode; and
• 2 to 2.5 hours of out-of-class student work on assignments each week during a semester which is approximately 15 weeks in length (or the equivalent amount of work over a different amount of time)

The same general expectation of student work exists for credit awarded for laboratory experiences, ensemble, studio instruction (music), practica (teacher education), internships, clinical experiences, and distance learning courses, although there will be variations to accommodate differences among academic disciplines and the structure of the courses.

Course Numbering

All courses are assigned semester credit hours, the basic unit of measurement for time spent in class per week. For example, during the Fall and Spring semesters, classes are held four days a week, Monday through Thursday. The normal three credit hour class schedule calls for each class to meet for two 75-minute sessions each week. Course numbers which constitute a two-semester sequence are separated either by a comma or by a hyphen. A comma indicates that either course may be taken first. A hyphen indicates that successful completion of the first course is a prerequisite for the second.

The notation following the title of each course indicates the distribution between class and laboratory hours and the semester hours of credit granted during each of the semesters involved. Courses are numbered on the following basis:

Undergraduate

100-199 Introductory courses or course sequences typically taken by freshmen or sophomores.

200-299 Introductory and intermediate courses or course sequences with or without prerequisites taken by freshmen or sophomores.

300-499 Advanced courses or course sequences with specific prerequisites (courses, class standing, or special permission) ordinarily taken by juniors or seniors.

Graduate

500-599 Graduate level courses available for graduate students only.

Students may be admitted to advanced courses if they have met the prerequisite, or, in exceptional cases, with the approval of the Chief Academic Officer.

Course Descriptions

ACCT – Accounting

• ACCT201 Principles of Accounting I. Cr. 3.

  The fundamental principles of financial accounting. An introduction to the process of accumulating, classifying, and presenting financial information.

• ACCT202 Principles of Accounting II. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT201 with a grade of “C” or better.

  The preparation and utilization of financial information for internal management purposes. Special emphasis is given to cost determination, cost control, and the development of information for decision making.

• ACCT281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

  Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

  This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

• ACCT301 Intermediate Accounting I. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Asset valuation and the theory of matching cost with revenue.

• ACCT302 Intermediate Accounting II. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT301 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Equity aspects of accounting, problems arising from price level changes, statement analysis and interpretation; managerial uses of accounting.

• ACCT303 Intermediate Accounting III. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT302 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Accounting for pensions, leases, corporate income taxes, and changes in accounting principles and the preparation of the statement of cash flows.

• ACCT321 Cost Accounting. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Accounting for material, labor, and manufacturing expenses. The fundamentals of costs for manufacturing and trading firms.

• ACCT322 Managerial Accounting. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better and BADM312.

  Accounting as a tool for managerial control is taught through analysis of problem situations in accounting systems, accounting control, and in budgeting and costs. Emphasis is on a general management approach to corporate financial reporting decisions, practices, controversies, and uses.

• ACCT335 Individual Income Taxation and Planning. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better.

  The methods, problems, and planning opportunities encountered in income determination for individuals for federal tax purposes.

• ACCT350 Accounting Information Systems. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Accounting information systems of organizations with an emphasis on business processes, fundamentals of systems and information technology, and internal controls.

• ACCT371, 372 Seminar in Accounting. Cr. 1-3.

  Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

  The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

  May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

• ACCT401 Auditing I. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Professional ethics, legal responsibilities, auditing standards, and the study of the internal control structure of a firm.

• ACCT402 Auditing II. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT401 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Verification of accounts, use of working papers, substantive testing, and preparation of financial reports.

• ACCT403 Advanced Accounting. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT302 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Focus on owner equity issues while learning to apply the equity method, prepare consolidated statements, prepare partnership equity statements, and other advanced topics as needed.

• ACCT435 Business and Fiduciary Taxation and Planning. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better.

  The methods, problems, and planning opportunities encountered in income determination for federal tax purposes for corporations, partnerships, estates, and trusts.

• ACCT441 Governmental and Not-for-Profit Accounting. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Introduction to budgetary and fund accounting as applied to state and local governmental units and to institutions.

• ACCT481 Internship in Accounting. Cr. 1-6.

  Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

  Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

  May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

• ACCT491 Honors in Accounting. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

  Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

  May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

• ACCT499 Senior Capstone in Accounting. Cr. 3.

  Prerequisite: Senior standing.

  A comprehensive study of financial accounting topics to prepare students for real world situations and implementation of principles. In addition, students will present financial accounting topics to ensure they have reached an understanding of the concept. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

AERO – Aerospace Studies

Note: All AERO courses are taught at Alabama State University. All students in Aerospace Studies must attend Leadership Laboratory sessions each Wednesday at 3:00 PM. Students with academic conflicts must attend a scheduled alternate leadership laboratory.

General Military Courses.

• AERO111, 111L Heritage and Value of the United States Air Force. Cl. 1; Lb. 1; Cr. 2.

  United States Air Force mission and organization. Functions of U.S. strategic offensive forces. Basic characteristics of air doctrine. Officership. Assessment of written communicative skills.

• AERO112, 112L Heritage and Value of the United States Air Force. Cl. 1; Lb. 1; Cr. 2.

  Composition and mission of U.S. strategic defensive forces and systems for detection, response, and direction. Officership.

• AERO211, 211L Team and Leadership Fundamentals. Cl. 1; Lb. 1; Cr. 2.

  Traces the development of air power from the beginning of manned flight through 1941. Deals with factors leading to the development of air power into a primary element of national security. Officership. Assessment of written and oral communicative skills.

• AERO212, 212L Team and Leadership Fundamentals. Cl. 1; Lb. 1; Cr. 2.

  The development of concepts and doctrine governing the employment of air power. Covers period from 1941 through Cuban Missile Crisis of 1962. Officership and continued assessment of written and oral communicative skills.

Professional Officers Courses

• AERO311, 311L Leading People and Effective Communication. Cl. 3; Lb. 1; Cr. 4.

  The importance of effective leadership and discipline to successful job and mission accomplishment. Familiarization with the military justice system.

• AERO312, 312L Leading People and Effective Communication. Cl. 3; Lb. 1; Cr. 4.

  The variables affecting leadership, the traits and interactional approaches to leadership, introduction to military management, and the planning and organizing functions of management.

• AERO411, 411L National Security Affairs/Preparation for Active Duty. Cl. 3; Lb. 1; Cr. 4.

  Discusses the principal requisites for maintaining adequate national security forces. Examines the political, economic, and social constraints affecting the formulation of U.S. defense policy. Discusses officership and assignments.

• AERO412, 412L National Security Affairs/Preparation for Active Duty. Cl. 3; Lb. 1; Cr. 4.

  Teaches the student to observe and listen effectively, conceptualize and formulate ideas, and speak and write with accuracy, clarity, and appropriate style. Discusses the role and function of the professional officer in a democratic society. Socialization processes, prevailing public attitudes, and value orientations associated with professional military service. Discusses military law, officership, and special topics.

3. AFAM – African American Studies
   • AFAM201 Introduction to African American Studies. Cr. 3.

     African American Studies is an interdisciplinary field that focuses on the history and culture of Black people from the United States, using methodologies drawn from disciplines including English, History, Communication Studies, Cultural Studies, Sociology, and others. This course provides an introductory overview of Black United States culture from 1619 – present through a variety of methodological lenses.

4. ARTS (ART) – Art
   • ARTS201 Two Dimensional Design. Cr. 3.

     Experimentation with the elements and principles of art in two dimensions; exercises in making intelligent and sensitive visual choices which help the student develop increasing sensibility, independent expression, and technical skill.

   • ARTS202 Three Dimensional Design. Cr. 3.

     Experimentation with elements and principles of design in three dimensional form; a study in spatial concepts.

   • ARTS203 Drawing. Cr. 3.

     An introduction to drawing with emphasis on line and form. Development of hand-eye coordination and observation emphasized. Based on the philosophy that previous drawing experience is not essential to success in the course.

   • ARTS207 Ceramics. Cr. 3.

     Beginning hand-building and glazing techniques. Development of personal approach for working the material emphasized.

   • ARTS210 Art Appreciation. Cr. 3.

     A survey of various art theories and approaches to a wide variety of art forms. Previous training in art not required.

   • ARTS211 African American Art. Cr. 3.

     This course will focus primarily on visual art and visual literacy to describe the narratives of Africans and African Americans since 1619. Attention will be paid to issues of social justice, history and cultural identity in art from ancient cultures of Egypt, Greece and Asia up to contemporary art. Other art forms such as literature, poetry, dance, music and theater will be connected. This course will include guest speakers (of local, regional and national repute), field trips (to museums and artistically relevant historic sites), films, performances, and hands-on art making experiences.

   • ARTS212 Elementary School Art. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

     An investigation into the historical, philosophical, and aesthetic influences in art education in the public schools. Practical studio experiences in a variety of art materials.

   • ARTS213 Photography. Cr. 3.

     Principles of the photographic process taught through theory and practical application. Darkroom processing, composition, and lighting techniques. Student must provide his/ her own camera capable of making a black and white negative.

   • ARTS214 Printmaking. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS203.

     The principles and techniques of basic print process: monoprints, silk-screen, craftsmanship and expressive content emphasized.

   • ARTS241 Graphic Design. Cr. 3.

     An introduction to commercial art and to the commercial printing medium.

   • ARTS242 Digital Illustration. Cr. 3.

     An introduction to the art and commercial application of illustration through the use of digital processes. Topics include the operation of vector based drawing programs; digital drawing techniques; the history of illustration; and design principles such as composition and color theory.

   • ARTS243 Digital Photography. Cr. 3.

     An introduction to photography through the use of a digital camera. Topics include the operation of a digital camera; the history of photography; design principles such as composition and color theory; and digital photo enhancement.

   • ARTS250 Painting. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS203.

     Beginning painting with emphasis on basic principles of oil painting: color theory, composition, and techniques.

   • ARTS281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

     This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

   • ARTS301 Watercolor Painting. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS203.

     Exploration of various water media techniques with emphasis on building personal attitude in the student’s work. Projects will include object, landscape, figurative, and improvisational painting.

   • ARTS302 Figure Drawing. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS203.

     Life drawing with emphasis on learning gesture and the structural anatomy of the figure.

   • ARTS303 History of Art I. Cr. 3.

     A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric times through the medieval, Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque periods. Emphasis is on European art but many cultures are included. Previous training in art not required.

   • ARTS304 History of Art II. Cr. 3.

     A survey of major art movements and styles from Romanticism, Realism and Impressionism, through the twentieth century. Previous training in art not required.

   • ARTS307 Intermediate Ceramics. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS207.

     Working knowledge of sculptural elements of ceramics. Emphasis on integrating three dimensional sculptural elements with the student’s expressive vision.

   • ARTS313 Intermediate Photography. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS213.

     Photo work sessions on location, theory of color printing, black and white printing and enlarging, exhibition and salon finishing. Student must provide his/her own camera capable of making a black and white negative.

   • ARTS314 Intermediate Printmaking. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS214.

     Experimentation with advanced techniques and printing processes; etching.

   • ARTS321 Secondary School Art. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

     Approaches, theories, and methods of teaching art in the secondary school.

   • ARTS330 Special Topics in Art. Cr. 3.

     An introductory course to specific areas of the art world. The topics will range from specific media, to historical styles, to contemporary issues. Rotating topics will include such areas as welding, art of the Italian Renaissance, and conceptual art.

     May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

   • ARTS350 Intermediate Painting. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ARTS250.

     Exploration of advanced techniques in oil painting and various painting mediums.

   • ARTS371, 372 Seminar in Art. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

     The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

     May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

   • ARTS401, 402 Advanced Studio I and II. Cr. 3, 3.

     Prerequisite: 12 hours of Art courses.

     These courses are designed for the students to incorporate the vast amounts of accumulated knowledge of art techniques and ideologies prior to their senior year, into the creation of their own art. Special problems are assigned and art is created in response. Each semester culminates in having a body of work geared toward exhibition, graduate schools, and/ or professional careers.

   • ARTS404 Art in Religion. Cr. 3.

     Art and its place in the Judeo-Christian culture. Biblical sources and influence emphasized. Previous training in art not required.

   • ARTS481 Internship in Art. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

     Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

     May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • ARTS491 Honors in Art. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

     Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

     May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • ARTS499 Senior Capstone in Art: Art Series and Exhibition. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Senior standing.

     This class will consist of the execution and exhibition of a series of artworks, related through theme and format, implemented in the student’s medium of concentration. The exhibition will be accompanied by a written artist’s statement and an oral presentation. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

5. BADM – Business Administration
   • BADM200 Introduction to Business. Cr. 3.

     A survey course that introduces students to today’s challenging business environment through an exposure to the disciplines within the business administration major.

   • BADM203 Quantitative Methods in Management. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: MATH171 with a grade of “C” or better.

     Descriptive statistics; probability and probability distributions; statistical inferences and hypothesis testing; simple regression analysis; scheduling techniques; linear programming applications.

   • BADM220 Diversity in the Workplace. Cr. 3.

     This course examines individual barriers, organizational dynamics, and institutional processes and practices that prevent organizations from making progress in their race diversity efforts. This course offers a new perspective on race diversity which encourages the development of cultural competence in organizations including the willingness to examine biases and biased systems and work toward a culture of inclusion, respect, and support. Drawing from fields such as management, organizational behavior, and human resource management, the course also engages students in critical analyses of current management, organizational, and human resource systems that could lead to institutional racism and inequities in the workplace. Students will learn to develop individual and organizational strategies for making needed changes in organizations.

   • BADM281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

     This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

   • BADM301 Society and the Law. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.

     Introduction to legal systems and procedures. The philosophy and evolution of the law is examined. Particular emphasis is paid to the legal rights and responsibilities of individuals under and before the law: torts, property, contract, and agency.

   • BADM302 Business Law. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.

     The legal rights and responsibilities of the businessman and the firm. The emphasis is on negotiable instruments, partnerships and corporation law, equity, and related subjects. Primarily for, but not restricted to, business and pre-law students.

   • BADM303 Principles of Marketing. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM200 with a grade of “C” or better.

     An institutional and functional study of the distribution of goods and services; consumer motivation and behavior.

   • BADM304 International Marketing. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM303 with a grade of “C” or better.

     The economic environment of international marketing, economic development, and world markets; organization and planning in international marketing; and international marketing management.

   • BADM305 Promotion and Advertising. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM303.

     The management of advertising activities in the business organization, advertising agency operation, media evaluation and selection, creative strategy, and campaign planning.

   • BADM306 International Business. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ECON201 and ECON202, both with a grade of “C” or better.

     A study of the international business environment with emphasis on the growing commercial and economic interdependence among nations. Examines the complexities of conducting business across international boundaries.

   • BADM307 Consumer Behavior. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM303.

     Behavioral dimensions of consumers. Consumer decision-making process models, perceptions, attitudes, demographic, psychographic and cultural influences, and family decision-making dynamics are used to study consumer behavior in the marketplace.

   • BADM311 Business Finance. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM203, ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better, and ECON201 and ECON202 with a grade of “C” or better.

     An integrated foundation to the three sub-fields of finance: financial institutions, investments, and financial management focusing on financing business, time value of money, valuation of bonds and stocks, and financial ratio analysis.

   • BADM312 Principles of Management. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM200 with a grade of “C” or better.

     The fundamentals of management, such as the processes of planning, organizing, coordinating, and controlling in light of distinct schools and bodies of management thought.

   • BADM313 Investments. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM311 with a grade of “C” or better.

     Identification and structure of the securities markets; types and characteristics of securities, stock and bond prices; methods and techniques of security and bond analysis.

   • BADM315 Organizational Theory and Behavior. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM312.

     Focuses on the behavior and interaction of individuals, groups, and organizations in the production of goods and services. The course uses the scientific method, is interdisciplinary, draws heavily on behavioral sciences’ theories, models, and concepts, is contingency oriented, and emphasizes applications in the world of work.

   • BADM333 Entrepreneurship. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ACCT202 with a grade of “C” or better, BADM312 with a grade of “C” or better, and ECON201 and ECON202 with a grade of “C” or better.

     This course introduces the concept of entrepreneurship as a component of contemporary business practice. Pathways from concept to operation and beyond are explored, including the fundamentals and management of creativity, innovation, and risk. Tools such as market and feasibility analysis are examined. Viability analysis, including development of a business model and plan, are explored and practiced. Management and leveraging of funding and staffing resources, and the effective management of growth as elements of success are pursued, specifically through case analyses and completion of a team project. Financial, legal, and governmental issues of particular concern to the entrepreneurial firm are discussed. Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to understand the strategies and fundamental elements of building a viable entrepreneurial business.

   • BADM340 Resource Management and Development. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: ACCT201 and ACCT202.

     This course will examine sources for obtaining grants, capital funds, trusts, and endowments as are key to resource management and development for nonprofit and arts agencies. The fundamentals of grant writing, including the initial application process, budgeting, and record keeping, as well as financial planning, will be the primary areas of focus.

   • BADM345. Leadership for a Dynamic World Cr. 3

     Prerequisite: BADM200

     Organizations in today’s changing world cannot be successful without dynamic leaders capable of creating a positive and flexible culture, with or without a title. This course examines the latest best practices in leadership by focusing on critical topics such as becoming a role model of integrity and character, practicing ethical leadership, engaging in strategic leadership, developing through different levels of leadership, gaining emotional intelligence, communicating as a leader, leading in diverse teams, and leading change and innovation. The course stresses student engagement through case studies/scenarios, individual assessments, analyses of successful leaders, and development of a personal leadership plan.

   • BADM360 Personal Selling. Cr. 3.

     An in-depth study of the economic, social, ethical, and relationship components of the personal selling environment with emphasis on development and implementation of the selling process.

   • BADM371, 372 Seminar in Business Administration. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

     The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

     May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

   • BADM401 Marketing Management. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM303 with a grade of “C” or better.

     A managerial, decision-oriented course focusing on the strategic considerations of marketing in the areas of planning, organizing, research, market segmenting, consumerism, and other variables. The core concern is the formulation and implementation of marketing strategy.

   • BADM403 International Finance. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing; any two courses from the following, both with a grade of “C” or better: ECON200, ECON201, or ECON202.

     This course exposes the student to the international financial environment and the challenges faced by the financial manager of a domestic or multinational corporation. Balance of Payment equilibrium, exchange rate determination, financial crises, foreign exchange markets, options, hedging, and speculation will be analyzed.

   • BADM404 Managerial Finance. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM311 with a grade of “C” or better, and BADM312.

     The determination of the costs relevant to managerial decision making, the selection of projects to include in capital budgets, the determination of the size of the capital budget, and the mix of internal and external financing to be used.

   • BADM406 Human Resource Management. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM312.

     The nature of personnel administration, such as the activities of work analysis, staffing, training and development, appraisals, compensation, health and safety, and unionism.

   • BADM408 Ethics in Management. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM312 and one of: PHIL250, RLGN240, or RLGN350.

     Ethical questions such as managerial dilemmas, what is good and bad, right and wrong;moral duty and obligation in areas such as foreign bribery, truth in advertising, environmental impact of business enterprises, working conditions, and pricing levels.

   • BADM410 International Management. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM312 with a grade of “C” or better.

     Managerial concepts and methods pertaining to the multinational corporation and other international management activities. Emphasis will be given to the special demands made on managers of international corporations.

   • BADM411 Marketing Research. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BADM203 and BADM303, both with a grade of “C” or better.

     Theory and practice of designing and conducting sound market research. Exploratory and experimental research techniques, primary and secondary data collection methods, sampling techniques, experimentation, and measurement.

   • BADM481 Internship in Business. Cr. 1-6.

     Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

     Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

     May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • BADM491 Honors in Business Administration. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

     Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

     May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • BADM499 Senior Capstone in Business Administration: Strategic Management Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Senior standing.

     A comprehensive course dealing with defining corporate mission, objectives, and goals, and analyzing the firm’s external and internal environment to identify and create competitive advantage in a global context. The course emphasizes the cultural, ethical, political, and regulatory issues facing any business environment and the need for leadership for a successful management of strategic change. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

6. BIOL – Biology
   • BIOL101 Principles of Biology. Cr. 3.

     Co-requisite: Biology majors must enroll in BIOL103L concurrently.

     Survey course providing an introduction to all major concerns of modern biological science. Students desiring laboratory experience should enroll in BIOL103L concurrently. Credit cannot be earned for both BIOL101 and BIOL101H.

   • BIOL101H Honors Principles of Biology. Cr. 3.

     Co-requisite: Biology majors must enroll in BIOL103L concurrently.

     Honors Core version of BIOL101. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both BIOL101 and BIOL101H.

   • BIOL103L Principles of Biology Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for BIOL101.

     An introduction to biological science through laboratory and field exercises.

   • BIOL141 Medical Vocabulary. Cr. 2.

     Prefixes, suffixes, and the more common root words of medical terminology.

   • BIOL161 Environmental Science. Cr. 3.

     This course deals with the interaction between human populations and Earth’s life-support systems. Pollution, population biology, resource distribution and management, biodiversity, energy, and food supplies are examined. These topics are put into both an ecological and humanities-based framework, with overviews of ecology, evolution, ethics, economics, and policy.

     This course may not be used to fulfill Biology major requirements.

   • BIOL202 General Biology – Zoology. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101.

     A survey of the living animals with lecture and laboratory emphasis on evolution, adaptations, classification, behavior, and ecology.

   • BIOL227 General Biology – Botany. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101.

     An introduction to the anatomy, evolution, ecology, and physiology of flowering and nonflowering plants. Survey of the plant kingdom, plus fungi and photosynthetic Protista.

   • BIOL231 Genetics. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101.

     Principles of inheritance and variation in living organisms.

   • BIOL261 Critical Perspectives in Environmental Studies. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: 3 credit hours in Biology.

     This course focuses on applications and problem solving in environmental science. Through assignments that may include readings, documentary films and local field trips, students will examine topics such as environmental ethics, ecosystem services, ecological restoration, sustainable agriculture, and urban planning and renewal. This course is open to all majors.

     (Note – This course duplicates credit with the BIOL371 seminar taught in Fall 2016 and Spring 2018 only. Students who took that course in one of these semesters may not take BIOL261 for credit.)

   • BIOL281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

     This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

   • BIOL314 Human Anatomy and Physiology I. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101.

     The structure and function of the organ systems of the human body; laboratory study of mammalian anatomy and experiments illustrating the physiology of the organ systems.

   • BIOL315 Human Anatomy and Physiology II. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL314.

     This course is a continuation of and expansion on the material covered in Human Anatomy and Physiology I. The course will include detailed examination of organ physiology.

   • BIOL322 Cell Biology. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101, CHEM105, and CHEM106.

     An introduction to the structure, physiology, biochemistry, and genetics of cells, the basic unit of life.

   • BIOL325 Microbiology. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL231 or BIOL322.

     A survey of representative prokaryotes, eukaryotes, and viruses; methods of study; clinical, ecological, and economic importance.

   • BIOL334 Immunology. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BIOL231 or BIOL322.

     A study of the principles of immunology and immunological procedures.

   • BIOL336 Ecology. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL202 or BIOL227.

     The study of organisms in relationship to their environment. An introduction to ecosystems. This is a field course that includes some weekend and after hours activities.

   • BIOL337 Ecological Methods. Cl. 2, Lb. 6; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL336.

     A research course providing students with opportunities to quantify such ecological parameters as the numbers, biomass, and diversity of organisms in ecosystems through field work and statistical analysis.

   • BIOL343 Field Biology. Cl. 2, Lb. 6; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101.

     An introduction to the ecology and taxonomy of plants and animals native to Alabama. Special emphasis will be given to the diversity of Alabama habitats, flora, and fauna. This is a field course that requires some weekend and after hours activities.

   • BIOL352 Pre-Veterinary Practicum. Cr. 2.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101, Pre-Veterinary student, junior standing, and permission of the Department Chair.

     Opportunities to work with practicing veterinarians in clinics and laboratories. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis and may be taken only once. This course may not be used to fulfill major or minor requirements.

   • BIOL361 Pre-Medical Practicum. Cr. 2.

     Prerequisite: Pre-Medical student, junior standing, and permission of the Department Chair.

     Rotation through the various departments of local hospitals under the direction of practicing physicians. (Same as CHEM361.) Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis and may be taken only once. This course may not be used to fulfill major or minor requirements.

   • BIOL371, 372 Seminar in Biology. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

     The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

     May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

   • BIOL416 Developmental Biology. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL231.

     Analyzes development of organisms emphasizing cellular, molecular, and genetic mechanisms. Topics will include descriptive embryology, developmental control of gene expression in eukaryotic cells, mechanisms of differentiation and morphogenesis, and developmental genetics.

   • BIOL417 Comparative Anatomy. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL202.

     The anatomy and evolution of the vertebrates and an introduction to vertebrate lifestyles.

   • BIOL422 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL322, CHEM105, CHEM106, CHEM115L, and CHEM116L.

     Advanced consideration of processes and topics in cell biology including organogenesis, metabolism, and development. The laboratory will focus on the isolation, characterization, and experimental manipulation of DNA from bacteria and eukaryotes.

   • BIOL481 Internship in Biology. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

     Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

     May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • BIOL483. Fieldwork in Biology. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Completed application and permission of the Chief Academic Officer.

     Research, observation, or other site work in an office related to biology.

     May be repeated for up to six hours, up to three of which may count toward the major, as elective credit.

     Note: for three credit hours, work may entail a minimum of eight hours per week for fifteen weeks (or equivalent); may be evaluated by weekly journal, term paper of analysis and reaction, and assessment by the supervisor and by the faculty member.

   • BIOL491 Honors in Biology. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

     Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

     May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • BIOL499 Senior Capstone in Biology. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: BIOL231, BIOL322, BIOL336, and senior standing.

     A comprehensive senior project in the area of biology, designed to allow students the opportunity to demonstrate mastery of methods of scientific investigation as well as the ability to communicate results both orally and in writing. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

7. CAFF – Current Affairs
   • CAFF303 Current Affairs. Cr. 1.

     Discussions of current issues and events.

     May be repeated for up to 3 hours of elective credit.

8. CALL – Vocation and Calling
   • CALL100 College-Readiness and Vocation Cr. 1.

     This course both provides students with basic skills they need in order to flourish in the college environment and introduces the concept of vocational discernment. In addition, students will understand the link between success in college and forging a meaningful life after college. Topics include technology, information literacy, and career and vocational preparation. This course must be taken in a student’s first semester (a student cannot drop or withdraw) at Huntingdon College.

   • CALL200 Introduction to Ethics and Vocation. Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.

     Developing concepts from CALL100, this course explores strategies for vocational discernment and ethical reasoning. Topics may include personality types, introduction to theories of ethics, financial literacy, and goal-setting. Students will identify and begin working with a faculty or staff mentor. Credit may not be earned for both CALL200 and PACT301. Credit for CALL200 must be earned at Huntingdon College.

   • CALL300 Perspectives on Ethics and Vocation. Cr. 2.

     Prerequisite: Successful completion of all other general education requirements lists in a student’s catalog of matriculation.

     This course develops the concepts of vocational discernment and ethical reasoning introduced in CALL200, helping students to engage them within an intellectual framework. Students will examine a variety of theological and philosophical traditions centered on the question of how to live well. Credit may not be earned for both CALL300 and PACT301. Credit for CALL300 must be earned at Huntingdon College.

9. CHEM – Chemistry
   • CHEM105 General Chemistry I. Cr. 3.

     A study of important chemical concepts including stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, bonding, reactions, gas laws, and chemical equations. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement.

   • CHEM106 General Chemistry II. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM105 with a grade of “C” or better.

     A continuation of General Chemistry I, including solution chemistry, equilibrium, kinetics, acids and bases, and nuclear chemistry. CHEM116L should be taken concurrently.

   • CHEM115L General Chemistry I Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment or previous credit in CHEM105.

     Selected experiments in general chemistry.

   • CHEM116L General Chemistry II Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: CHEM115L with a grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment or previous credit in CHEM106 required.

     Selected experiments in general chemistry, relating to CHEM106 lecture material, including kinetics, equilibria, and acid/base analysis.

   • CHEM281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

     This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

   • CHEM305 Organic Chemistry I. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM106 with a grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment in CHEM315L is recommended, but not required.

     A systematic study of organic compounds and fundamental principles of organic chemistry.

   • CHEM306 Organic Chemistry II. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM305 with a grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment in CHEM316L is recommended, but not required.

     A continuation of CHEM305.

   • CHEM307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM106 and CHEM116L with a grade of “C” or better.

     A study of the important areas of inorganic chemistry, including bonding, symmetry, group theory, descriptive chemistry of the main group elements, descriptive chemistry of the transition elements, acids and bases, and organometallics.

   • CHEM315L Organic Chemistry I Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: CHEM116L with a grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment or previous credit in CHEM305 required.

     Microscale organic chemistry laboratory isolation, purification, and analysis techniques including spectroscopy, gas chromatography, and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.

   • CHEM316L Organic Chemistry II Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: CHEM315L with a grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment or previous credit in CHEM306 required. Microscale organic chemistry laboratory.

     A continuation of CHEM315L, emphasizing synthesis, spectroscopic analysis, gas chromatography, and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.

   • CHEM321 Analytical Chemistry I. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: CHEM106 and CHEM116L, both with a grade of “C” or better.

     A study of the theory and application of current analytical methodology. Topics may include redox, volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental analysis.

   • CHEM322 Analytical Chemistry II. Cl. 2, Lb. 6; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: CHEM321 with a grade of “C” or better.

     A study of the theory and application of modern instrumental methods of analysis, including UV-Vis, FT-IR, GC, GC-MS, FT-NMR, and potentiometric methods.

   • CHEM361 Pre-Medical Practicum. Cr. 2.

     Prerequisite: Pre-Medical student, junior standing, and permission of Department Chair.

     Rotation through the various departments of local hospitals under the direction of practicing physicians. (Same as BIOL361.) Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis. This course may not be used to fulfill major or minor requirements and may be taken only once.

   • CHEM371, 372 Seminar in Chemistry. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

     The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

     May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

   • CHEM385, 485. Research in Chemistry/Biochemistry. Lb. 1-5; Cr. 1-5.

     Prerequisite for CHEM385: CHEM305 and CHEM315L, with a grade of “C” or better. Prerequisite for CHEM485: Completion of CHEM385, with a grade of “C” or better.

     All research projects are faculty directed and include a comprehensive literature search, participation in design and planning of experiments, carrying out laboratory experiments, and using modern scientific instrumentation to collect, evaluate, and interpret data. A formal presentation of the project at a scientific meeting and/or a term paper and/or contribution to writing a paper suitable for publication will be required. 385 is intended for students with junior standing, and 485 is intended for students with senior standing.

     May be repeated for credit.

   • CHEM406 Biochemistry I. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

     Prerequisite: BIOL101, CHEM306 and CHEM316L, all with a grade of “C” or better.

     Biochemistry is the study of the molecular basis of life. At this level, knowledge of the molecules, reactions, and pathways of healthy and diseased cells is fundamental in the development of medical advances. This course provides knowledge of the structure and function of biomolecules, including amino acids, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins. In addition, we will discuss the role of enzymes, cellular membranes, and transport processes. In the lab, selected experiments involving the isolation, purification, and characterization of biomolecules will be performed.

   • CHEM407 Biochemistry II. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM406 with a grade of “C” or better.

     This course continues the discussion of biochemical processes begun in CHEM406. Topics include bioenergetics, biosignals, carbohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, amino acid metabolism, and nucleotide metabolism. The flow of biological information by replication, transcription, and translation of nucleic acids will be covered.

   • CHEM409 Physical Chemistry I. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM106 and MATH256, both with a grade of “C” or better.

     The laws of thermodynamics and their application to gases, liquids, and solutions; phase rule and phase diagrams; chemical and physical equilibria, and chemical kinetics and the kinetic molecular theory.

   • CHEM410 Physical Chemistry II. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM106 and MATH256, both with a grade of “C” or better.

     The history of quantum mechanics and quantum chemistry, atomic and molecular structure, the principles of molecular symmetry, molecular spectroscopy, and solid-state chemistry.

   • CHEM417L Biochemistry II Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment or previous credit in CHEM407 required.

     Selected experiments illustrating the principles discussed in CHEM407, including enzyme kinetics, manipulation of DNA, and characterization of biomolecules will be emphasized.

   • CHEM419L Physical Chemistry I Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment or previous credit in CHEM409 required.

     Selected experiments illustrating principles discussed in CHEM409.

   • CHEM420L Physical Chemistry II Laboratory. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

     Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment or previous credit in CHEM410 required.

     Selected experiments illustrating principles discussed in CHEM410.

   • CHEM430 Special Topics in Chemistry. Cr. 3.

     Courses such as Spectroscopic methods, Polymer Chemistry, and Advanced Organic Chemistry are available to groups of three or more students. Interested students should consult the Department regarding prerequisites, class/laboratory credit hours, etc.

     May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

   • CHEM446 Metals in Biological Systems. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM406 with a grade of “C” or better.

     A survey of the chemistry of metal ions in nature involved in respiration, metabolism, photosynthesis, gene regulation, and nerve impulse transmission, as well as the study of metals that have been introduced into human biology as diagnostic probes and drugs.

   • CHEM475 Critical Thinking Applications in Chemistry, Physics, and Biochemistry Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: CHEM305 with a grade of “C” or better, and PHYS251 or their equivalents.

     Students will learn applied critical thinking strategies within the context of chemistry, biochemistry, and physics. Methods of analysis of any attempt at persuasion, based upon the evaluation of the form and content of that attempt, will be practiced. Studies of applied critical thinking will be supplemented with case studies, readings in the discipline, and evaluation of data in the discipline.

   • CHEM481 Internship in Chemistry. Cr. 1-3.

     Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

     Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

     May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • CHEM491 Honors in Chemistry. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Deparment Chair and the Chief Academic Officer. Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

     May be repeated for credit.

     This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

   • CHEM499 Senior Capstone in Chemistry. Cr. 3.

     Prerequisite: Senior standing.

     A comprehensive senior project in the area of chemistry. The project is intended to demonstrate an ability to conduct independent research and present the results. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

10. CHMN – Christian Ministries
    • CHMN200 Introduction to Church’s Education Ministry. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to the study of Christian education, its theological and historical foundation, its current expression, and its future possibilities. This course was previously listed as CHED200. Credit cannot be earned for both CHED200 and CHMN200.

    • CHMN281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • CHMN310 Teaching and Learning. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CHMN200.

      Students will explore various ways that people learn and grow in their personal lives and faith. The course will seek to demonstrate appropriate teaching strategies for various learning styles. Creative application will be made in the way to teach scripture and other relevant content in various educational ministry settings. This course was previously listed as CHED310. Credit cannot be earned for both CHED310 and CHMN310.

    • CHMN320 Christian Leadership. Cr. 3.

      This course will introduce students to principles of leadership in the church and society. Included in this course is a look at leadership styles, at leadership within church systems, and at the way the personality affects one’s own leadership style. Current leadership models will be analyzed in light of their impact on the Christian tradition. This course was previously listed as CHED320. Credit cannot be earned for both CHED320 and CHMN320.

    • CHMN330 Age Level Ministries. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CHMN200.

      An introduction to ministry with children, youth, and adults with specific attention being paid to preschool children, children, families, those who are mentally disabled, singles, and older adults.

      This course was previously listed as CHED330. Credit cannot be earned for both CHED330 and CHMN330.

    • CHMN340 Adolescent World. Cr. 3.

      Understanding adolescents from the perspective of their personal, moral, social, and religious development. Youth culture is viewed in light of the impact upon it from inside and outside influences such as faith traditions, peer influence, and social culture. This course was previously listed as YMIN340. Credit cannot be earned for both YMIN340 and CHMN340.

    • CHMN350 Effective Youth Ministry. Cr. 3.

      This course explores theories of youth development and practices for youth ministries. It emphasizes an understanding of youth culture and the recruitment and training of those who work with today’s youth. The class will demonstrate strategies for doing effective youth ministry, evangelism, mentoring, staff relations, program development, teaching, and empowering others. This course was previously listed as YMIN350. Credit cannot be earned for both YMIN350 and CHMN350.

    • CHMN360 Advanced Topics in Christian Ministries. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      An introduction to special topics, themes, issues, and persons in the study of Christian Ministries.

      May be repeated up to a total of three credit hours with each change in title.

    • CHMN491 Honors in Christian Ministries. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

11. CJUS (CJ) – Criminal Justice
    • CJUS100 Introduction to Criminal Justice. Cr. 3.

      This course introduces students to the criminal justice system in the United States. It provides a survey of the basic elements of the criminal justice system – law enforcement, the courts, and corrections.

    • CJUS201 Criminal Investigation. Cr. 3.

      This course examines the investigative process and covers the techniques used to investigate various types of crimes. It covers the theories and practices used in the investigative process, including the use of new and innovative techniques, and develops a working knowledge of the steps of investigation from initial crime scene security to the presentation of evidence and testimony in court.

    • CJUS202 Survey of Corrections. Cr. 3.

      This course is a survey of the measures used under penal law including with and without confinement. This course focuses on correctional rehabilitation strategies and programs, examining their effectiveness. Topics for study include counseling, psychotherapy, psychology, and behavior modification. This course also covers such contemporary topics as prison management, prisoners’ and victims’ rights, aging and mentally ill prisoners, and the death penalty.

    • CJUS203 Criminal Law. Cr. 3.

      This course provides a discussion of the creation and application of substantive criminal law. It provides an analysis of the origin and development of criminal law and jurisprudence. It includes case studies of common law and statutory crimes, as well as elements of specific offenses and defenses.

    • CJUS208 Introduction to Criminology. Cr. 3.

      This course provides a study of crime, including its causes, types of crime, and crime prevention strategies.

    • CJUS209 Introduction to Juvenile Delinquency. Cr. 3.

      This course is a study of deviant behavior by minors in contemporary society and includes the causes of delinquency. It also examines the factors contributing to delinquency, control and treatment of juvenile offenders, and methods of prevention.

    • CJUS281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • CJUS302 Community Relations. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100.

      This course covers the significance of establishing good working relationships between law enforcement and the public. This course examines the role of human relations for those who work in and are impacted by the criminal justice system. It looks at the role that public relations, or the public image of law enforcement, plays in the effectiveness of criminal justice organizations.

    • CJUS303 Constitutional Law. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100.

      This course provides an analysis of the U.S. Constitution as it relates to law enforcement and corrections. Specifically, the course examines the First, Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, and Eighth Amendments to the U.S. Constitution, and the protections they afford for individual rights and liberties.

    • CJUS304 Private Security. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100.

      This course is a study of the private security industry, including its history and growth, and examines the role of private security in the criminal justice system. It gives insight into the increasing role of private security in crime prevention. It covers retail security issues, including employee theft, shoplifting, and fraud, and it considers the relationship between public law enforcement and private security.

    • CJUS305 Terrorism. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS208.

      This course is a survey of historical and current practices of terrorism, examining the philosophy of terrorism and the beliefs of terrorist groups. It includes discussion of biological, chemical, nuclear, and cyber terrorism. It discusses the methods and procedures used to investigate and combat terrorist efforts worldwide. Topics explored include causes and consequences of terrorism and societal perceptions of terrorism.

    • CJUS310 Critical Incident Management and Investigation. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS201.

      This course introduces students to the functions and responsibilities of critical incident management. It covers topics such as effective implementation of the incident command system, coordinating logistics, hazardous materials protocols, and gives students a hands-on experience in applying foundational knowledge of crime scene investigation gained in CJUS201, while exploring the challenges when faced with investigating a critical incident.

    • CJUS320 Racial Disparity in the American Application of Law. Cr. 3.

      The primary topic of this specific seminar is an analysis of the disparity of application of law as it relates to the ongoing discriminatory practices of the legal system and its complicit agencies.

    • CJUS371, 372 Seminar in Criminal Justice. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • CJUS401 Criminalistics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100.

      This course surveys the various scientific investigation techniques used to gather and analyze evidence. It includes the following: comparison and identification of physical evidence; blood and body fluids; casts and molds; fingerprints; and trace evidence. The course explains and discusses the crime laboratory and its procedures, functions, and duties. It also provides an overview of crime scene procedures and techniques for locating, preserving, and securing evidence. Topics for discussion include application of scientific and technical methods used in the investigation of a crime, including crime scene searches.

    • CJUS402 Courts and Courtroom Procedures. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100.

      This course provides an overview of the state and federal criminal court systems, focusing on the role of courtroom personnel in the administration of justice. It also focuses on various administrative issues pertaining to trial courts and their impact on the criminal justice system. It examines the responsibilities of and issues facing court administrators and the judiciary.

    • CJUS403 Interview and Interrogation. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100.

      This course acquaints students with basic concepts of communication. It focuses on how to become a knowledgeable interviewer and interrogator by covering interview and interrogation objectives, preparation, approaches, and technical aids. This course uses discussions and practical exercises to cover the techniques used to extract information from witnesses and suspects. It also examines different interview and interrogation styles and techniques as they are used for specialized purposes.

    • CJUS404 Ethics and the Criminal Justice System. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100.

      This course presents the ethical dilemmas and issues facing law enforcement in the criminal justice system, and covers the professional expectations of someone who is a public servant. It presents practical ethical situations, such as use of force, due process, fundamental fairness, and corruption.

    • CJUS405 Research Methods for Criminal Justice. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100 and MATH171.

      This course provides students with an overview of the research methods applicable to law enforcement and public safety and gives a fundamental understanding of research design and data analysis in criminal justice. It explains the theory, design, collection, and analysis of data, while preparing students to evaluate reports and journal articles.

    • CJUS481 Internship in Criminal Justice. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements.

    • CJUS491 Honors in Criminal Justice. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit.

    • CJUS499 Senior Capstone in Criminal Justice. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CJUS100 and student must be in his/her terminal semester or CJUS405 and senior standing.

      This course uses the students’ knowledge and skills obtained in previous courses to address problems and topics of interest in the criminal justice field and to propose solutions. This course is based on readings and discussions of major works in the field of crime and the administration of justice. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

12. COLL – College Readiness
    • COLL100. College Readiness and Vocation Cr. 1.

      This course both provides students with basic skills they need in order to flourish in the college environment and introduces the concept of vocational discernment. In addition, students will understand the link between success in college and forging a meaningful life after college. Topics include technology, information literacy, and career and vocational preparation. Unless the student is exempt, this course or SCHL100 must be taken in a student’s first semester (a student cannot drop or withdraw) at Huntingdon College. Credit cannot be earned for both COLL100 and SCHL100. This course was previously listed as CALL100. Credit cannot be earned for both CALL100 and COLL100.

13. CMST – Communication Studies
    • CMST201 Introduction to Communication. Cr. 3.

      Introduces students to communication as a process and its application in interpersonal, public, and digital contexts. Focuses on the development of effective message creation and delivery skills through application of the fundamental concepts and theories of the Communication discipline. Credit cannot be earned for both CMST201 and CMST201H.

    • CMST201H Honors Introduction to Communication. Cr. 3.

      Honors version of CMST201. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both CMST201 and CMST201H.

    • CMST203 Fundamentals of Journalism. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      An introduction to the various facets of journalism such as reporting, editing, advertising, layout, and legal liability. Supplemented by work on the student newspaper.

      May be repeated for credit with permission of the Chief Academic Officer.

    • CMST220 Media and Society. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      This course focuses on the impact of the mass media on society, including television, radio, print journalism, and the Internet. Emphasis is on the development of television, radio, and print journalism in society, the way society uses them, and how the Internet has emerged as a powerful medium. Students will focus on elements such as news, entertainment, and other functions of the media.

    • CMST232 Business and Professional Communication. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      A focus on acquiring the communicative competencies necessary in business and professional careers. Focuses on communicative situations and skills in the workplace, such as team building, interacting in meetings, interviewing, written communications, superior-subordinate interactions, and effective listening.

    • CMST233 Effective Public Speaking. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      The focus of this course is to train students to analyze the speaker, the message, and the audience within a public speaking context and to gain the essential skills necessary to de.liver a public speech. The class will utilize traditional study of public speaking with regard to organization, evidence, delivery, and rhetorical devices.

    • CMST242 Interpersonal Communication. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      Studies the aspects of interpersonal communication in various contexts. This class is specially designed to impart a general understanding of the dynamics involved in interpersonal relations in both structured and unstructured situations and to improve communication skills in negotiating within those contexts. The course addresses such topics as conflict management and resolution, nonverbal communication, stages and phases of interpersonal relations, and active listening.

    • CMST281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • CMST305 Theories of Communication. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      An exploration of the evolution of communicative theories including consistency, information processing, and cognitive theories, as well as structural, attitudinal, interpretive, cultural, and critical approaches to communication studies.

    • CMST311 Rhetorical Criticism. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      A combination of rhetorical theory and its application through rhetorical criticism. This class uses theoretical tools to apply them to real-world communicative events and texts through close-textual examination.

    • CMST320 Media Production and Reception Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      This course examines mediated texts from production to consumption. Students will develop skills in media analysis and production and practice research in media reception or audience studies. This course will also attend substantively to the social and ethical implications of digital and social media.

    • CMST333 Oral Interpretation. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      This course focuses on oral interpretation of literary art. Students will develop skills in narrative analysis, contextual character analysis, presentation, and delivery.

    • CMST334 Theories of Persuasion. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      This course will focus on persuasion as it manifests itself in various contexts. Students will learn essential theories of persuasion and will test those theories by examining real-life persuasive attempts and situations.

    • CMST335 Small Group Communication. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      Focuses on the dynamics of interaction in various small group situations. Subjects considered include group types, conflict, decision making/problem solving, gender and ethnicity issues, phases of group development, and roles and leadership.

    • CMST340 Gender and Race in American Mass Media. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      A seminar format course requiring research, gathering information, critically analyzing and presenting findings and results of research conducted by media specialists. Building on the foundations of communications and media studies garnered from previous courses and a lifetime of media consumption, students will learn how to critically assess the representation of various identities in American mass media, with a specific focus on gender and race. The course will be structured as an overview of representations and audience studies, with a particular focus on resistive readings of popular media texts.

    • CMST351 Classical Rhetoric. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      This course will serve as a survey of classical rhetorical thought from Corax in the fifth century B.C.E. through St. Augustine in the fifth century A.D. The class will focus primarily on the evolution and development of philosophical and practical ideas concerning the communicative art of rhetoric.

    • CMST360 Argumentation and Debate. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      This course will focus on techniques, strategies, organization, critical thinking, and procedure involved with both formal and informal debating.

    • CMST370 The Analysis and Impact of Television on Society. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201 and CMST220.

      An examination of the nature and function of television as a business, a source of entertainment and information, and a cultural tool is followed by an exploration of the various issues concerning the impact of television as an agent of cultural change. Critical analysis of television from multiple theoretical perspectives is used to tackle issues of debate about the impact of the medium and its message.

    • CMST371, 372 Seminar in Communication Studies. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • CMST375 Public Relations. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      Introduces students to the principles and techniques of public relations. Concentrates on exploring the role of public relations in society, analyzing the tools and processes of public relations, and examining the mass media as public relations vehicles.

    • CMST385 Research Methods in Communication. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      An examination of quantitative and qualitative methods of inquiry related to the exploration of knowledge in the field of communication. Includes introduction of descriptive and inferential statistics in specific research contexts.

    • CMST401 Topics in American Public Address. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      A topical consideration of individual case studies in American public address. Course topics may be presidential address, women’s address, Cold War rhetoric, Black Americans, Native Americans, and twentieth century public address. These topical studies will be considered against a background of social, political, and intellectual issues.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • CMST420 Organizational Communication. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201.

      A survey of communication as it functions in organizations. Selected micro-and macro-level theories of organizational behavior. Includes such topics as information flow, climate and culture, leadership and motivation, groups, conflict, and contemporary issues.

    • CMST433 Advanced Presentational Speaking. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201 and CMST233.

      Building upon the skill set from CMST233, this course will offer students a more critical examination and application of persuasive and rhetorical strategies used within the public speaking context.

    • CMST481 Internship in Communication. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201, junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • CMST491 Honors in Communication Studies. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • CMST499 Senior Capstone in Communication Studies. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: CMST201 and senior standing.

      This class provides seniors with an opportunity to demonstrate competency in core content and skill development gained from Communication Studies classes through critically evaluating and explaining content from each major core class as well as completing an original research project. Students will give a presentation based on their research projects to demonstrate their knowledge and understanding of effective communication. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

14. COMP – Computer Literacy
    • COMP105 Computing Technology and Society. Cr. 3.

      A survey of modern computing technology and its impact on society, a brief history of computing, philosophical and ethical issues related to computing technology, and an Introduction to basic computing topics, which could include: essential computing terminology, word processing, spreadsheets, file systems, general use of operating systems, and best practices for protecting personal data.

15. CORE – General Education Core Curriculum Proficiency
    • CORE499 General Education Proficiency. Cr. 0.

      A comprehensive assessment of General Education competencies. All students are required to take the proficiency exam.

16. ECON – Economics
    • ECON200 Essentials of Economics. Cr. 3.

      This course introduces the essential concepts and theories in economics. It covers the economic way of thinking, including opportunity costs, marginal analysis, demand and supply, market structures, the Gross Domestic Product, the price level, and unemployment. The concepts and measures will be used to explain the current state of the U.S. and world economy and the possible remedies to achieve macroeconomic goals. This course cannot be used to fulfill the requirements of business and accounting majors. Students taking ECON200 after ECON201 and ECON202 will increase their total graduation hours requirement by three credit hours.

    • ECON201 Principles of Microeconomics. Cr. 3.

      The understanding of the economic way of thinking and decision-making related to individuals and business units. The knowledge of the theories, concepts, and tools of economic analysis such as demand and supply, elasticity, production, costs, profits, returns to scale, and their application in competitive markets. An introduction to imperfect markets.

    • ECON202 Principles of Macroeconomics. Cr. 3.

      The understanding of the theories, concepts, and tools of economic analysis related to achieving macroeconomic goals such as economic growth, price stability, and full employment. The analysis of Classical and Keynesian theories as well as fiscal and monetary policies in today’s global environment.

    • ECON203 Economic Development of the United States. Cr. 3.

      Industrial development of America; exploitation of natural resources; history of manufacturing, banking, trade, transportation, etc.; the evolution of industrial centers; the factors contributing to the growth of the United States. Particular attention to the change in economic institutions and the changing nature and distribution of national and individual wealth and income.

    • ECON206 Personal Finance. Cr. 3.

      The principles of personal and family finance: insurance, real estate, and securities.

    • ECON281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • ECON303 History of Economic Thought. Cr. 3.

      This course covers the development of economic thought from the Middle Ages to the present. Particular attention is paid to the works of Smith, Marx, and Keynes.

    • ECON305 Financial Institutions. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: BADM311 with a grade of “C” or better.

      Money and capital markets and related markets; the institution playing a role in these markets.

    • ECON308 Public Finance. Cr. 3.

      Federal, state, and local problems of taxation; public expenditure and public debt.

    • ECON371, 372 Seminar in Economics. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • ECON407 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing; any two courses from the following, both with a grade of “C” or better: ECON200, ECON201, or ECON202.

      An advanced analysis of microeconomic theory, concepts and tools related to consumer’s decision making, and business units. The application of economic theory and concepts for business decision-making will be analyzed under both perfect and imperfect markets.

    • ECON408 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing; any two courses from the following, both with a grade of “C” or better: ECON200, ECON201, or ECON202.

      An advanced analysis of macroeconomic theory, concepts, and tools related to the aggregate economy. National income determination, money market equilibrium, monetary and fiscal policies, as well as international linkages will be studied.

    • ECON410 Comparative Economic Studies. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing; any two courses from the following, both with a grade of “C” or better: ECON200, ECON201, or ECON202.

      An analysis and comparison of the different types of capitalist systems, the evolution of communism and socialism, the birth of trading blocks, and the growth of emerging countries. The understanding and analysis of the different international trade theories and their impact on nations and economic growth.

    • ECON499 Senior Capstone in Economics: Research in Economics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      A comprehensive senior project in the area of economics. The project is intended to demonstrate an ability to conduct independent research and present the result in writing of commendable quality. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

17. EDUC – Education
    • EDUC101 Foundations of Education. Cr. 3.

      The history and present status of education in America. Orientation toward teaching as a profession. Field experience required.

      This course requires the student to complete a Fingerprint Background Check by Cogent for approval by the State Department of Education. The background check cost is approximately $50. It is the responsibility of the student to pay for and complete the fingerprint process. Students will be instructed on how to complete this process upon course registration. A passing grade may not be obtained in this course without having the process completed by mid-term. The purpose of the background check is to clear the student for placement in the local schools. This course was previously listed as EDUC201. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC101 and EDUC201. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC101 and MUSC101

    • EDUC199 Field Experiences. Cr. 0.

      Prerequisite: EDUC101.

      This is a multi-year course designed for students seeking field hours which may not be associated with a designated course at Huntingdon College and which may occur outside the time frame of a regular academic semester. These hours count towards the required 205 field hours before an internship. All field hours must be pre-approved by the Field Placement Officer.

    • EDUC202 Survey of Exceptional Children and Youth. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: EDUC101/201 or MUSC101 and concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for EDUC235/301.

      Introduction to the field of exceptional children and youth including incidence, identification, educational placement, and educational intervention pertinent to each exceptionality. Field experience required.

    • EDUC235 Human Growth, Development, and Learning. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for EDUC101/201 or MUSC101.

      A broad overview of theories of teaching and learning and their classroom application. Analysis, integration, and application of these theories into an educational philosophy or perspective for effective and successful teaching. Field experience required.

      This course was previously listed as EDUC301. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC235 and EDUC301.

    • EDUC281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • EDUC302 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; EDUC202.

      Strategies and programs for serving the exceptional child in the classroom, including models of teaching and methods of delivery, development and implementation of an Individualized Education Program, examination of school healthcare protocols, processes for adapting the curriculum, and processes for prioritizing appropriate learning goals. Field experience required.

    • EDUC303 The Exceptional Child in the Community. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; EDUC202.

      Examination of services, resources, and regulations imposed and available in the community, state, and on a federal level, that provide support and guidance to educational program sfor students with exceptionalities and to their families. A study of how various medical, cultural, and socioeconomic factors impact eligibility, programming, instruction, interventions and implementation of services.

    • EDUC312 Secondary Chemistry Methods. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; concurrent enrollment in EDUC321.

      Field-based, intensive experience in Secondary chemistry methods.

    • EDUC313 Secondary English Language Arts Methods. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; concurrent enrollment in EDUC321.

      Field-based, intensive experience in Secondary English language arts methods.

    • EDUC314 Secondary History Methods. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; concurrent enrollment in EDUC321.

      Field-based, intensive experience in Secondary history methods.

    • EDUC315 Secondary Mathematics Methods. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; concurrent enrollment in EDUC321.

      Field-based, intensive experience in Secondary mathematics methods.

    • EDUC316 Secondary Biology Methods. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; concurrent enrollment in EDUC321.

      Field-based, intensive experience in Secondary biology methods.

    • EDUC321 General Secondary Methods. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; concurrent enrollment in EDUC312, EDUC313, EDUC314, EDUC315, or EDUC316 as appropriate.

      Developmentally appropriate instruction for diverse learners; curricular goals, standards, and objectives; lesson and unit planning; learning styles; interdisciplinary instruction; grouping patterns; critical thinking and problem solving; background knowledge; and technology, resources, and materials. Field experience required.

    • EDUC334 Early Numeracy. Cr. 3

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Curriculum, methods, and assessment for mathematics in K-6 settings, including the use of manipulatives and development of thinking and reasoning skills. This class will focus on planning, instruction, assessment, diversity, and technology for grades K-3 mathematics. Field experience required.

    • EDUC335 Practicum in P-12 or Secondary Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; EDUC321. A structured, supervised field experience including teaching and writing assignments specific to the candidate’s teacher certification area.

      This course is cross-listed with MUSC335 and SSPE435. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC335 and MUSC335 or EDUC335 and SSPE435. This course is intended for students following degree requirements for catalogs prior to 2012-13 for Physical Education majors, and for students following degree requirements for catalogs prior to 2015-16 for Music Education majors.

    • EDUC339. Content Literacy. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Required for all elementary collaborative and secondary education majors, the primary goal of this literacy course is to guide teacher candidates, regardless of their content area, in their understanding of current literacy best practices to foster active engagement, student inquiry, and collaboration in the K-12 classroom. Teacher candidates will develop an understanding of the Simple View of Reading, Scarborough’s Reading Rope, Ehri’s Phases of Word Reading, and the history of the English language. Intensive examination of vocabulary instruction and morphology will be assessed both in the K-12 setting through teaching observations and in the college classroom. A variety of instructional, and assessment techniques will be modeled (ex: close reads, text sets, etc.) that meet the needs of a diverse population of students. Teacher candidates in this course will write lesson plans that integrate literacy into areas beyond the language arts classroom. Emphasis is placed on reflection within and beyond one’s practice to promote professional growth. Field experience required.

    • EDUC340. Classroom Management for Teachers. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Designed to acquaint the student with techniques for effective P-12 classrooms and behavioral management; instructional strategies; and legal, professional, and organizational aspects of education. Field experience required. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC340 and EDUC440 or EDUC340 and EDUC441.

    • EDUC342. Education Technology. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      The selection, implementation, and evaluation of media and materials for utilization in educational settings. Field experience required.

    • EDUC343. Assessment in Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Selecting, administering, interpreting, and using tests as diagnostic and evaluation instruments, and the related fundamental statistical techniques. Experience in developing other effective methods of evaluating students’ achievement and guiding learning. Field experience required. This course was previously listed as EDUC433. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC343 and EDUC433.

    • EDUC347. Reading I. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      The focus of this literacy course for elementary collaborative teacher candidates is to learn research-based- based methods, strategies, and assessments for development and remediation in the K-6 classroom to meet the literacy needs of all children. In consideration of Scarborough’s Reading Rope, teacher candidates will explore early oral language development, and intensively examine phonological/phonemic awareness, phonics, and early orthographic skills. Emphasis will be placed on understanding students at the early developmental stages of the reading process (as outlined by Ehri’s Phases of Word Reading). Teacher candidates will have the opportunity to work one-on-one with primary students in the field as they explore, design, and implement age-appropriate, standards-based lessons. Importance is placed on establishing and maintaining positive relationships with ALL stakeholders. Field experience is required and will take place in a primary classroom setting with students who are not yet considered fluent readers so that you may apply what you are learning in a practical teaching experience.

    • EDUC348. Reading II. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program and EDUC347.

      In EDUC347- Reading I, teacher candidates learned how to support developing readers as they worked one-on-one to meet the child’s specific literacy needs based on assessments and observational data. This literacy course builds upon what was learned in the previous course and addresses additional strands of Scarborough’s Reading Rope. Teacher candidates will learn how to teach comprehension and fluency in small and whole group settings, while still meeting the diverse needs of each individual to support their development, acquisition of knowledge, and motivation to learn. Emphasis is placed on reflection within and beyond one’s practice to promote professional growth. Importance is placed on establishing and maintaining positive relationships with all stakeholders. Field experience is required and will take place in a classroom setting with students.

    • EDUC349. Elementary Language Arts. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      The purpose of this literacy course is multifaceted. Teacher candidates will focus on the use of children’s literature to establish a motivational classroom culture that engages ALL children in the language arts of reading, writing, listening, speaking, viewing, and visually representing. Emphasis will be placed on the final strand of Scarborough’s Reading Rope, Language Structures. In addition, teacher candidates will learn how to support students through the writing process. As with all literacy courses in the program, teacher candidates will have the opportunity to explore, design, and implement age-appropriate, standards-based lessons that use a variety of materials, instructional strategies, and assessments to meet the diverse needs of the learners in the K-6 classroom. Lesson plans created by teacher candidates for this course will need to demonstrate their knowledge, understanding, and use of major concepts, principles, theories, current research, and reflection within the field of the language arts. Strategies for involving families and the community will be studied. Field experience is required This course was previously listed as EDUC353. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC349 and EDUC353.

    • EDUC350 Literacy for the Adolescent with Exceptional Needs. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program and EDUC339.

      Students demonstrate the ability to identify and implement research-based instructional strategies to support the needs of the exceptional adolescent at the 6-12 grade level.

    • EDUC352 Elementary Methods in Fine Arts, Health and Physical Education Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: EDUC101/201, EDUC202, and EDUC235/301.

      The goal of this elementary methods course is to understand how to embed the five fine arts disciplines into the K-6 classroom through authentic integration with the other disciplines to allow for students to acquire knowledge and to be motivated and engaged through dance, media arts, music, theater, and visual arts. In addition, a focus will be on knowing, understanding, and using major concepts about physical education and health, as appropriate to the elementary classroom, to create opportunities for students to enhance their quality of life. Candidates will have the opportunity to explore, design, and implement age appropriate, standards-based lessons that use a variety of instructional and assessment strategies to meet the diverse needs of the learners in today’s classroom. Strategies for involving families and the community will be studied.

    • EDUC360 Individualized Education Program (IEP) Development. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program and EDUC202.

      An Individualized Education Program, IEP, is a legal document that all special education students receive, while qualified, for services in the public K-12 setting. This course will focus on the various aspects of the IEP including collaboration, the development and implementation of an IEP in a public-school setting, and presentation of IEP during an IEP meeting.

    • EDUC371, 372 Seminar in Education. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • EDUC436 Practicum in Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      A structured, supervised field experience including teaching and writing assignments. This course was previously listed as EDUC336. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC336 and EDUC436.

    • EDUC437 Practicum in K-12. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      A structured, supervised field experience that focuses on 7 weeks in a K-6 general education classroom with mainstreamed (special education) students and 7 weeks in a 6-12 Collaborative Special Education classroom. Candidates will take the knowledge gained from the previous courses and apply those into the field, working collaboratively with their mentor teacher and other various members of students’ IEP teams.

    • EDUC438 Practicum in Secondary and Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; EDUC321.

      A structured, supervised field experience to include 40 field experience hours in the classroom which includes teaching and writing assignments. The Practicum in Collaborative Special Education/Secondary Education is to take place in the regular Secondary classroom with special education students mainstreamed, or to be divided between the regular Secondary classroom and the special education resource room.

    • EDUC439 Practicum in Collaborative Special Education 6-12. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      A structured, supervised field experience in a 6-12 Collaborative Special Education classroom. Candidates will take the knowledge gained from the previous courses and apply those into the field, working collaboratively with their mentor teacher and other various members of students’ IEP teams.

    • EDUC452 Secondary Methods for the Adolescent with Exceptional Needs Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Students will be prepared to support the academic needs of students with specific learning disabilities, emotional behavior disorders, communication disorders, intellectual disabilities, autism spectrum disorders, multiple disabilities, visual impairments/blindness, and auditory impairments/deafness.

    • EDUC454 Elementary Methods in Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Curriculum, methods, and assessment for mathematics in K-6 settings, including the use of manipulatives and development of thinking and reasoning skills. This class will focus on planning, instruction, assessment, diversity, and technology for grades 4-6 mathematics. Field experience required.

      This course was previously listed as EDUC354. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC354

      and EDUC454

    • EDUC456 Elementary Methods in Science. Cr. 3

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Curriculum, methods, and assessment for elementary science, including the use of inquiry and reading and writing in authentic contexts. Field experience required. This course was previously listed as EDUC356. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC356 and EDUC456.

    • EDUC457 Elementary Methods in Social Studies. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Curriculum, methods, and assessment for elementary social studies, including promoting citizenship. Field experience required. This course was previously listed as EDUC357. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC357 and EDUC457.

    • EDUC462 Applied Behavioral Analysis. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program; EDUC303.

      Students will gain in-depth knowledge of students with exceptionalities in field experience placements by identifying and implementing research-based instructional strategies to enhance students’ academic and/or behavioral performance. Students will collect data to measure students’ progress toward pre-established goals. Students will apply the principles of applied behavioral analysis (ABA) and use single-subject research design to assess the effects of the intervention.

    • EDUC470 Professional Development Seminar. Cr. 3.

      Co-requisite: Internship (EDUC488, EDUC489, EDUC490, EDUC497, EDUC498, SSPE498, or MUSC498).

      This course consists of a comprehensive survey of teaching skills required by the state of Alabama. An overview of the process is introduced and each component, planning, instruction, and assessment, is explored in detail. Each Teacher Education Candidate will complete a teaching portfolio consisting of these three components in conjunction with their student teaching placement. Each discipline’s central focus will be explored and best practices for planning, monitoring, instructing, and evaluating students will be emphasized. Topics include; identifying the central focus of lessons, student and community assets, differentiated instructional techniques, identifying language supports, monitoring and assessment techniques, positive classroom environment strategies, student engagement strategies, effective strategies for analyzing teaching, strategies for analyzing student work, providing feedback to students, and using analysis of student work to inform instruction.

    • EDUC488 Internship in Collaborative Special Education 6-12. Cr. 9.

      Prerequisite: A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average overall, in the teaching field(s), and in professional studies; a grade of “C” or better in each professional studies and teaching field courses; admission to an Education Preparation Provider (EPP) Program; and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II Content Knowledge Assessments.

      Co-requisite: EDUC470.

      A structured, full-time supervised clinical experience for one semester. The internship will consist of a placement, taking place in the 6-12 collaborative special education resource room and/or a multi-handicapped classroom. The student’s supervising professor will assign a letter grade to reflect the quality of the candidate’s work during the internship.

    • EDUC489 Internship in Secondary and Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Cr. 9.

      Prerequisite: A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average overall, in the teaching field(s), and in professional studies; a grade of “C” or better in each professional studies and teaching field courses; admission to an Education Preparation Provider (EPP) Program; and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II Content Knowledge Assessments. Additionally, EDUC438 is a prerequisite.

      Co-requisite: EDUC470.

      A structured, full-time supervised clinical experience for one semester to take place in a general education classroom with mainstream (special education) students, or to be divided between the general education Secondary classroom and the special education resource room. The student’s supervising professor will assign a letter grade to reflect the quality of the candidate’s work during the internship.

    • EDUC490 Internship in Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education 6-12 Cr. 9.

      Prerequisite: A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average overall, in the teaching field(s), and in professional studies; a grade of “C” or better in each professional studies and teaching field courses; admission to an Education Preparation Provider (EPP) Program; and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II Content Knowledge Assessments. Additionally, EDUC436 is a prerequisite.

      Co-requisite: EDUC470.

      A structured, full-time supervised clinical experience for one semester. The internship will consist of two placements, one to take place in a general education Elementary K-6 classroom with mainstream (special education) students and the second placement will take place in the special education resource room and/or a multi-handicapped classroom. The student’s supervising professor will assign a letter grade to reflect the quality of the candidate’s work during the internship.

    • EDUC491 Honors in Elementary Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • EDUC497 Internship in Secondary Education. Cr. 9.

      Prerequisite: A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average overall, in the teaching field(s), and in professional studies; a grade of “C” or better in each professional studies and teaching field courses; admission to an Education Preparation Provider (EPP) Program; and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II Content Knowledge Assessments. Additionally, EDUC335 is a prerequisite.

      Co-requisite: EDUC470.

      A structured, full-time supervised clinical experience for one semester to take place in the 6-12 content-discipline classroom in which the certification is being sought. The student’s supervising professor will assign a letter grade to reflect the quality of the candidate’s work during the internship.

    • EDUC498 Internship in K-12. Cr. 9.

      Prerequisite: A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average overall, in the teaching field(s), and in professional studies; a grade of “C” or better in each professional studies and teaching field courses; admission to an Education Preparation Provider (EPP) Program; and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II Content Knowledge Assessments.

      Co-requisite: EDUC470.

      A structured, full-time supervised clinical experience for one semester. The internship will consist of two placements, one to take place in a K-6 classroom with mainstreamed (special education) students and the second placement will take place in a Collaborative Special Education 6-12 classroom. The student’s supervising professor will assign a letter grade to reflect the quality of the candidate’s work during the internship.

    • EDUC499 Senior Capstone in Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      The capstone project is designed to be taken during the final semester in conjunction with the student teacher internship. Students will compile a professional portfolio, research a selected topic, and give a formal presentation of their work for faculty, peers, and guests. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

18. ENGL – English
    • ENGL103 English Composition I. Cr. 3.

      The principles of expository writing with weekly assignments in composition.

      Credit cannot be earned for both ENGL103 and ENGL105/ENGL105H.

    • ENGL104 English Composition II. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL103 or equivalent proficiency.

      Critical compositions on fiction, poetry, drama, and film. This course will also include research methods and a research paper.

      Credit cannot be earned for both ENGL104 and ENGL106/ENGL106H.

    • ENGL105 Introduction to College Writing. Cr. 3.

      This course is an introduction to several key competencies that govern the Huntingdon Col.lege core: reading, writing, and critical thinking. This course will enable students to be introduced to and develop foundational skills that they will employ in other courses across the College. Credit cannot be earned for both ENGL103 and ENGL105/ENGL105H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • ENGL105H Honors Introduction to College Writing. Cr. 3.

      Honors Core version of ENGL105. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both ENGL105 and ENGL105H or ENGL103 and ENGL105H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • ENGL106 Writing Across the Disciplines. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL105 or equivalent proficiency.

      This class is designed to continue the work of ENGL105, with an increased emphasis on both writing and reading competencies. Credit cannot be earned for both ENGL104 and ENGL106/ENGL106H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • ENGL106H Honors Writing Across the Disciplines. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL105 or equivalent proficiency.

      Honors Core version of ENGL106. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both ENGL106 and ENGL106H or ENGL104 and ENGL106H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • ENGL202 Survey of Literary Genres. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      This course examines a variety of literary works from several genres (drama, fiction, poetry) in order to introduce students to the basic terminology of literary analysis and criticism andto understand these works within their literary, cultural, and historical contexts.

    • ENGL203 Critical Perspectives in English. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      This course introduces students to the methods of literary analysis foundational to the discipline of English studies. These may include discussing and explicating literary texts, considering texts in their historical and cultural contexts, the significance of genre, author study, learning and applying key critical perspectives, and conducting research. Automatically applies to Honors core requirement.

    • ENGL204 Introduction to Creative Writing. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      An introduction to writing in various genres including poetry, creative nonfiction, fiction, and drama.

      This course was previously listed as CRWR201. Credit cannot be earned for both CRWR201 and ENGL204.

    • ENGL211 Foundations of English Literature. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      A survey of writers and literary traditions from the early medieval period through the 17th century in Great Britain.

    • ENGL212 Modernism and Modernity. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      A survey of writers and literary traditions from Romanticism through the modern day in Great Britain.

    • ENGL213 Literature by Women. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      An examination of works by women writers. Selections vary with each offering of the course.

    • ENGL215 18th and 19th Century British Literature. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      A study of poets, novelists, essayists and/or playwrights. Writers may include Swift, Pope, Doctor Johnson, Austen, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, Tennyson, Dickens, the Brontes, the Brownings, Arnold, and Hardy.

    • ENGL221 God, Justice, and the American Experiment. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      A survey of literature from the Colonial and Romantic periods in North America, engaging the periods’ characteristic concerns with religion and national identity.

    • ENGL222 Nationalism and the American Experience. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      A survey of US literature from the mid-nineteenth century to the present, engaging ques.tions of US identity.

    • ENGL224 Literature of the American South. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      regional literary tradition.

    • ENGL231 Contemporary Literature. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      An examination and analysis of literature since World War II. In addition to European and American literature, students will interpret contemporary developments in literature and culture such as post-Colonial studies, ethnic literatures from around the world, postmodernism, and debates about “literature” itself.

    • ENGL232 Writing about Film. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent

      This course examines a variety of film works from several genres (melodrama, western, film noir) in order to introduce students to the basic terminology of film analysis and genre criticism, and to understand these works within their cultural and historical contexts.

    • ENGL233 The Culture of Sport. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent

      This course critically analyzes the role sport plays in American culture, particularly focusing on its representation in film, literature, and popular sources. Students will question the nature of the sports narrative as it is represented across genres.

    • ENGL234 The Graphic Novel. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent

      This course examines a variety of comics and graphic novels in order to introduce students to the analysis and criticism of such works, as well as setting them in their cultural and historical contexts.

    • ENGL235 Literature and Music. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent

      This introductory course asks questions concerning the ways literature and music, both broadly defined, contribute to one’s understanding of society and culture. Study will be grounded in literary analysis and apply principles learned from traditional reading to wider examples of sounded media.

    • ENGL241 World Literature. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      Readings in translation of the literature of the world.

    • ENGL251 African American Literature. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      In this course, we will read, view, discuss, and write about a variety of resources and genres from 1619, the year the first Africans were brought here to be enslaved by what would become the United States, to the present time, surveying novels, poetry, short stories, plays and films that record 400 years of the uniquely African American experience. In discussions and essays, topics investigated include: what is African American literature – what defines it as well as what defines race, racism, and microaggressions. Further, we will appraise the significance of African American literature to local and global human rights struggles.

    • ENGL281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • ENGL302 Writing Fiction. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      Students will read and write short stories and will discuss their work in a workshop format. May be repeated once for credit.

      This course was previously listed as CRWR302. A maximum of 6 hours of credit may be awarded for any combination of CRWR302 and ENGL302.

    • ENGL303 Editing and Style. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      This course considers the technical aspects of writing and pedagogical practices in writing studies. The class covers a range of rhetorical, editorial, and stylistic techniques while investigating the politics of language usage and mechanics.

    • ENGL304 Writing Poetry. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      Students will study and write poetry in various forms and will discuss their work in a workshop format.

      May be repeated once for credit.

      This course was previously listed as CRWR304. A maximum of 6 hours of credit may be awarded for any combination of CRWR304 and ENGL304.

    • ENGL306 Creative Nonfiction. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      Students will read and write creative nonfiction essays in a variety of genres and will discuss their work in a workshop format.

      This course was previously listed as CRWR306. Credit cannot be earned for both CRWR306 and ENGL306.

    • ENGL309 Children’s and Young Adult Literature. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      This course will examine a variety of literary texts produced for children and/or young adults in their critical, cultural, and/or historical context(s).

    • ENGL315 Film Studies. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      A survey of the artistic and cultural importance of film. The content of the course may vary, possibly focusing on such topics as the history of film, films of a specific style or period, the relationship between prose narrative and film, gender and film, or race and film, and critical approaches to film studies such as formal apparatus theory, film language, psychoanalysis and film, film and business. May be repeated once for credit with a change in title and permission of the Department Chair.

    • ENGL334 Drama. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      A study of the history and cultural contexts of genre; may include plays from classical to contemporary cultures.

    • ENGL351 Call and Response: Rhetoric of the Long Civil Rights Movement Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      The class examines primary documents in rhetorical history from the 1930s to the present, allowing students to identify how rhetoricians have responded to their predecessors’ calls (or rhetorical models). In other words, what civil rights calls from the 1930s do we continue to respond to in the present? How do rhetoricians root themselves in past struggles to gain momentum in contemporary struggles? Grounded in rhetorical theory and focused on the continued struggle for civil rights, this course thus interrogates the distinctive rhetoric markers of the experiences of Black Americans. The class will include guest speakers, demonstrations, and visits to Alabama’s Civil Rights sites.

    • ENGL361 Professional Writing and Public Writing. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      A writing course focused on writing for public audiences in a variety of professional genres including memos, letters, presentations, job application materials, proposals, and formal reports.

    • ENGL371, 372 Seminar in English. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • ENGL401 Single Author Study. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      An in-depth study of the work of a specific author.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • ENGL412 Shakespeare. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      A study of selected works by William Shakespeare.

    • ENGL419 Critical Theory. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL203.

      A study of theories and theorists from the classical to the contemporary.

    • ENGL423 Seminar in English Studies. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      Seminar will focus on a topic in Literature in English appropriate to participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • ENGL430 Creative Writing Practicum: The Gargoyle. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      Credit will be granted for serving as an editor of The Gargoyle for a semester.

      May be repeated for credit with a maximum of three (3) hours counted towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • ENGL431 Creative Writing Practicum: The Prelude. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      Credit will be granted for serving as an editor of The Prelude for a semester.

      May be repeated for credit with a maximum of three (3) hours counted towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • ENGL437 Creative Writing Practicum: Bells and Pomegranates. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level English course.

      Credit will be granted for serving as an editor of Bells and Pomegranates for a semester.

      May be repeated for credit with a maximum of three (3) hours counted towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • ENGL481 Internship in English. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • ENGL491 Honors in English. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • ENGL499 Senior Capstone in English. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      A comprehensive senior project in the area of English. The project is intended to demonstrate an ability to conduct independent research and present the results in writing of commendable quality. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

19. FREN – French
    • FREN101-102. Elementary French I and II. Cr. 3-3.

      This sequence provides opportunities to practice the four communication skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) and introduces students to aspects of French culture. Courses in the elementary sequence are designed for students who have little or no experience in the language. Note: FREN101 is intended for students who have had fewer than two years of high school French. Students who have had two years or more in high school should likely take FREN102; however, entry level is determined by placement exam.

    • FREN201 Intermediate French. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: FREN102 or equivalent proficiency.

      This course is designed to reinforce and supplement the vocabulary and general language skills of the beginning student. It will include a review of basic grammar and structure. The course is taught in French.

20. GEOG – Geography
    • GEOG200 Historical Geography. Cr. 3.

      This is a course designed to introduce students to basic geographic concepts that will help them understand different cultures, people groups, and environments. The course will use a telescoping approach in which students examine non-Western cultures, Western cultures, cultures in the United States, and finally cultures in the state of Alabama. Students will learn how geography shaped different cultures and how geography affected different historical events that have shaped world, regional, and local development.

21. HIST – History
    • HIST101, 102 Western Civilizations I and II. Cr. 3, 3.

      A survey of the development of western civilization from antiquity, through the Middle Ages, to the present. Designed to serve as an introductory course in history and as an integrating medium for students in social studies and humanities. This integration is achieved through presentation of the economic, social, political, and especially the cultural aspects of the civilizations studied. Credit cannot be earned for both HIST101 and HIST101H, or HIST102 and HIST102H.

    • HIST101H, 102H Honors Western Civilizations I and II. Cr. 3, 3.

      Honors Core version of HIST101 and HIST102. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both HIST101 and HIST101H, or HIST102 and HIST102H.

    • HIST111, 112 World Civilizations I and II. Cr. 3, 3.

      This sequence is a survey of the development of civilization from antiquity, through the Middle Ages, to the present. It is designed to serve as an introductory course in history and as an integrating medium for students in social studies and humanities. This integration is achieved through presentation of the geographic, economic, social, political, and especially the cultural aspects of the civilization studied. Credit cannot be earned for both HIST111 and HIST111H, or HIST112 and HIST112H.

    • HIST111H, 112H Honors World Civilizations I and II. Cr. 3, 3.

      Honors Core version of HIST111 and HIST112. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both HIST111 and HIST111H, or HIST112 and HIST112H.

    • HIST121 African American Experience in American History. Cr. 3.

      This course explores the history and development of African American people, culture, thought, politics, and society in the United States from the beginnings of the African Diaspora to the present.

    • HIST201 History of the Christian Church. Cr. 3.

      This course is a survey course on the history of the Christian Church. It will begin with the formation of the apostolic church, progress through the establishment of Christian orthodoxy (as defined by the Apostles’ Creed and the Nicene Creed), and then trace through the centuries the interpretations of orthodoxy as well as the divergences from orthodoxy that contribute to the diverse experience of Christianity in the 21st Century. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • HIST205 American History to 1877. Cr. 3.

      The political, social, and economic development of the United States of America from colonial times to 1877.

    • HIST206 American History, 1877 to the Present. Cr. 3.

      The political, social, and economic development of the United States of America from 1877 to the present.

    • HIST215 Introduction to Historical Study. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: One course in History (HIST) at either the 100 or 200 level.

      This course is an introduction to advanced study in history. It includes research methods and the processing of research, and historiography.

    • HIST281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • HIST301 Europe, 1815-1914. Cr. 3.

      The political, social, and economic developments in the major European nations, 1815-1914, with special emphasis on the nationalistic movements and the international relations of nineteenth and early twentieth-century Europe.

    • HIST302 Europe, 1914 to the Present. Cr. 3.

      The political, social, and economic developments in Europe, from World War I to the present, with emphasis on the diplomatic backgrounds of the two world wars, the postwar recovery, and the Cold War.

    • HIST305 Renaissance and Reformation. Cr. 3.

      European history in the 14th-16th centuries, with emphasis on the cultural and religious trends of the period and their imprint on modern thought.

    • HIST306 The French Revolution and Napoleon. Cr. 3.

      The eighteenth-century background of revolution and the revolutionary movements in Eu.rope with emphasis on the French Revolution and the period of Napoleon I.

    • HIST307 Colonial Latin America. Cr. 3.

      Pre-Columbian civilizations, discoveries, and settlements. Emphasis on colonial systems of Spain and Portugal and the wars of independence.

    • HIST308 Recent Latin America. Cr. 3.

      Latin American republics, their cultural, political, and economic developments. Special emphasis on the relations with the United States.

    • HIST309 The Middle East. Cr. 3.

      A review of the early periods; special study of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and the significance of the Middle East to Europe and the world.

    • HIST310 The Far East. Cr. 3.

      The history of the Orient and its relation to the Occident in modern times.

    • HIST311 History of England to 1688. Cr. 3.

      The religious, political, economic, and intellectual development of the English people from earliest times to 1688. Special attention given to the rise of common law and the growth of representative government.

    • HIST313 Ancient Greece. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: HIST101 or HIST111.

      A study of the social, intellectual, and political history of the ancient Greeks.

    • HIST314 Contemporary World History. Cr. 3.

      The important events and movements of recent decades which have shaped today’s world, with emphasis on the years since World War II.

    • HIST315 Alabama History. Cr. 3.

      The political, social, and economic development of Alabama, with concern, as well, for the interaction between Alabama and the remainder of the United States.

    • HIST316 Medieval Europe. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: HIST101 or HIST111.

      A survey of the social, intellectual, and political history of Europe in the period between the fall of the Roman Empire and the coming of the Renaissance.

    • HIST351 History of Rome. Cr. 3.

      A history of the rise of Rome from the time of the Etruscans to the fall of the Western Empire in 395 AD. Special attention will be given to the constitutional system of Rome, the fall of the republic, the rise of the Empire, and the reasons for Rome’s ultimate collapse.

    • HIST371, 372 Seminar in History. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • HIST405 History of the South. Cr. 3.

      A survey of the social, economic, and political development of the South. Special attention given to the plantation society of the antebellum period and its political and social consequences and to the “New South” changes, which continue into modern times.

    • HIST407 The Civil War and Reconstruction. Cr. 3.

      Two crucial eras of American development: the war which sought to divide the Union and the postwar attempts to reconstruct both the South and the United States as a whole, in economic, social, political, and ideological terms.

    • HIST408 American Colonial History. Cr. 3.

      A study of the Colonial era focusing on the variations among the developing colonies and their emerging unity in the movement for independence.

    • HIST409 The Early National Period. Cr. 3.

      The political, social, economic, and cultural aspects of the formative period of the United States.

    • HIST420 Gilded Age-Progressive Era. Cr. 3.

      The study of American history from the end of Reconstruction through the end of World War I.

    • HIST430 America in Prosperity, Depression, and War. Cr. 3.

      A detailed study of the social, political, economic, intellectual, and cultural history of the United States from 1920 to 1945.

    • HIST440 Recent U.S. History. Cr. 3.

      A detailed study of the social, political, economic, intellectual, and cultural history of the United States from 1945 to the present.

    • HIST481 Internship in History. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • HIST491 Honors in History. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • HIST499 Senior Capstone in History. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      Classroom instruction will include a study of historiography and of research methods in history. Each student will complete a major-directed research project. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

22. INDP – Interdisciplinary Studies
    • INDP301 Foundations of Environmental Justice. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: BIOL161

      This course examines the racial foundations and history of the environmental justice movement. The course will utilize case studies, documentary films, and invited guest speakers to explore how communities of color, particularly in the South, have been disproportionately affected by environmental hazards. We will also examine issues of black, Indigenous and people of color (BIPOC) representation in outdoor recreation and natural resource professions.

    • INDP371, 372 Seminar in Interdisciplinary Studies. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: For travel-related seminars, permission of the Coordinator of Travel and Event Planning.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants. For travel-related seminars, the seminar will also include a travel experience in which students explore different cultures and geographical areas.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title for non-travel seminars.

    • INDP483. Fieldwork in an Interdisciplinary Minor. Cr. 1-3.

      Course Suffix: A = African American Studies; E = Environmental Studies; G = Global Studies; L = Leadership Studies; P = Public Policy; W = Women’s Studies.

      Prerequisite: Completed application and permission of the Office of the Chief Academic Officer.

      Research, participant observation, or other site work in an office related to an interdisciplinary minor.

      May be repeated for up to 3 hours (per minor), which may count toward the minor, as elective credit. Note: for three credit hours, work may entail a minimum of eight hours per week for fifteen weeks (or equivalent); may be evaluated by weekly journal, term paper of analysis and reaction, and assessment by the supervisor and by the faculty member.

      Note: Application should specify toward which interdisciplinary minor the course will apply.

23. LIBR – Library
    • LIBR211 Libraries: Repositories and Transmitters of Humanity’s Record Cr. 3.

      The focus of the course will be to trace the evolution of libraries and explore the role they played and continue to play in different societies. Students will be introduced to the institution known as the library in the context of different cultures and civilizations and will gain an understanding of libraries as agents of cultural transmission and inheritors of social change. Students will come to appreciate how libraries have preserved humanity’s written record in different times and places and how they have often been influenced by the events of history itself. While the scope of this course is broad, particular attention will be paid to library evolution and development in the Western World.

    • LIBR311 Library Research Methods. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: ENGL104, ENGL106, or equivalent.

      This course will teach the student the basic knowledge necessary for success in performing library research. The course will emphasize development of critical thinking skills and their application to research in the library, as well as enhancing lifelong learning, through the use of traditional print resources, the Internet, and other developing electronic information sources. Students who successfully complete the course should have a foundation in library research which will assist them in meeting other course requirements during the college years and assist in preparing for study beyond the undergraduate level.

24. MATH – Mathematics
    • MATH154 College Algebra. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in MATH154L or one of the following: a qualifying score on the appropriate portion of the Huntingdon College Mathematics Placement Test, a qualifying GPA, a qualifying ACT Mathematics score, or at least one Mathematics course with a grade of “B” or higher.

      Topics include essential algebraic concepts (exponents, polynomials, factoring, and rational expressions); coordinates and graphs; equations and inequalities; and functions.

    • MATH154L. Corequisite Support for College Algebra. Cr. 1.

      Pre-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in MATH154.

      This course provides corequisite support for students enrolled in MATH154. Topics will parallel the concepts taught in MATH154 and include additional skills necessary for successful completion of MATH154. Each student will be given an individualized support plan that details specific skills and knowledge that they will learn in the course. Such topics could include: general mathematical study skills, operations with fractions, plotting points on a real number line, properties of real numbers, essential algebraic concepts (exponents, polynomials, factoring, and rational expressions), coordinates and graphs, equations and inequalities, and functions.

      Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

    • MATH155 Precalculus Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH154 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or higher, or a qualifying score on the appropriate portion of the Huntingdon College Mathematics Placement Test.

      Topics include functions (polynomials and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, and trigonometric functions) and their graphs; trigonometric identities and equations; and systems of equations and inequalities.

    • MATH171 Introduction to Statistics. Cr. 3.

      Basic concepts of statistical analysis, distribution and sample statistics, inference and hypothesis testing, and the use and application of statistical software. Students taking MATH171 after BADM203, MATH471, or PSYC203 will increase their total graduation hours requirement by 3 credit hours.

    • MATH175 Mathematical Concepts. Cr. 3.

      An exploration of the nature and structure of mathematical thought and reasoning. Topics could include: geometry; measurement and proportion; basic management science models such as planning and scheduling, and linear programming; basic probability and statistics; basic growth and decay models. Students taking MATH175 after MATH221 will increase their total graduation hours requirement by three (3) credit hours.

    • MATH176 Creative Mathematical Thought. Cr. 3.

      An exploration of the nature and structure of mathematical phenomena from a historical and intuitive perspective using appropriate mathematical concepts and techniques. Topics could include: Voting methods; the mathematics of sport; symmetry and tiling; graph theory;the mathematics of money.

    • MATH221 Mathematics for Elementary Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: EDUC101.

      An exploration of mathematical topics in elementary education, with special emphasis on

      problem solving, reasoning and proof, communication, connections, and representation. Topics

      include: the integers and the rational and real number systems, geometry, measurement, algebra,

      and coordinate systems.

      (MATH221 is designed for Elementary Education/Collaborative Special Education majors.)

    • MATH251 Calculus I. Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: MATH155 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or higher, or a qualifying score on the appropriate portions of the Huntingdon College Mathematics Placement Test.

      Basic differential calculus and introductory integral calculus for functions of a single variable. Limits; continuity; computation of derivatives of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions; applications of differentiation; the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus; areas under curves; basic computation of definite and indefinite integrals; the Substitution Rule. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for use toward degree completion for both MATH251 and MATH255.

    • MATH252 Calculus II. Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: MATH251.

      A continuation of Calculus I. Applications of definite integrals; techniques of integration; indeterminate forms and L’Hôpital’s Rule, improper integrals; parametric equations and polar coordinates; infinite sequences and series, including power series. Credit cannot be earned for use toward degree completion for both MATH252 and MATH256.

    • MATH255 Calculus I. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH155 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or higher, or a qualifying score on the appropriate portions of the Huntingdon College Mathematics Placement Test.

      Basic differential calculus for functions of a single variable. Limits; indeterminate forms and L’Hôpital’s Rule; continuity; computation of derivatives of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions; applications of differentiation. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. This course was previously listed as MATH251; students may not use MATH255 as a repeat for MATH251 to affect the cumulative GPA if both are taken. Credit cannot be earned for use toward degree completion for both MATH251 and MATH255.

    • MATH256 Calculus II. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH255 or equivalent.

      A continuation of Calculus I. The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus; areas under curves; basic computation of definite and indefinite integrals; the substitution rule; applications of definite integrals; techniques of integration; improper integrals; infinite sequences and series, including power series. This course was previously listed as MATH252; students may not use MATH256 as a repeat for MATH252 to affect the cumulative GPA if both are taken. Credit cannot be earned for use toward degree completion for both MATH252 and MATH256.

    • MATH266L Technology Laboratory. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: MATH256.

      An introduction to various computational technologies in the context of calculus, statistics, and other appropriate mathematical areas.

    • MATH281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • MATH301 Introduction to Logic. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH256 or equivalent.

      An introduction to the mathematical treatment of logic. Topics may include: propositional logic, predicate logic, modal logic, and other non-classical logics.

    • MATH303 Probability. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MATH355.

      An introduction to mathematical probability. Conditional probability, discrete and continuous random variables, probability distributions, law of large numbers and central limit theorem. The importance of technology in approaching these situations will be addressed.

    • MATH313 Discrete Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH366.

      An introduction to discrete structures. Includes topics from logic, combinatorics, graph theory, algorithms, and number theory.

    • MATH315 Geometry. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH256 or equivalent.

      An introduction to Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries.

    • MATH320 Linear Algebra. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH256 or equivalent.

      Linear equations, matrices, vector spaces, linear mapping, determinants, and applications.

    • MATH326 Programming for Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH256 or equivalent.

      This course utilizes both Python and R to provide a foundational background for programming in a mathematical setting. A variety of numerical methods will be introduced, with a focus on their practical implementation, covering subjects in mathematics and statistics. Students will learn the basics of object oriented programming: memory storage and variable scoping, recursion, objects and classes, and basic data structures. No programming background is required.

    • MATH330 Selected Topics in Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH256 or equivalent; additional prerequisites dependent on topic.

      Designed to meet the current needs and interests of the students. Topics are selected and offered upon sufficient demand.

      May be repeated for credit with each change of title.

    • MATH351 Calculus III. Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: MATH252 or equivalent.

      A continuation of Calculus II. Vectors and motion in space; partial derivatives; the gradient and its applications; multivariate Chain Rule; maxima and minima; double and triple integration; line integrals; Green’s Theorem; surface integrals; Divergence Theorem; Stoke’s Theorem. Credit cannot be earned for use toward degree completion for both MATH351 and MATH355.

    • MATH355 Calculus III. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH256 or equivalent.

      A continuation of Calculus II. Parametric equations and polar coordinates; vectors and motion in space; partial derivatives; the gradient and its applications; multivariate chain rule; maxima and minima; double and triple integration; line integrals; surface integrals; Green’s Theorem; The Divergence Theorem; Stokes’s Theorem. This course was previously listed as MATH351; students may not use MATH355 as a repeat for MATH351 to affect the cumulative GPA if both are taken. Credit cannot be earned for use toward degree completion for both MATH351 and MATH355.

    • MATH360 Ordinary Differential Equations. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MATH355.

      Introduction to the theory of ordinary differential equations.

    • MATH361 Complex Variables. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MATH355.

      An introduction to complex numbers and functions of complex variables. Topics may include: basic algebraic operations on complex numbers, the complex exponential and root functions, complex limits, continuity of functions of complex variables, and the complex derivative.

    • MATH366 Introduction to Abstract Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH256 or equivalent.

      Introduction to proof through basic set theory, abstract algebra, and analysis.

    • MATH371, 372 Seminar in Mathematics. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • MATH401 Introduction to Analysis. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH366.

      The real number system, functions, limits, continuity, integrals, and series.

    • MATH411 Abstract Algebra. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH366.

      Introduction to algebraic structures. Groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. Cr. 3.

    • MATH460 Advanced Applied Mathematics. Cr.3.

      Prerequisite: MATH320 and MATH360.

      A study of a variety of applications of mathematical topics, including applications of linear algebra, calculus, and differential equations, among other appropriate areas.

    • MATH471 Mathematical Statistics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH303.

      A calculus-based treatment of probability and statistics, including the following topics: empirical and theoretical probability, probability distributions (including multivariate distributions), random variables, sampling methods, and hypothesis testing.

    • MATH481 Internship in Mathematics. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • MATH491 Honors in Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • MATH499 Senior Capstone in Mathematics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      Individual original research project or expository paper demonstrating mastery of the major. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

25. MENT – Student Mentor
    • MENT291 Student Mentor. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisites: Completion and submission of a mentorship application packet to the Office of the Registrar. Additional specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      Supervised experience providing academic assistance to peers. The mentorship program offers students the opportunity to be of service to others, as well as to augment classroom learning and enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/N) basis only.

      May be repeated for no more than 4 hours credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for any major or minor.

26. MSCI – Marine Science

    All courses are taught at the Dauphin Island Sea Lab (DISL). Since upcoming Summer offerings are not available at the time of this publication, students interested in available courses should consult the DISL web site (http://www.disl.org). Summer courses (including course descriptions and applicable credit hours), specific fees, and prerequisites will be published by DISL annually. Students seeking further information on these courses should contact the Huntingdon College DISL Liaison, Dr. Paul Gier.

27. MUAP – Music, Applied

Ensembles

Music majors are required to participate in at least one ensemble every semester of full-time enrollment.

• MUAP108 Marching Band. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: Enrollment requires an audition at the discretion of the director.

  Preparation and performance in the Huntingdon College Scarlet and Gray Marching Band. The marching band performs at College functions and athletic events. Will involve overnight travel.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP109 Concert Band. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: Enrollment requires an audition at the discretion of the director.

  Preparation and performance of music for Wind Ensemble. The Wind Ensemble will perform concerts for the College and community.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP113 Chamber Music. Cr. 1.

  Preparation and performance of music for various chamber music groups, including standard organizations such as brass quintet, woodwind quintet, saxophone quartet, flute ensemble, or small vocal ensemble, as well as keyboard accompaniment, or other combination(s) designed by the students and faculty. Students will be assigned to a group at the beginning of the semester. A supervising instructor will be assigned according to the instrumentation of each group.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP115 Concert Choir. Cr. 1.

  Study and preparation of representative choral literature from all historical periods. The ensemble performs concerts on campus and in the community, may take an annual concert tour, and studies and performs major choral works.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP150 Huntingdon Ensemble. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: Enrollment requires an audition at the discretion of the director.

  A small choral ensemble performing works from the Renaissance Period through current day.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP153 Jazz Ensemble. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: Enrollment requires an audition at the discretion of the director.

  The ensemble will focus on preparation of jazz literature ranging from big band charts to combo music.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP155 Worship Ensemble. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: Enrollment is at the discretion of the director and the Program Coordinator.

  This course if offered for credit only to music majors with worship leadership emphasis. The ensemble is a select group auditioned each semester that focuses on worship leadership in the Huntingdon community.

Performance Classes

• MUAP102L Piano for Non-Majors. Cr. 2.

  An introductory group piano course. No previous musical experience is required. The course will cover reading musical notation, keyboard techniques (scales and chords), basic music theory, and various repertoire pieces. Students will gain a basic understanding of the piano and will be able to improvise, perform short pieces, and harmonize popular music lead sheets. This course is not open to Music or Music Education majors. Students taking MUAP102L after MUAP103L or MUAP104L will increase their total graduation hours by two (2) credit hours.

• MUAP103L-104L. Keyboard Laboratory I and II. Cr. 1-1.

  Beginning instruction in keyboard skills and fundamentals required to pass the Piano Proficiency (MUAP209). Concentration on the technical aspect of piano – scales, chords, posture, hand position, fingering, and basic beginning keyboard repertoire. Simple improvisation, harmony, and transposition are introduced and developed. These courses are open only to music majors and minors. These courses are required of all music majors.

• MUAP117 Class Instruction in Strings. Cr. 1.

  Elementary class instruction with emphasis on a single instrument in the group. May be repeated with permission of the Department Chair.

• MUAP118 Class Instruction in Woodwinds. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

  Elementary class instruction with emphasis on a single instrument in the group. May be repeated with permission of the Department Chair.

• MUAP119 Class Instruction in Brass. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

  Elementary class instruction with emphasis on a single instrument in the group. May be repeated with permission of the Department Chair.

• MUAP120 Class Instruction in Percussion. Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

  Elementary class instruction with emphasis on a single instrument in the group. May be repeated with permission of the Department Chair.

• MUAP121 Class Instruction in Voice I. Cr. 1.

  Beginning vocal studies of vocal technique, repertoire, and performance; using the voice as a teaching tool. This course may be taken in lieu of VOIC121 for beginning vocal students. This course is required of all instrumental music education majors.

• MUAP122 Class Instruction in Voice II. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: MUAP121 with a grade of “C” or better.

  Continuation of MUAP121. Includes vocal studies of vocal technique, repertoire, and performance; using the voice as a teaching tool; and beginning instruction in IPA for singers. This course may be taken in lieu of VOIC122 for beginning vocal students.

• MUAP148 Accompanying. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: Permission of the keyboard faculty member.

  Piano performance experience through accompanying soloists and/or instrumental and vocal ensembles.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP149 Performance and Topics in Music. Cr. 1.

  Co-requisite: to be taken concurrently with each semester of enrollment in studio instruction (or MUAP121/122 for voice students) in the primary performance area for all music majors.

  The course includes a study of style, repertoire, and performance on the chosen major instrument. Practice in stage deportment and performance opportunities for solo and ensemble work for music majors. Topics such as health and safety issues affecting musical performance, listening, job opportunities in the field, and master classes and lectures from visiting faculty, etc. are presented.

  May be repeated for no more than 7 hours credit.

• MUAP151 Recital Attendance. Cr. 0.

  Attendance at recitals, concerts, and other events sponsored by the Music Program.

• MUAP200 Sophomore Performance Proficiency. Cr. 0.

  Prerequisite: MUAP Studio Instruction 221.

  A full faculty examination of the student’s ability and progress in his/her principal performance area. Passing this examination is necessary for the student to enroll in studio instruction at the 300 level and to have a hearing for a half or full recital.

• MUAP201 Opera Theater. Cr. 2.

  Prerequisite: Open to students with permission of Program Coordinator.

  Study and presentation of opera scenes and full operatic productions.

  May be repeated for credit.

• MUAP203L Keyboard Laboratory III. Cr. 1.

  Continued preparation for the keyboard skills and fundamentals required to pass the Piano Proficiency (MUAP209). Concentration on developing skills in improvisation, harmonization, sight-reading and transposition, as well as prepared piano repertoire. This course is open only to music majors and is required of all music majors. MUAP203L or MUAP204L may be repeated if needed to pass the Piano Proficiency (MUAP209) for up to a total of 3 credit hours.

• MUAP204L Keyboard Laboratory IV. Cr. 1.

  Continued preparation for the keyboard skills and fundamentals required to pass the Piano Proficiency (MUAP209). Concentration on developing advanced skills in improvisation, harmonization, sight-reading and transposition, as well as prepared piano repertoire. This course is open only to music majors and is required of all music majors. MUAP203L or MUAP204L may be repeated if needed to pass the Piano Proficiency (MUAP209) for up to a total of 3 credit hours.

• MUAP209 Piano Proficiency. Cr. 0.

  A comprehensive test of functional piano keyboard skills given in two parts (prepared and at sight). Students demonstrate proficiency with scales, chords, harmonization, improvisation, transposition, accompanying, sight-reading, score reading, and prepared repertoire. Students who fail the proficiency must enroll in either MUAP203L or MUAP204L to further prepare for the proficiency. This proficiency must be passed prior to graduation for music majors and prior to student teaching for music education majors.

• MUAP499 Senior Capstone in Music: Recital. Cr. 1.

  Prerequisite: MUAP200 and senior standing. Concurrent enrollment in MUAP Studio Instruction required.

  V = Voice Recital; I = Instrumental Recital; P = Piano or Organ Recital

  Seniors present a recital of 30-45 minutes of music in their major performance area and complete a paper. The recital will be juried by the music faculty one month in advance of the chosen recital date. This course is required of all music and music education majors. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

MUAP Studio Instruction.

• Studio Instruction for Non-Specialists Cr. 1

  (Course prefix determined by instrument)

  Prerequisite: Permission is required for enrollment in any studio instruction course.

  Studio instruction in one or more applied music areas is part of all music curricula and is given credit per semester hour: one semester hour = two one-half hour or one hour studio instruction(s) per week. The instructor will advise each individual to take the appropriate length of lesson. A student with extensive background may need an hour lesson weekly, but a student with less background may be advised to take two half-hour lessons weekly. This course provides applied lessons to non-music major students, or music major students playing a secondary instrument, without requiring attendance at weekly studio classes or jury performance. This course counts toward completion of a music minor but does not count toward completion of a music major. May be repeated for credit each semester.

  101 1 hour credit each semester

• Studio Instruction (for Specialists) Cr. 1-2.

  (Course prefix designation is determined by instrument.)

  Prerequisite: Permission is required for enrollment in any studio instruction course.

  Studio instruction in one or more applied music areas is part of all music curricula and is given credit per semester hour – one semester hour = two one-half or one hour studio instruction(s) per week. The instructor will advise each individual to take the appropriate length of lesson. A student with extensive background may need an hour lesson weekly, but a student with less background may be advised to take two one half-hour lessons weekly.

  MUAP121 and MUAP122 may be taken in lieu of VOIC121 and VOIC122 for voice students. MUAP121 and MUAP122 students perform before a faculty jury at the end of the semester.

  Students enrolled in studio instruction in applied music for credit must perform before a faculty jury at the end of each semester.

  121, 122 1 hour credit each semester

  221, 222 1 hour credit each semester

  321, 322 1 hour credit each semester

  421, 422 1 hour credit each semester

28. MUSC (MUS) – Music Theory, Literature, and Composition
    • MUSC101 Foundations of Music Education. Cr. 3.

      The history and present status of music education in America. Orientation toward music teaching as a profession. Field experience required.

      This course requires the student to complete a Fingerprint Background Check by Cogent for approval by the State Department of Education. The background check cost is approximately $50. It is the responsibility of the student to pay for and complete the fingerprint process. Students will be instructed on how to complete this process upon course registration. A passing grade may not be obtained in this course without having the process completed by mid-term. The purpose of the background check is to clear the student for placement in the local schools. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC101 and MUSC101.

    • MUSC105-106 Music Fundamentals I and II. Cr. 2-2.

      Elements of basic music concepts including scales, modes, key signatures, triads, meter and rhythm, and elementary ear training. Use of basic notational and tutorial software required. Open to all students. Credit not applicable toward the music major or minor.

    • MUSC107 Theory and Harmony I. Cr. 2.

      Study of the basic fundamentals of music, including pitch and rhythm notation, key signatures, intervals, triads and seventh chords.

    • MUSC108 Theory and Harmony II. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC107 with a grade of “C” or better.

      Continuation of MUSC107, intermediate level of music theory. Introduction to part-writing and Roman numeral analysis. Use of notational software required for some assignments.

    • MUSC109 Sight Singing and Ear Training I. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MUSC107.

      Introductory development of beginning ear-training and sight-singing. Introduction of Solfége and methods for reading/singing melody and rhythm. Technology is used.

    • MUSC110 Sight Singing and Ear Training II. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MUSC108.

      Continuation of MUSC109. Continued development of intermediate ear-training and sight-singing. Introduction to melodic and rhythmic dictation. Technology is used.

    • MUSC200 Theory Proficiency. Cr. 0.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in MUSC202.

      A comprehensive examination of theory, sight-singing, and ear-training skills. All music majors are required to pass this proficiency prior to graduation.

    • MUSC201 Theory and Harmony III. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC108 with a grade of “C” or better.

      Continuation of MUSC108. A continuation of part writing and analysis, including diatonic modulation. Use of notational software required for some assignments.

    • MUSC202 Theory and Harmony IV. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC201 with a grade of “C” or better.

      Continuation of MUSC201, advanced theory. Study of chromatic harmony; post-tonal techniques, including introduction to set-theory and serialism. Course emphasis on writing, analysis and elementary composition. Use of notational software required for some assignments.

    • MUSC205 Sight Singing and Ear Training III. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: MUSC110; concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MUSC201.

      Continuation of MUSC110. Continued development of ear-training and sight-singing and development of melodic and harmonic dictation skills. Technology is used.

    • MUSC206 Sight Singing and Ear Training IV. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MUSC202.

      Continuation of MUSC205. Advanced melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation as well as sight-singing and ear-training. Technology is used.

    • MUSC209 Introduction to Jazz History. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to jazz history, studying the evolution of jazz from its origins to the present. The course emphasizes how each period developed both musically and historically, as well as analyzes its major performers, arrangers, and composers. An emphasis is also placed on developing listening skills.

    • MUSC210 Music Appreciation. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to music history. A survey of major composers of western civilization and their works. With emphasis upon those works in the present-day concert repertory. Listen.ing and concert attendance outside class may be required. This course is not open to Music or Music Education majors.

    • MUSC223 Music in Worship. Cr. 3.

      This course is a survey of the history of church music from chant to contemporary worship music. The role of music in both liturgical and non-liturgical services is studied. This course may involve off campus observations.

    • MUSC230 Composition/Improvisation. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in or previous credit for MUSC108.

      Study of basic compositional techniques and elementary improvisation practicum.

    • MUSC240 Introduction to Music History and Literature. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to music history specially designed for students majoring in music. This class will include a survey of common ensembles, major composers of western civilizations, and differentiations between major periods of music from antiquity to modern day. This course will also cover academic writing within the music discipline. Listening and concert attendance outside of class may be required. Automatically applies toward Honors Core Requirement.

      Students taking MUSC240 after MUSC340 or MUSC341 will increase their total graduation hours requirement by three (3) credit hours.

    • MUSC281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement

    • MUSC301 Basic Conducting. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in MUAP108, MUAP109 or MUAP115.

      Instruction in basic conducting skills, score reading, and rehearsal methods for both choral and instrumental music.

    • MUSC302 Choral Conducting. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC301 with a grade of “C” or better. MUAP115 must be taken concurrently.

      Conducting techniques and rehearsal methods for the choral classroom or community choir. Outside observation hours required.

    • MUSC303 Instrumental Conducting. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC301 with a grade of “C” or better. MUAP109 must be taken concurrently.

      Conducting techniques and rehearsal methods for instrumental groups. Outside observation hours required.

    • MUSC305 Marching Band Techniques. Cr. 1.

      Techniques for marching band, including charting, charting software, repertory, and auxiliaries.

    • MUSC308 Form and Analysis. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: Successful completion of MUSC200, Theory Proficiency.

      Complete survey of the forms used in compositions of the common practice period, beginning with phrase and period and covering large forms such as rondo, sonata, concerto, and fugue, with analysis of representative examples from music literature.

    • MUSC309 Orchestration and Arranging. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC342.

      Band and orchestral instruments, their ranges, and the textural elements of instrumental music; arranging for voices, arranging for combinations of instruments and voices, and composing one or more parts for voice or instruments.

    • MUSC310 Vocal Diction I. Cr. 1.

      An overview of the International Phonetic Alphabet and the application of that for teaching English, Italian, Latin, French, and German in the choral setting.

    • MUSC311 Vocal Diction II. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: MUSC310.

      Study of the International Phonetic Alphabet and the application of that case study to the teaching of singing in English, Italian, with emphasis on French and German. This class will include an in-depth study of IPA for those students who intend to teach private voice lessons or continue in graduate vocal study. Recommended for music majors with a concentration in voice.

    • MUSC312 Music of World Cultures. Cr. 2.

      This course is an overview of several representative cultures, including regions such as Africa, India, Asia, and cultures in the Americas.

    • MUSC313-314. Piano Pedagogy I and II. Cr. 2-2.

      An extensive consideration of the techniques and materials used in teaching private piano. Observation and supervised teaching.

    • MUSC315 Vocal Pedagogy. Cr. 2.

      Study of the physiological mechanism for the production of the singing voice and the application of that study to the teaching of singing.

    • MUSC321 Music in the Elementary School. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) program.

      Classroom procedures in music, including song materials, records, Orff and Kodaly systems adapted for the United States; basic instruction in elementary instruments such as autoharp, soprano recorder, guitar, and percussion; characteristics of elementary school students, scheduling, equipment, technology, and teacher qualifications. Outside observation hours are required.

    • MUSC323 Instrumental Methods in the Secondary School. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider program if seeking teacher education at Huntingdon College.

      Classroom procedures in music for middle, junior, and senior high school instrumental programs; instrumental materials; administrative aspects such as scheduling, equipment, technology, recruitment, budget management and performances; advanced instrumental conducting techniques. Outside observation hours required.

    • MUSC324 Choral Methods in the Secondary School. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider program if seeking teacher education at Huntingdon College.

      Classroom procedures in music for junior and senior high school choral programs; choral materials; administrative aspects such as scheduling, equipment, technology, recruitment, budget management and performances; vocal health and development; advanced choral conducting. Outside observation hours required.

    • MUSC326 Materials and Methods for Church Music Ministry. Cr. 3.

      This course provides practical guidance for implementing a church music program from preschool through senior adult, including the selection of anthem literature for children through adult choirs. Instruction on implementing and maintaining instrumental and hand-bell programs is provided. This course may involve off campus observations and practicum.

    • MUSC335 Practicum in P-12 Music Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to an Educator Preparation Provider program if seeking teacher education at Huntingdon College.

      A structured, supervised field experience including teaching and writing assignments specific to music education. This course was previously listed as EDUC335. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC335 and MUSC335.

    • MUSC340 History and Literature of Music of the Middle Ages to 1775. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: “C” or higher in MUSC240.

      A survey of the principal composers and their works, as well as the various historical styles of the music of western Europe from approximately 600 A.D. through the Rococo period.

    • MUSC341 History and Literature of Music from 1775 to the Present. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: “C” or higher in MUSC240.

      A survey of the principal composers and their works, as well as the various historical styles of the music of western and eastern Europe and of the United States of America from the Classical period to the present.

    • MUSC342 Music and Technology. Cr. 2.

      A survey course covering basics such as MIDI, sampling technology, computer software scoring, sequencing, educational software. The course is designed to give students practical experience with these technologies. The course will also include the selection, implementation, and evaluation of media and materials for utilization in educational settings. Curriculum from TIME (Technology In Music Education) is used. Outside observation hours are required.

    • MUSC371, 372 Seminar in Music. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Permission of the Program Coordinator.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • MUSC406 Piano Literature. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC340 and MUSC341.

      Study of solo piano literature. The course also includes baroque harpsichord literature often performed on piano, some piano concerti, and chamber music literature which includes piano.

    • MUSC408 Choral Literature. Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: MUSC340 and MUSC341.

      A survey of major choral works of western classical music and choral anthems suitable for school and church choirs.

    • MUSC409 Instrumental Literature. Cr. 2.

      Prerequisite: MUSC340 and MUSC341.

      A survey of major works for orchestra and chamber groups from the seventeenth through the twentieth century.

    • MUSC481 Internship in Music. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with church music or community music programs. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair.

      Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/C) basis only. May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • MUSC491 Honors in Music. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • MUSC498 Internship in P-12 Music. Cr. 9.

      Prerequisite: A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average overall, in the teaching field(s), and in professional studies; a grade of “C” or better in each professional studies and teaching field courses; admission to an Education Preparation Provider (EPP) Program; and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II Content Knowledge Assessments.

      Co-requisite: ECUC470.

      A structured, full-time supervised clinical experience for one semester to take place in an accredited school classroom in Music Education. Either two placements will occur, including one in a Music Education elementary setting and another in a Music Education Secondary setting OR there will be one placement in a middle school setting that covers both elementary-level and secondary – level music education students. The candidate’s supervising professor will assign a letter grade to reflect the quality of the candidate’s work during the internship.

29. PACT – Practicing the Art of Critical Thinking
    • PACT301 Practicing the Art of Critical Thinking. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Successful completion of the first three parts of the General Education Core Curriculum: Writing and Communication, Judeo-Christian Tradition and History, and Distribution Courses. Specific course requirements can be found under the “Requirements for Graduation” section of the student’s catalog of matriculation.

      This course represents the culminating experience that pulls together the basic competencies and ideas introduced in core and distribution courses taken. Working with a common text, students will engage a variety of questions that focus on the role of higher education in helping students to continue to develop value systems for fuller participation in society. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog through the 2018-19 catalog. Credit for PACT301 must be earned at Huntingdon College.

      Credit may not be earned for both CALL300 and PACT 301.

30. PHIL – Philosophy
    • PHIL200 Introduction to Philosophy. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to philosophical problems and issues as these have emerged in the history of Western culture, to help students see each philosophical position in the context of other philosophical positions and the broader cultural context.

    • PHIL250 Ethics: Theory and Application. Cr. 3.

      An overview of the philosophical discussion of the science of human conduct, involving: normative standards versus relativistic perspectives, ethical and metathetical issues, determinism and freedom, egoism versus altruism, deontology versus teleology. This theoretical approach is balanced by the study of practical issues in contemporary life, such as: religious, social, medical, sexual, political, economic, ecological, and peace matters.

31. PHSC – Physical Science
    • PHSC102 Physical Science. Cr. 3.

      A study of basic concepts in selected physical sciences, such as astronomy, chemistry, environmental science, geology, and physics.

32. PHYS – Physics
    • PHYS151 Introductory Physics I. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: One of the following: (1) completion of MATH155 or any Mathematics course numbered 251 or above, or; (2) a qualifying score on the appropriate portion of the Huntingdon College Mathematics Placement Test.

      This course is an introduction to physics designed for students not majoring in the physical sciences. Topics include scientific methods and reasoning; motion in one or more dimensions, classical mechanics; equilibrium; rotational motion; energy and momentum; gravitation; harmonic motion; fluids; and thermodynamics. This is a problem-solving course, and students will learn and demonstrate problem-solving strategies as they apply their scientific knowledge to practical applications.

      Students taking PHYS151 after PHYS251 or PHYS252 will increase their total graduation hours requirement by 4 credit hours.

    • PHYS151H Honors Introductory Physics I. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: One of the following: (1) completion of MATH155 or any Mathematics course numbered 251 or above, or; (2) a qualifying score on the appropriate portion of the Huntingdon College Mathematics Placement Test.

      Honors Core version of PHYS151.

      Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement.

      Credit cannot be earned for both PHYS151 and PHYS151H.

      Students taking PHYS151H after PHYS251 or PHYS252 will increase their total graduation hours requirement by 4 credit hours.

    • PHYS152 Introductory Physics II. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: Completion of PHYS251 or PHYS151 with a grade of “C” or higher and one of the following: (1) completion of MATH155 or any Mathematics course numbered 251 or above, or; (2) a qualifying score on the appropriate portion of the Huntingdon College Mathematics Placement Test.

      This course is a continuation of PHYS151. The topics for PHYS152 will include electrical forces, magnetic forces, induction, transformers, generators, circuits, impedance, EM waves, geometric optics, diffraction, interference, quantum mechanics, and nuclear physics. This is a problem-solving course, and students will expand on the problem-solving strategies from PHYS151 as they apply their scientific knowledge to a more diverse series of practical, and even modern, applications.

      Students taking PHYS152 after PHYS252 will increase their total graduation hours by 4 credit hours.

    • PHYS251-252. General Physics I and II. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4-4.

      PHYS251 Prerequisite: MATH255.

      PHYS252 Prerequisite: MATH256 (permitted as a co-requisite) and PHYS251.

      A calculus-based elementary foundation of mechanics, fluids, wave motion, thermodynamics, optics, electricity, and magnetism.

      PHYS251 automatically applies toward Honors Core Requirement.

    • PHYS255 Statics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PHYS251.

      Course emphasizes the development of the student’s analytical ability in applying the fundamental principles of mechanics, specifically geared towards solving engineering problems. Topics in Newtonian mechanics, force systems in equilibrium, friction, utilization of vector algebra, and distributed forces.

33. PSCI (PSC) – Political Science
    • PSCI201 American Government. Cr. 3.

      Principles of American government, framing of the United States Constitution; basic structure and functions of the federal legislature, executive and judiciary; the articulation of public opinion via interest groups and parties to political leaders and legislation. Recommended as the first course in the political science sequence. Credit cannot be earned for both PSCI201 and PSCI201H (2021-2022 Catalog or earlier).

    • PSCI207 Introduction to Public Administration. Cr. 3.

      Introduction to theories of bureaucracy illustrated by selected case studies. Nature of institutions, staff, the political and legal environment, management and administration of public sector programs, human resources, intergovernmental relations, and effect of computers on bureaucracies.

    • PSCI209 World Politics. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to comparative government and international relations. The types of government around the world (such as authoritarian, totalitarian, liberal democratic, and failed states), and differences among developed and less developed nation-states. Discussion of current issues in U.S. foreign policy and U.S. exceptionalism. Additional topics such as diversity of income, trade relations, the role of non-government organizations, the United Nations, military and civilian alliances, diplomacy, revolutions, and the causes of war and peace. Credit cannot be earned for both PSCI209 and PSCI209H.

    • PSCI209H Honors World Politics. Cr. 3.

      Honors Core version of PSCI209. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both PSCI209 and PSCI209H.

    • PSCI212 American Policy System. Cr. 3.

      The system of making and implementing public policy with case studies of public policy such as foreign policy, economic policy, and civil rights. State and local government with Alabama as a particular example.

    • PSCI215 Southern Politics. Cr. 3.

      Examination of the institutions and processes of politics in the Southern U.S. states, with particular attention to the southern voters’ realignment between political parties, civil war heritage, post-slavery issues, civil rights, ethnicity, and localism. Southern strengths will be explored, such as representation in the Congress and Presidency, plus modern political and economic development.

    • PSCI281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement. Note: It is recommended that a student successfully complete a 200 level political science course prior to taking any of the following courses in political science. Any specific prerequisites are listed.

    • PSCI302 Comparative Government. Cr. 3.

      Comparison of institutions and processes of major liberal democracies, particularly in Western Europe. Development of European Union and political concepts in social democracies. Other types of government such as utopian, authoritarian, and totalitarian. Comparison and contrast with processes, institutions, and values in the United States.

    • PSCI303 International Relations. Cr. 3.

      The factors and motives underlying the political and economic relationships among nations;the basic principles guiding the foreign policies of the major nations; the instruments of power and their effect upon international relations; the United Nations and regional organizations.

    • PSCI305 Presidency and Congress. Cr. 3.

      Analysis of the two dominant federal institutions and their processes; contrasting methods of election, constituencies served, goals, staff, and time horizon. Characteristics and operation of government in foreign and domestic policy making, budgeting, and the instruments of conflict and cooperation.

    • PSCI308 Public Organizations and Policy. Cr. 3.

      Examination of the institutions, policies, and processes of the U.S. executive, including decision making, with case studies of bureaus and policy programs at the federal, state, and local levels. Analysis of the influences of interests, culture, congress, and the courts.

    • PSCI309 Terrorism and Developing Countries. Cr. 3.

      Types of regime, politics, and conflict in developing global regions. The breeding grounds, motivation, and methods of international terrorist groups and the means of counter terrorism. Causes and consequences of the 11 September 2001 attacks upon the United States.

    • PSCI311 Voters, Parties, and Elections. Cr. 3.

      Influence, structure, and operation of the American party system; evaluation of major parties in historical context; and factors weakening parties today. Voter behavior, electoral processes, interest groups, and the mass media.

    • PSCI314 Political Theory and Constitutional Law. Cr. 3.

      Western political theory from ancient Greece, medieval times, and modern. Development of major provisions and leading case law of the United States Constitution. Analysis of Supreme Court cases and justices.

    • PSCI321 British Politics. Cr. 3.

      Modern British politics, policy and government; the development of elections, parties, institutions, and processes. Mysteries of the unwritten constitution. Such values as Churchill’s imperialism, the social class system, postwar social democracy, and post-Thatcher market forces. Foreign policies such as two world wars, the special relationship with the U.S., and the European Union. Comparisons with the United States and western Europe.

    • PSCI371, 372 Seminar in Politics. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • PSCI481 Internship in Politics or Law. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • PSCI483 Fieldwork in Public Affairs. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Completed application and permission of the Department Chair.

      Opinion survey research, participant observation or other site work in an office related to politics, public administration, or law.

      May be repeated for up to six hours, up to three of which may count toward the major, as elective credit. Note: for three credit hours, work may entail a minimum of eight hours per week for fifteen weeks (or equivalent); may be evaluated by weekly journal, term paper of analysis and reaction, and assessment by the supervisor and by the faculty member.

    • PSCI491 Honors in Political Science. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • PSCI499 Senior Capstone in Political Science. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      A comprehensive research project in the area of political science. A standardized test or preparation of a senior portfolio may also be required and incorporated in the course grade. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

34. PSYC – Psychology
    • PSYC201 General Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Scope and methods of psychology: physiological psychology, psychological development, learning, motivation, feeling and emotion, individual differences, child development, abnormal behavior, and psychotherapies.

    • PSYC203 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH171 with a grade of “C” or better and PSYC201.

      The use of parametric statistics for the analysis of research in the behavioral sciences. The application of statistics to descriptive, correlational, and experimental methodologies will be covered.

    • PSYC204 Research Methods in the Behavioral Sciences. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC203.

      The study of the principles of scientific research and their specifications within the basic research methods for the social/behavioral sciences. Methods and procedures of conducting research will be linked to analytical designs and their interpretation.

    • PSYC281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • PSYC282, 482. Research Experience in Psychology. Cr. 1-3.

      PSYC282 Prerequisite: PSYC201. PSYC482 Prerequisite: PSYC204.

      The course involves participation in a research project with a faculty member. The experience in PSYC282 involves a research project conceptualized by the faculty member. The experience in PSYC482 involves a research project conceptualized by the student.

      May be repeated for credit but total credit may not exceed 6 hours in research courses.

    • PSYC303 Social Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      Examination of the influence of others on a person’s thoughts, feelings, and behavior. Includes topics such as persuasion, group behavior, aggression, and interpersonal relations.

    • PSYC305 Theories of Learning. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      Beginning with classical and instrumental conditioning, the course covers the elements of acquisition, storage, retention, and retrieval as sequences in the learning process. Motivation and reinforcement mechanisms are highlighted.

    • PSYC307 Theories of Personality. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      Theories and constructs relating to the development of personality. Classical and neo-psychoanalytic, interpersonal, humanistic, cognitive, and behavioristic perspectives.

    • PSYC308 Human Relations in Organizations. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      Focuses on the behavior and interaction of individuals, groups, and organizations in the production of goods and services. The course uses the scientific method, is interdisciplinary, draws heavily on behavioral sciences’ theories, models, and concepts, is contingency-oriented, and emphasizes applications in the world of work.

    • PSYC309 Sensation and Perception. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      The study of human factors. Emphasis is placed not only on the physiology of the five senses but also on the psychological processes that result from stimulation. In addition, basic psychophysical experimental methods will be examined.

    • PSYC310 Cognitive Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201; PSYC204 recommended.

      Survey of cognitive processes. Includes topics such as attention, learning, memory, forgetting, and higher level processing skills such as decision-making.

    • PSYC311 Psychology of Women. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      This course will focus on areas of psychological and social functioning most relevant to women. The following topics will be discussed: child development, sexuality, work, development of self, gender and psychological disorders, relationships and friendships, violence, motherhood, and images of women in culture. Important works from psychodynamic, social learning, developmental, and cognitive perspectives will form the foundation of the course.

    • PSYC327 Lifespan Development. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      Lifespan development includes physiological, perceptual, cognitive, social, and affective change from conception to death, with an emphasis on transitions and developmental challenges throughout the lifespan.

    • PSYC330 Special Topics in Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      Explores various contemporary topics in psychology such as forensics, aging, drugs, and emotions.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • PSYC371, 372 Seminar in Psychology. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • PSYC401 Physiological Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201; BIOL101 recommended.

      Study of the physiological structures related to psychological functions with emphasis on the nervous, sensory, and glandular systems.

    • PSYC403 History and Systems. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      A view of the emergence of psychology as a separate discipline. An examination of the historical roots of psychology in philosophy and the natural sciences, as well as the major systems of psychology that have emerged during the first century of the discipline of psychology.

    • PSYC404 Abnormal Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC201.

      The course involves an overview of psychopathology and clinical assessment, including historical and contemporary perspectives. It is based on the model as described in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorder. The topics include, but are not limited to the following: schizophrenia, mood disorders, adjustment and grief reactions, fears and phobias, and sexual deviations.

    • PSYC405 Clinical Practice. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC404.

      An introduction to various forms of psychotherapy and to the therapeutic practice of psychology. Course content includes the methodologies of several common psychotherapeutic techniques, ethical concerns, and contemporary issues in the practice of psychology.

    • PSYC481 Internship in Psychology. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • PSYC491 Honors in Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • PSYC499 Senior Capstone in Psychology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: PSYC204 and permission of Department Chair.

      A comprehensive senior project in the area of psychology. The project is intended to demonstrate an ability to conduct independent research and present the results in writing of commendable quality. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

35. RLGN (REL) – Religion
    • RLGN101 Interpreting the Old Testament. Cr. 3.

      This course serves as an introduction to the interpretation of the Old Testament as found in the Christian Bible. The course attempts to provide the basic information necessary for excellent biblical interpretation and seeks to move beyond the constituent elements of the literature and its production to its appropriation in the lives of faithful interpreters. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN101 and RLGN101H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2018-2019 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN101H Honors Interpreting the Old Testament. Cr. 3.

      Honors Core version of RLGN101. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN101 and RLGN101H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2018-2019 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN102 Interpreting the New Testament. Cr. 3.

      This course serves as an introduction to the interpretation of the New Testament as found in the Christian Bible. The course attempts to provide the basic information necessary for excellent biblical interpretation and seeks to move beyond the constituent elements of the literature and its production to its appropriation in the lives of faithful interpreters. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN102 and RLGN102H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2018-2019 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN102H Honors Interpreting the New Testament. Cr. 3.

      Honors Core version of RLGN102. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN102 and RLGN102H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2018-2019 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN105 Interpreting the Bible. Cr. 3.

      In keeping with the college’s motto of “faith, wisdom, and service,” this course seeks to introduce the students to the Augustinian tradition of “faith seeking understanding.” The entry point for this introduction to theology (broadly conceived) is the Christian Bible, and this course attempts to provide students with an introduction to its interpretation. While the course does attempt to provide the basic information necessary for excellent biblical intepretation, it seeks to move beyond the constituent elements of the literature and its production, to its appropriation in the lives of faithful interpreters. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN105H Honors Interpreting the Bible. Cr. 3.

      Honors Core version of RLGN105. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN105 and RLGN105H. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN106 Comparative Religions. Cr. 3.

      This course is a basic course in comparative religions. It assumes that people all over the world ask similar questions about the origin and goal of human life, about what responsibilities we have to one another and to our shared place of residence upon the planet earth. It further assumes that people all over the world have adopted rituals, authored texts, created art, and established systems of authority that define cultural affinities and give expression to basic values by which they organize their societies and guide their lives. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN106/106H and RLGN233. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN106H Honors Comparative Religions. Cr. 3.

      Honors Core version of RLGN106. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN106 and RLGN106H. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN106/106H and RLGN233. Enrollment in this course is limited to only those students following degree requirements for the 2013-14 catalog or following catalogs.

    • RLGN208 Torah. Cr. 3.

      This course focuses on the interpretation of the first five books of the Old Testament, otherwise known as the Torah. Students will engage in the interpretation of the critical events, developing institutions, and traditions of Israel as recorded in these texts with attention to their appropriation in the lives of faithful interpreters. This course was previously listed as RLGN308. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN208 and RLGN308.

    • RLGN212 Jesus and Gospels. Cr. 3.

      This course focuses on the interpretation of the four Gospels of the New Testament, Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John. The content and message of the Gospels, as well as the theological perspectives of the Gospel writers, will be examined. Special attention is given to their appropriation in the lives of faithful interpreters. This course was previously listed as RLGN312. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN212 and RLGN312.

    • RLGN233 World Religions. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to the history, traditions, and beliefs of the world’s major religions and to how these traditions interact with the forces of modernity and post-modernity. Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese and Japanese religions. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN106/106H and RLGN233. This course is intended for students following degree requirements for catalogs prior to 2013.14.

    • RLGN240 Biblical Interpretation in Christian Ethics. Cr. 3.

      This course will examine critically the intersection of biblical interpretation and moral reflection. Students will engage with the Bible’s prescriptive and normative texts and with the history of devotional and critical responses to the texts.

    • RLGN241 Biblical Interpretation in Christian Theology. Cr. 3.

      The Bible is the church’s foundational document. Knowledge of the Bible is vital for training in the faith and for Christian reflection. In addition to biblical knowledge, proper training in biblical interpretation is also required. This course will explore how the Bible informs Christian theology and how a proper interpretation of the biblical message can strengthen and develop Christian discipleship.

    • RLGN242 Biblical Interpretation in Church History. Cr. 3.

      This course will examine the Bible and biblical interpretation as it has developed throughout the various periods of Church History. Different generations of Christians (e.g., Early Fathers, Monastic Orders, Puritans, Liberal, and Conservative movements and others) make decisions about how to approach the Bible. The purpose of this course is to study the Bible through their interpretive lens.

    • RLGN243 Biblical Interpretation, Race, and Justice. Cr. 3.

      This course will explore the intersection of biblical interpretation, race, and justice from a variety of perspectives: theological, historical, cultural, and political. Such topics may include the history of biblical interpretation surrounding the category of race; analysis of biblical texts that have contributed to the construction of race; theological and political theories of justice; and the role of Christianity and the practice of churches (black and white) in conjunction with slavery, segregation, civil rights, and contemporary movements.

    • RLGN281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • RLGN301 Christian Theology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      An examination of the basic doctrines of the Christian Church as they find expression in contemporary theological dialogue. Topics will include the doctrine of God (Trinity), Christology, soteriology, eschatology, and ecclesiology.

    • RLGN302 New Testament Greek. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course or ENGL203.

      Provides intensive study of the essentials of Koine Greek grammar, syntax, and vocabulary in preparation for reading the Greek New Testament. Although grammar instruction will be the primary component, the class will explore the art of Koine Greek translation as it relates to certain New Testament texts.

      This course may satisfy a foreign language requirement, except where two semesters of a single foreign language are required.

      Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN302 and GREK201 (previous catalogs).

    • RLGN303 Biblical Hebrew. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course or ENGL203.

      An intensive study of biblical Hebrew morphology, phonology, and syntax toward the goal of reading and interpreting biblical Hebrew. Students will develop a working Hebrew vocabulary of approximately 200 words. As students show mastery of Hebrew’s basic concepts, focus in the course will increasingly shift toward basic biblical texts and the tools necessary for their translation and interpretation.

      This course may satisfy a foreign language requirement, except where two semesters of a single foreign language are required.

      Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN303 and HEBR101 (previous catalogs).

    • RLGN309 The Prophets (Old Testament). Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      A study of the Israelite prophetic movement with special emphasis on the classic prophets and the religious, social, political, and economic background of their message and its implications for today. Automatically applies to the Honors core requirement.

    • RLGN313 Wisdom and Poetic Literature (Old Testament). Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      The characteristics of Hebrew poetry and wisdom writings. A study of the priestly and wisdom traditions as preserved in the books of Psalms, Proverbs, Job, Ecclesiastes, and Song of Songs. Automatically applies to the Honors core requirement.

    • RLGN315 Race and the Old Testament. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      In the development of modern conceptions of “race,” biblical texts have played a central role—but is there “race” in the Old Testament? In the first half of the course, we will explore modern conceptions of race and the history of interpretation of some Old Testament texts that have played pivotal roles in these conversations. We will also examine the ways biblical texts themselves conceive of identity. In the second half of the course, we will explore how African Americans have interpreted Old Testament texts at key points in US history. These conversations will explore how a reader’s identity intersects with biblical interpretation. Automatically applies to the Honors core requirement.

    • RLGN323 Paul and His Letters (New Testament Scriptures). Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      An evaluation of Paul’s letters, including their distinctive theological positions and interpretation of the Christ. Emphasis on the position of Paul in the history of the church and theology. Automatically applies to the Honors core requirement.

    • RLGN325 General Epistles (New Testament Scriptures). Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      An examination of selected epistles with emphasis placed on the influence of Greco-Roman society and culture on those texts’ understanding of Christ and the early church. Automatically applies to the Honors core requirement.

    • RLGN331 Religions of the Book (Judaism, Christianity, Islam). Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      An in depth examination of either Judaism, Christianity, or Islam. The course will focus on the history of a particular tradition, paying particular attention to contemporary challenges and issues that shape religious thought and expression.

    • RLGN336 Worship in the Christian Community. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      This course examines the history and changing nature of worship in the Christian community with particular focus on the American Christian community. Some off-campus observations of Christian worship experiences are required. Formerly RLGN235; cannot be repeated for credit.

    • RLGN341 History of Christian Thought: Early – Middle Ages. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      This course follows the biblical period, the history of the Church proceeds from persecution, struggle with heresy, legitimation and state church, to a position of dominance in the Middle Ages, represented first by Augustinianism, and later by Thomism. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN221 and RLGN341.

    • RLGN342 History of Christian Thought: Reformation – Modern Era. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      This course is a continuation of the development of Christian thought from the transformation of the Reformation and Counter-Reformation, to the resulting conflicts in Europe; the development of Orthodoxy, Rationalism, Deism and Pietism; social concern, missionary expansion, Romanticism, Ecumenism, and contemporary issues. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN222 and RLGN342.

    • RLGN346 United Methodist History, Doctrine and Polity. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course or permission of Department Chair.

      This course is an introduction to the history, theological beliefs, and organizational structure of the United Methodist Church. This course is required for those seeking certification in the various certification programs of the United Methodist Church. This course does not meet any core requirements.

    • RLGN350 Christian Ethics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      An introduction to contemporary Christian ethics and to the various methodologies employed by contemporary Christian ethicists to derive their distinctive ethical standpoint.

    • RLGN352 Medical Ethics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion (RLGN) course or one 200-level Philosophy (PHIL) course.

      An introduction to theories and issues in biomedical ethics. The course covers common approaches to ethical decision-making in biomedical research, clinical practice, and public health, as well as religious, philosophical, and political objections to those approaches. Particular attention will be paid to disparities in access and outcomes based on race, gender, class, and disability status.

    • RLGN360 Religion in America. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      An inquiry into how religion has shaped and been shaped by the American experience. The course will trace the development of religions through American history and culture. Topics may include, but are not limited to, the particularly American expressions and development of religion, the rise of new religious movements in the US, the effects of religious pluralism on both dominant and minority traditions, the impact of postmodernism on traditional religions, and the rise of religious fundamentalisms. Credit cannot be earned for both RLGN360 and RLGN234 (previous catalogs).

    • RLGN361 The End of the World. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      An exploration of the Christian doctrine of last things, the doctrine of eschatology. This class investigates the Church’s teaching concerning the culmination of salvation history. Key texts and topics are subjected to biblical and theological analysis, such as: apocalyptic literature, the book of Revelation, the return of Christ, the final judgment, resurrection from the dead, heaven and hell, the new creation.

    • RLGN400 Special Topics – Christian Theology and Ethics. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      Advanced topics in theology and ethics. Topics may include: Liberation theology, Fundamentalism, science and faith, genetic engineering, medicine and faith, Christology, and Holocaust theology.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • RLGN401 Special Topics – Bible. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      Advanced topics in Bible. Topics may include: Parables, archaeology and the Bible, or exegesis of a particular book or books.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • RLGN402 Special Topics – Church History. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: At least one 200-level Religion course.

      Advanced topics in Church history. Topics may include: status and role of women, politics, evangelicalism, race relations, radical movements.

      May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • RLGN481 Internship in Religion Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major or minor unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • RLGN491 Honors in Religion. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major.

      May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • RLGN499 Senior Capstone in Religion. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      A comprehensive senior project in the area of religion. The project is intended to demonstrate an ability to conduct independent research and present the results in writing of commendable quality. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

36. SCHL – Presidential Scholars
    • SCHL100 Presidential Scholars Success Seminar Cr. 1

      Prerequisite: Admission into the Presidential Scholars Program.

      This course provides students with the basic skills they need in order to flourish in the college environment, introduces the concept of vocational discernment, and introduces the objectives of the Presidential Scholars program. In addition, students will understand the link between success in college and forging a meaningful life after college. Topics include technology, information literacy, and career and vocational preparation. Unless the student is exempt, this course or COLL 100 must be taken in a student’s first semester (a student cannot drop or withdraw) at Huntingdon College.

      Credit cannot be earned for both COLL100 and SCHL100.

    • SCHL201 Presidential Scholars Soar Cr. 1

      Prerequisite: Successful completion of SCHL100 with a grade of “C” or higher and a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.

      This course will expand the concepts introduced in SCHL100 through active participation in the student’s selected Scholars Cohort. Specific course requirements are determined by Scholars Faculty Mentor of the student’s chosen Scholars Cohort who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project.

      Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 3 hours of credit.

    • SCHL481 Internship in Presidential Scholars Cr. 1-3

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 3.0 cumulative GPA, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all coursework attempted for the Scholars Program, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected business and government institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Presidential Scholars Director.

      Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only.

      May be repeated for up to 6 hours of credit.

    • SCHL491 Honors in Presidential Scholars Cr. 3

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Presidential Scholars Director and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to their work as a Presidential Scholar.

37. SOCI (SOC) – Sociology
    • SOCI103. General Sociology. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to sociology. Topics could include: culture, institutions, groups, classes, social/demographic differences, social stratification, and social change.

38. SPAN – Spanish
    • SPAN101-102. Elementary Spanish I and II. Cr. 3-3.

      This sequence provides opportunities to practice the four communication skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) and introduces students to aspects of Spanish culture. Courses in the elementary sequence are designed for students who have little or no experience in the language. Note: SPAN101 is intended for students who have had fewer than two years of high school Spanish. Students who have had two years or more in high school should likely take SPAN102; however, entry level is determined by placement exam.

    • SPAN201 Intermediate Spanish. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: SPAN102 or equivalent proficiency.

      This course is designed to reinforce and supplement the vocabulary and general language skills of the beginning student. It will include a review of basic grammar and structure. The course is taught in Spanish.

    • SPAN281 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

39. SSPE – Sport Science and Physical Education
    • SSPE110 Foundations of Sport and Physical Education. Cr. 3.

      This course introduces the student to the specialized areas of study within physical education, exercise science, health promotion and sport management. Students will demonstrate knowledge of historical, philosophical, sociological perspectives and core principles embedded in the delivery of sport and physical education. Students will gain a knowledge base by which they can analyze how physical activity is inherently linked to health and wellness. National Health Education Standards and practices that promote health and safety will be covered.

    • SSPE175 Introduction in Athletic Training. Cr. 3.

      An introduction to the profession of athletic training. The role of the athletic trainer will be explored in relation to the physician, coach, and patient. Emphasis will be placed on prevention, recognition, and treatment of injuries of the physically active. Topics will include basic taping, wrapping, padding and bracing as well as introductory assessment and evaluation of athletic injuries and emergency procedures.

    • SSPE202 Principles of Lifetime Fitness and Wellness. Cr. 3.

      Students will critically analyze the five components of health-related physical fitness and the concepts of human wellness. Emphasis will be placed on the role of physical activity in preventing and/or ameliorating prevalent 21st century diseases, including the positive effects on quality of life and aging. During this class, the first of two fitness assessments will be conducted. The purpose of the assessment is to provide evidence the candidate is maintaining a level of fitness throughout the program.

    • SSPE203 Sport Psychology. Cr. 3.

      This course investigates the scientific study of individual and group behavior within sport and exercise and the application of that knowledge. Course content will focus on the psychological factors that influence the development of physical literacy within the sport context, the psychological factors that influence participation in physical activity, and the psychological effects of participation in both sport and physical activity. This course studies the major psychological theories, models, research, and principles that apply to the coaching and the learning process in health promotion, physical education, and sports.

    • SSPE207 Emergency Care and Injury Prevention. Cr. 2.

      This course will offer students instruction and practice in the application of standard first aid skills for the care of adult, child, and infant medical emergencies. The prevention, recognition, and emergency care of specific sports injuries will be addressed. First Aid and CPR/AED Certification will be awarded to students meeting qualifications established by the American Red Cross. An administration fee is required of all students enrolled in this course.

    • SSPE214 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology I. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: BIOL101 or SSPE220.

      Gross and microscopic anatomy and functions of the integumentary, skeletal, nervous, and muscular systems. In a combined lecture and laboratory setting, the focus is on gaining knowledge of anatomical components and applying this information to a clinical or educational setting. Emphasis is placed on functional understanding of bones, muscles, ligaments, blood supply, innervation, and disability after injury.

    • SSPE215 Applied Human Anatomy and Physiology II. Cl. 3, Lb. 3; Cr. 4.

      Prerequisite: SSPE214.

      Gross and microscopic anatomy and functions for the circulatory, urinary, respiratory, digestive, endocrine, metabolic, and reproductive systems. In a combined lecture and laboratory setting, the focus is on gaining knowledge of physiological components and applying this information to a clinical or education setting.

    • SSPE220 Motor Behavior. Cr. 3.

      The course acquaints the student with an overall view of the modern implications of motor development with particular emphasis on physical differences, psychological, biological, and cognitive factors. This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of lifespan motor development, key concepts in motor control, and issues and factors related to motor learning, physical activities, and fitness. Special emphasis will be placed on practical application, related to skillful movement, physical activities, and fitness. Phases of motor skill development, individual differences in motor skill performance. Learning theories and laws of movement, and feedback and practice are major topics.

    • SSPE281, 381 Independent Study. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 and appropriate class standing.

      This course must be developed in conjunction with the instructor who will direct the course of study, design a course syllabus with clearly stated learning objectives and assessment procedures, and evaluate the final project. Such a project may call for a systematic reading program, library investigation, laboratory project, studio work, field study, or creative expression. The appropriate form and signatures are needed to register. 281 open to sophomores; 381 open to juniors and seniors. No more than 9 hours of Independent Study may be credited towards the 120 hour degree requirement.

    • SSPE300 Principles of Resistance Training and Weightlifting Lb. 3; Cr. 1.

      Prerequisite: SSPE214.

      This course will focus on the scientific principles of physical conditioning through resistance training. The application of physiological principles in the development of strength and power will be emphasized. Practical demonstration and instruction of resistance training methods, tools, and techniques will be assessed during performance. There will be an emphasis on anatomy, metabolic energy systems, proper technique, and specific physical adaptations to exercise. This course will assist students who are interested in taking the Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist (CSCS) exam offered by the National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA).

    • SSPE302 Organization and Administration in Sport and Physical Cr. 3.

      Education. Prerequisite: SSPE110.

      Students will systematically examine the organization and administration of sport and physical education programs. Students will compare and contrast various management styles and leadership responsibilities. Special attention will be paid to legal issues and managing risk in sport and physical education programs.

    • SSPE306 Adapted Physical Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: SSPE110.

      This course is designed to prepare students to provide instruction to learners with special needs. Students will learn how to develop and administer individualized Physical Education plans for participants with mental, physical, and emotional disabilities. Specific to the instructional skill development is the influence of disabilities on the physical skills and performance and the modifications through which to provide all individuals a safe and optimal physical activity experience. Emphasized are three content areas: real-life perspectives of direct and in-direct service delivery, social construction of disability and contextual influences on learning, and the design and delivery of inclusive teaching in the schools, recreation programs, and other community settings. Includes a required field experience with a variety of public-school special education programs.

    • SSPE307 Recreational Programming and Facility Management. Cr. 3.

      The development and management of various types of recreational programs and facilities will be the focus of this course. This course will emphasize principles of designing, planning, constructing, programming, and management of recreational facilities such as parks, sporting arenas, aquatic centers, camps, playgrounds, recreation centers (campus and community), tennis complexes, ice or skating rinks, and golf and country clubs. This course will also examine fiscal planning and marketing of leisure services.

    • SSPE308 Kinesiology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: BIOL314, SSPE214, or SSPE220.

      Students in this course will acquire knowledge of biomechanics that is critical in the design of conditioning and exercise training programs. Analysis of human movement from an anatomical and mechanical perspective will aid in planning for physical activity and sport-specific motor skill performance. Students will enhance their knowledge of various factors affecting human movement.

    • SSPE309 Outdoor Recreation. Cr. 3.

      This course will focus on the significance of outdoor leisure, including development of programs and activities. The course is designed to give students the basis for understanding how outdoor leisure activities may be beneficial to students later in life. An administration fee is required of all students enrolled in this course.

    • SSPE310 Nutrition and Exercise. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: BIOL101 or SSPE110.

      Students will demonstrate knowledge of dietary analysis, nutritional principles, and weight management practices related to specific physical activities. Current information regarding supplement use and abuse will be addressed. A variety of traditional and contemporary physical activities will be reviewed in terms of health-related fitness and individual consumer/client nutrition and exercise objectives.

    • SSPE312 School Health and Wellness. Cr. 3.

      This course focuses on students designing culturally-sensitive and developmentally-appropriate assessment and instruction based on current health-related knowledge using a skills-based approach for K-12 school health education. The skills-based approach focuses on health literacy, knowledge, and skills; the fundamental basis to understanding and developing optimal health for life. The course will provide an overview of coordinated school health programs and the relationship between these programs and academic achievement (PESLO 02). First Aid/CPR/AED certification will be awarded to students meeting the ARC qualifications and PESLO 02.

    • SSPE314 Community Health. Cr. 3.

      This course introduces major health issues focusing on community, national, and environmental perspectives. The roles of major agencies and organizations, which protect the health of the public, the impact of public health advocacy and legislation, and an introduction to epidemiology and health promotion programming will be discussed.

    • SSPE332 Sociology of Sport. Cr. 3.

      This course provides an overview of the field of sport sociology. The course will focus on the relationship between sports and social institutions, specifically political, economic, media, education, religion, and the family. Special emphasis will be paid to issues involving disability, race, class, and gender. This course will provide students with a working understanding of the theoretical frameworks, concepts, and methods that inform the research in and our understanding of sport in social contexts. Automatically applies toward Honors Core requirement.

    • SSPE352 Teaching and Analysis of Team Sports. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: SSPE110.

      This course is designed to help students develop the skills needed to participate in and teach team sports such as football, volleyball, basketball, soccer, rhythmic and other group related activities. Students will learn to assess and correct elements of performance and will learn ways to adapt instruction for diverse participant needs. Students will plan, teach, officiate, and participate in team sport. Use of technology and academic language in the planning and learning experience will be a focus. Field experience required.

    • SSPE353 Teaching and Analysis of Dual and Individual Sports. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: SSPE110.

      This course is designed to help students develop the skills needed to participate in and teach dual and individual sports such as tennis, badminton, golf, and other related activities. Students will develop and teach lessons, officiate, and participate in dual and individual sport activities.

    • SSPE371, 372 Seminar in Sport Science and Physical Education. Cr. 1-3.

      Prerequisite: Specific requirements are dependent on the topic.

      The seminar will focus on selected topics appropriate to the participants. May be repeated for credit with each change in title.

    • SSPE415 Measurement and Evaluation. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: MATH171 or higher.

      The student is introduced to the construction, administration, evaluation, and interpretation of health and fitness assessments, physical skills and physiological tests in health education, physical education, and sports. This prepares students to use various techniques to measure, assess, and evaluate the cognitive, affective, and psychomotor domains of learning in a physical education setting. Laboratory experiences and computer-based statistical analysis will assist students as they reflect on strategies to implement change. During this class, the second of two fitness assessments will be conducted. The purpose of the assessment is to provide evidence the candidate is maintaining a level of fitness throughout the

      program.

    • SSPE430 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in Elementary Schools Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to the Educator Preparation Program or permission of Sports Science and Physical Education Department Chair for non-physical education majors.

      This course covers scope and sequence, methods, materials, preparation of equipment, teaching aids, and other resources especially designed for teaching physical education (P-6). Students will learn the social and psychological factors involved in learning in the classroom, gym, and on the playground. Students will be required to use multiple assessments in the planning of short term and long-term goals, teach multiple lessons, and use a variety of group and individual methods to prepare to teach physical education in elementary schools. Students will learn methods of class and risk management as well. Special consideration will be given to preparing students to teach developmentally appropriate activities to elementary physical education students with special needs by using verbal, non-verbal, demonstrations, and technology. Field experience required. This course was previously listed as EDUC355. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC355 and SSPE430.

    • SSPE431 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in Secondary Schools. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to the Educator Preparation Program or permission of Sports Science and Physical Education Department Chair for non-physical education majors. This course covers scope and sequence, methods, materials, preparation of equipment, teaching aids, and other resources especially designed for teaching physical education (6-12).

      This course covers the social and psychological factors involved in learning both in the gym, classroom, and on the outdoor fields. Students will be required to use multiple assessments in the planning of short term and long-term goals, teach multiple lessons, and use a variety of group and individual methods to prepare to teach Secondary Physical Education. Students will learn methods of class and risk management as well. Special consideration will be given to preparing students to teach developmentally appropriate activities to Secondary physical education students with special needs by using verbal, non-verbal, demonstrations, and technology. Field experience required.

    • SSPE433 Exercise Physiology. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: SSPE214 or BIOL314.

      This course will cover the application of basic principles of science to the function, training, improvement, and maintenance of the human body through exercise and physical activities.

    • SSPE435 Practicum/Physical Education P-12. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Admission to the Educator Preparation Program.

      This course employs a variety of methods, small group work, whole group work, paired learning, as well as individual work to include lesson planning, research, use of academic language, and technology. This course reinforces the teaching/learning reflective cycle in all career pathways in coaching and teaching. During the extensive 40 hr field experience students will gain practice in planning, teaching, and assessing participants. Special focus will be on developing modifications for the “high” performing student and the “low” performing student. Students will also observe, practice, and assess the facilitation of skills of health and physical activity professionals at either the Elementary or the Secondary Level. This course was previously listed as EDUC335. Credit cannot be earned for both EDUC335 and SSPE435.

    • SSPE442 Exercise Testing and Prescription. Cr. 3.

      This course will focus on the application of exercise testing and prescription in an array of patient/client populations. Students will develop proficiency in using testing equipment and evaluating results. Students will prepare for and be encouraged to take a personal training certification exam at the end of the course.

    • SSPE481 Internship in Sport Science and Physical Education. Cr. 1-6.

      Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, at least a 2.5 grade point average on all work attempted for the major, and completion and submission of the internship application to the Office of the Registrar.

      Supervised professional experience with selected organizations or institutions. The internship offers students the opportunity to augment classroom learning and to enhance intellectual development through the application of knowledge. Types and locations of internships are available through the Department Chair. Graded on a Pass/No-Credit (P/NC) basis only. May be repeated for up to 6 hours of elective credit. May not be used to fulfill requirements for the major unless specifically listed in requirements. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • SSPE491 Honors in Sport Science and Physical Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Scholastic excellence, completed application, and permission of the Department Chair and the Chief Academic Officer.

      Individualized project designed to meet the particular needs and interests of the student in relation to a particular major. May be repeated for credit. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

    • SSPE498 Internship in Physical Education/P-12. Cr. 9.

      Prerequisite: A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average overall, in the teaching field(s), and in professional studies; a grade of “C” or better in each professional studies and teaching field courses; admission to an Education Preparation Provider (EPP) Program; and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II Content Knowledge Assessments.

      Co-requisite: ECUC470.

      A structured, full-time supervised clinical experience for one semester to take place in an accredited school classroom in Physical Education. Either two placements will occur, including one in a Physical Education elementary setting and another in a Physical Education Secondary setting; OR there will be one placement in a middle school that covers both elementary-level and Secondary – level physical education students. The candidate’s supervising professor will assign a letter grade to reflect the quality of the candidate’s work during the internship.

    • SSPE499 Senior Capstone in Sport Science and Physical Education. Cr. 3.

      Prerequisite: Senior standing.

      A comprehensive senior project in an area related to Sport Science and Physical Education. The project is intended to demonstrate an ability to conduct independent research and present the results in writing of commendable quality. This course is exempt from the 42 hour limit in the discipline (as listed in catalogs prior to 2017-18).

40. THEA – Theater
    • THEA213A Acting and Directing for Non-Majors. Cr. 3.

      Exploration and development of the principles of acting and self-directing through exercises, improvisation, theater games, scene study, and text analysis.

41. WMST (WST) – Women’s Studies

• WMST201 Critical Perspectives in Women’s Studies. Cr. 3.

  This course introduces students to feminist scholarship and acquaints them with the intellectual, social, ethical, political, historical, and cultural forces constructing gender. This class is interdisciplinary and grounded in feminist pedagogy.